Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D17-0229 - TEMPURPEDIC - TENANT IMPROVEMENTTEMPURPEDIC 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY DI 7-0229 Parcel No: Address: Project Name: 0 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.eov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2623049071 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY TEMPURPEDIC Permit Number: 017-0229 Issue Date: 10/2/2017 Permit Expires On: 3/31/2018 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: KTM GROUP LLC 2810 EASTLAKE AVE E , SEATTLE, CA, 98102 ROBBIE FRAZIER 515 S FLOWER ST , LOS ANGELES, CA, 980071 LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC 10505 CORPORATE DR #200 , PLEASANT PRAIRIE, WI, 53158 LAKEVCI072KC TEMPURPEDIC 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY, TUKWILA, WA, 98188 Phone: (619) 609-9359 Phone: (414) 657-4222 • Expiration Date: 1/13/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMRPOVEMENT, INTERIOR REMODEL Project Valuation: $149,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: VB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $3,347.82 Occupancy per IBC: M Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2014 2014 2014 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes:. Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: /644/7 I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and a:ree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 5: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 6 All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 7: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 8: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 0 o 9: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 10: Every occupied space other than enclosed parking garages and buildings used for repair of automobiles shall be ventilated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the International Mechanical Code. 11: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one-third and lower one-third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4 -inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 16: Applicant will need to apply for a sign permit for wall mounted permanent signs and freestanding monument sign, if proposed. 17: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 20: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 18: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 19: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 21: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 22: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1010.1.9) 23: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 25: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1010.1.9.1) 26: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1018.1) 30: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 28: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 27: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 31: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437. 33: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 32: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 34: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 35: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.11 of the International Building Code. 36: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 29: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 37: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 38: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0502 LATH/GYPSUM BOARD 0602 SLAB/FLOOR INSUL 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING 0412 UNDERFLOOR FRAMING CITY OF TUK>U Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Peet No. 7fr119i1 Project No. Date Application Accepted: if j1 11 Date Application .Expires: 14 (For offic use oniv) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION 262304 - 1069 301 -1041 King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 26 2.1o4. • go 40 Site Address:, 9 5 Sestr-'\ CQA4.k- ?logy 1-jvjCL SItq Suite Number: 1/ "I S Floor: Tenant Name: 1 e..rnFuc ?Stall.\ C. - PROPERTY PROPERTY OWNER Name: IGi' t•A Gro u 4, 1 L L C. 1 a)I 6 K -K1/4444 Address: 28 t O EAS}'\4:a kms-. F City: S ksi„ State: W A Zin: q 1o'L CONTACT PERSON - person receiving all project communication Name: 2owi2.. Fro?,rlex. Address: s l 5 5. Flower-• 5r4'. City: Lbs A minikt S State: G A Zip: (1004 l Phone: 40 11. 601.9359 Fax: Email: rebbl e. .,_ t q� i et, � Arn.,j�`.Co,r-e--) GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: L IK:a..V t-s.t.1/4.) Co , S i r -t.,(.,,.-}', otni 1h< Address: lose, S CDf eoc a.- - -1)c'-t 042. City: Feajatn+• -1 ra; el Q. State: w T. Zip: S 3158 Phone: aZ es7. 3331. Fax: z6Z p51 3y z9 Contr Reg No.: tool 9,13 go_ Exp Date: Z.iig/Lot8 Tukwila Business License No.: VS „ Pcici 1 1 t O H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11 .doca Revised: August 2011 hh New Tenant: x1 Yes 1 oP ❑ ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: 50.c-gen'#1 J\ oec S Architect Name: go be,-.# 5ar'cien4.1 Address: y (DI Fro w. Rd 1 s4 ZSS City: "PArdt M0 S State: N 3 Zip: Di 452 Phone: et13. 253.q 513 Fax: Email: c, 5etr.cta.rAi SaY'q gccil . Co.Y1 ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: - Company Name: -l+' --OiyvterslorN 6,000?( Engineer Name: p 50. r IA0. sArN Address: 10 -i. s SahcA�i kl 12...401 City: tp4a1q $ State: -N Zip: - 2 3 i Phone: 2,Iy . 3q3.91 -1o0 Fax: Email: A ‘,.1g54n @ a. +hens;o - u c arv-� 9t'° P LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: - Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIOfl206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 1 I'M 000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Existing Building Valuation: $ l 62---Yiro ,- - p -6V fl/ten OI Will there be new rack storage? Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes Compact: Handicap: 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers F:1 Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes W No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-1 I .docx Revised: August 2011 kb Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC ISI Floor 2`1 G4 29 b No No Neq Q.e4tpd „44. Ye O 141 IA 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement • Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes Compact: Handicap: 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers F:1 Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes W No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-1 I .docx Revised: August 2011 kb Page 2 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant, This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current :fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition), I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY I3Y DIE LA OF }IE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND 1 AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER Signature: Date: 08/15/2017 Print Name: Kevin McNulty Mailing Address: 2810 Eastlake Ave E HAApplicationsTormc,ApplicationsO Line12011 ApplicatiansTermit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docis Revised: August 2011 Day Telephone: (206) 686-2891 Seattle WA 98102 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT I QUANTITY PAID $2,063.86 PermitTRAK D17-0229 Address: 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY , Apn:.2623049071 $2,063.86 DEVELOPMENT $1,965.53 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $1,961.03 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE 8640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $98.33 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $98.33 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R12454 $2,063.86 Date Paid: Monday, October 02, 2017 Paid By: LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC Pay Method: CHECK 451182 Printed: Monday, October 02, 2017 12:27 PM 1 of 1 CRWSYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS PAID PermitTRAK $1,283.96 D17-0229 Address: 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn: 2623049071 $1,283.96 DEVELOPMENT $1,283.96 PERMIT FEE PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R12199 R000.322.100.00.00 R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 0.00 $5.63 $1,278.33 $1,283.96 Date Paid: Thursday, August 24, 2017 Paid By: SARGENTI ARCHITECTS Pay Method: CHECK 19904 Printed: Thursday, August 24, 2017 3:34 PM 1 of 1 CSYSTEMS INSPECTION N0. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D17- 0229 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: 144POI Rr le 4 Type of Inspection: 73th4_P11\16- 1'j1 - Address: 171 'IS— ,_v77/14 / '/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: i 2 -i l ` 7 � ` -"m. �.rr . Requester: Phone No: ® Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: — Inspector: Date: 1)--13-t7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1)17-622.9 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: ` riiiPi/At /C' Type of Inspection: VS N,I 'D &7L /N‘,. Address:Date /7/95_ StPirliervOrFA Paij Called: Special Instructions: —5113—»b /<<N&- Date Wanted: M2`7`17 a.m� - Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: .?› YO Pt ivie0G'%1-/NC Inspector: Date: /7--,R:7-/ 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must'be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 D/7-6227 (206) 431-3670 Project: Type of Inspection: Address: 17/95— rr 'i ' 'ii Date Called: Special Instructions: �/ h',4 Date Wanted: _ //-/ /7 a.m. -3.� d 6- Requester: 5414144 4Mtii DDe Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 6/< 6.>/f' Faerko rAvarifriM Inspector: Date: '/7 REINSPECTIiN FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D17-6221 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: 71-,7//P/c Type of Inspection: yfi 0 Address: /7/9 % ' ' ROI Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:// ! >� p m Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: O- PIA L GYP ilotRO f 74/m Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 1)►7-o2.2.9 Project: Trzw\ Put Pe -D c Type of Inspection: 5Lii-t3 0451)0-776A/ Address: 7155' 50 I0 - T PK1&1 Date Called: Special Instructions: 'Date Wanted: i,p-36-17 6; 'P.m. Requester: Phone No: //�� j 91 (e'(2tte-7( 7 Approved per applicable codes. L, Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: 13, JP Date: —30_17 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite.100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431'-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: 11114 PORMOIC Type of Ins ection: FR I-14411AG Address: 7)q 5. ►rr mrzie-Pg►oy Date Called: Special Instructions: • Date Wanted: 113-30-17 a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: c5k- i r1LC-- Inspector: Date: /6.36-7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: R_AA/t fi.e04 J Type of Inspection: jN2� Address: Hood & Duct: Contact Person: ( ( 9c--56, Suite #: l h Special Instructions: / Phone No.: 1 -Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: '1-- ( ALV I ok f (,J J / U c — Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: YE5 Fire Alarm: /A./4- 4-1-/1-(2-4/' I- Hood & Duct: Monitor: 'YEr.> V Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: .-i Date: ill s// Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit -622 41 174- --S t, PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: LaliqtaeA/ faa) 6' Type of Inspection: Address Suite #: / / 5 c p1-4-4,v‘i Contact Person: Special Iristr`uctions: ' Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1\ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: V€€5 Hood & Duct: Monitor: ' Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 11-71,7 4_ - Date: ///2_ 7//7---Hrs.: 1 t $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: '4Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit L)/ - Y2 Type of Inspection: K--- Address: i q, Suite #. I 7 - c--->_44. Contact Person: 1,),e4., Special Instructions: PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:_��` 7- a � Type of Inspection: K--- Address: i q, Suite #. I ` SPkvi' Contact Person: 1,),e4., Special Instructions: Pre -Fire: / Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: E-- Sprinklers: `` Fire Alarm: Hrs.: Hood -8L Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: 0 k----- 4-e (-6\16,--12._f--64.(2-61 f (6 S ' t - v 7-7 I ems• firZr/t 0 v2! r4 k-- _''`67(3 'rj - Needs Shift Inspection: E-- Sprinklers: `` Fire Alarm: Hrs.: Hood -8L Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: " Occupancy Type: Inspector: E-- 4j-4— Date: it / t Q h.4.-- Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit --24e4- PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: Mi//) p lir — fSI C_ Type of Inspection: 114 1 J C6V-P-7 Address: Suite #: fPI,NAI71gc J6 Contact Person: pd_e__ Special Instructions: / ._2 Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: x.F. fj Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: 1-)74_1/1/6-- in L ()f79-0 I A-gth.iio Pi • G71 -6-0 i --- 4 c / - 2d lac. Jidn 5 A -D0 (/ 1L°s . o1- Li,)t. i2r7 2- iN7 S ti' rr fa;_, 1. S --' eYLa< ieepz-t l i ++-yam _ 649-#744-- ' ��/ 6 / f /� � S (,(! r �� --� /�� `M � MS VY/v;"1 �" t i - Sp l -&N�/ n Gl-N%L�z 4-Z ' Sp Y !1 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: x.F. fj Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 1 r Inspector: 4 Date: t 1/ 7 /t 3"' Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are write - protected. Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 Applicant Information. Provide contact Information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. Company Name: 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Company Address: TUKWILA, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Applicant Phone: Applicant Email: SEL For Building AsEtts.rtitm CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 242017 PERMIT CENTER Project Description ❑Q New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope forms workbook) with lighting complliance forms. Building Additions Refer to Section 0502,2.6 for additional requirements, Compliance Method i Interior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project Exterior lighting ❑ Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects; include new + existing interior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD or LTG -INT -SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing exterior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in LTG -EXT form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces where less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others; then provide separate lighting power compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting power compliance form. Refer to Section C503,6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3, ❑ No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not RMEWED FOR cADeGsiNCE APPROVED F1q ni7 Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting 50% or more of existing are replaced Less than 50% of existing are replaced Lamp and/or ballast replacement only — existing total wattage not increased ❑ ❑ 50% or more replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall comply with total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2, Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-iNT-BLD. LTG-iNT-SPACE or LTG -EXT form, Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall not exceed the total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-iNT-BLD, LTG-iNT-SPACE or LTG -EXT form. 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces and parking garages, and total installed wattage for exterior luminaires. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parking garage New wiring installed to serve added 10 0 fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) Exterior lighting New or moved lighting panel Interior space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or relocated only New wiring or circuit - For interior lighting. provide required manual controls per C405,2,3. occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting controls per C405.2.5, For exterior lighting, provide required controls per C405,2,7. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic time switch controls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured spaces. ❑ Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPA for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD or LTG-iNT-SPACE form. City of Tukvv`Fa BUILDING ❑iV s P4 h11 -q211 Lighting Summary, cont. LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings induding R2. R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 Interior Lighting System Description Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method ❑ Building Area Method ,t Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls ❑ All C405.2.1 - C405.2.8 Controls ❑ C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control (LLLC) ❑ Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: Q 0 0405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA 0 04063 High Efficacy Lighting 0 Exterior Lighting System Description Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG -INT -SPACE 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 Calculation Area NOTES _ Q Q Addition - Q Addition stand alone + existing 0 Spaces where < 50% of Q Spaces where >_ 50% oQ luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type 0 Standard 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option 0 C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3. the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE 1 3 Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling HeightNOTE 2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) E2.0 Sales area JJ -LINEAR 2843 1 . 270 3611 E2.0 PP -RECESSED 10 40 400 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG -INT -DISPLAY NOTE 6 Total Area Retail Display 2843 LTG -INT -DISPLAY Allowed Watts Allowance from 691 4302 Proposed Lighting Wattage "'" Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5, 6 Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture NOTE 7 Watts Proposed E2.0 DD -RECESSED PENDANT 3 26 78 E2.0 RR -1X4 11 32 352 E2.0 JJ -LINEAR 16 8 128 E2.0 PP -RECESSED 10 40 400 Proposed Retail Display Lighting from LTG-INT-D1SPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 691 1649 Interior Lighting,Power Allowance COMPLIES. Note 1 - List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category per from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. if less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced, provide total existing lighting wattage (prior to alteration) in the space provided Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 General Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise. Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible merchanise display lighting may be included in the Gross interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area Type NOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (wattslftz x area) E2.0 Retail 3: Furniture, clothing, cosmetics, artwork 2309 1.40 3233 DD -RECESSED PENDANT 11 26 286 Retail 3 E2.0 EE -TRACK (CURR LIM-REG-3) 1 300 300 Total Retail With Display Area Maximum 2309 Total Watts ing Base Allowance Allowance NOTE 3 3233 Retail Display Ligh Retail Display 500 3733 Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage NOTE' Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE s Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Retail 3 E2.0 AA -SUSPENDED PENDANT 7 15 105 Retail 3 E2.0 DD -RECESSED PENDANT 11 26 286 Retail 3 E2.0 EE -TRACK (CURR LIM-REG-3) 1 300 300 Total Retail Proposed Display Watts NOTE 7 691 RETAIL DISPLAY WATTAGE ALLOWANCE - AS PROPOSED Retail Display Power Allowance NOTE 691 Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG -INT -DISPLAY Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 691 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 4 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 5 - For proposed Fixture Description, List ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 7 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 8 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 9 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in project that has art/exhibit display lighting. Note 10 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 W/ft2. Note 11 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 12 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 13 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is automatically entered in LTG -INT -SPACE, Lighting, 2015 Washington Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG-CHK Revised August 2016 State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including 82, 83, 84 over 3 stories and all 81 Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes C405,2 Lighting controls, general For at lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken E2.0 Yes C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405,2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameters E2.0 Yes 0405,1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception E2.0 Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 C405.2,5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whether combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specifice application it serves E2.0 Yes C4052.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405,2.3 Manual interior lighting controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls E2.0 Yes C405.22 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor or time switch) for all lighting zones; E2.0 Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies E2.0 Yes 0405.2.1 C405.2,1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; E2.0 Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual-on, automatic 50%-on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100%-on per exception � NA C405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% Yes C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate required digital timer switch control function when control is used E2.0 Yes 0405 2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq, ft. E2.0 NA C4052.4.2 0405,2,4.3 .Sidelight Daylight zones - and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA 0405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power; — Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone Yea C405.2.5 Additional controls Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific application lighting controls per this section E2.0 Yes C405.2.5 - Items 1&2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; E2.0 Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room NA C405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting Yes C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non- visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non-visual lighting applications, include sq. ft, area of each lighting_ control zone; __ _ Indicate on plans that non-visual lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; E2.0 Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA C40 .2 5 Item6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general areanghting and other lighting applications within the same sp _ _ _ — . Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Yes C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination; E2.0 Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress lighting; — - If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control NA C405 2.7 Exterior lighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served; For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/closing time; . _ - For all other exierior lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening, or based upon motion sensor NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5,2 Yes C405.2.5 Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; E2.0 Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% — . - _ Yee C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; — E2.0 — _- Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) Yes C405.13 C408.3 Lighting system functional testing If claiming lighting system commissioning exemption provide supporting calculation; E2.0 — — - _ _ _ Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; -•---- Provide written procedures for functional testing of all automatic controls and describe the expected system response -- . - Lighting, 2015 Washington Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 3 LTG -CHK State Energy Code'Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes C405.4.1 C405.4,1 C405.4.2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; E2.0 ._ identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; -- — Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently Yea C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per fixture) E2.0 Yes C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units - lamp efficacy If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404,1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project (min 75% to comply with exception). E2.0 Yes C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this efficacy rating (min 95% to comply with option). E2.0 Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken NA C405.4.2,1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Yea C405.4.2,2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage, Identify locations of space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable E2.0 Yes C406,3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 75% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method E2.0 EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY NA C405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category NA Table C405,5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ NA C405,5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule NA C405,5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commerclal Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and ail R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: TEMPUR•SEALY Date 8/15/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the fighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS & TRANSFORMERS NA C405.6 Electrical tranformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception taken NA C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter Yes C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception applied E1.0 NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoocupied for a period of 15 minutes or more NA C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive Yes C405,10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptables on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc; E1.0 Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptable zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day control If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary MECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Information Project Title: TEMPURSEALY Date 8/15/2017 Applicant information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Dept. Use Company Name: 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Company Address: TUKWILA, WA 98188 Applicant Name: New Building ❑ Building Addition. ❑ Tenant ❑ System Retrofit/ Project Description t ❑ Total Bldg Performance (TBP) IF 1 1.51 This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401,2 Option 2, MECH-SUM, MECH-CHK, and C407 ❑ Energy Analysis forms required. — etleiS lsEer®Changes CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 II 2017 E PERMIT CENTER ■ Design Load Calculations -r Load calculation summary Provide design load calculatiolstorall ventilating needs. If a. toad calx compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC Form mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating, cooling or jtion summary is provided with the permit documents that includes alt applicable MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. Mechanical Plans MECH-EQ Forms (TBD) Mechanical Schedules 0 Indicate location of equipment compliance information. If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however. include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. ❑ DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1, 2017 (office, retail, education, library and fire station occupancies) ft/occupied, conditioned areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does ` 7Sot require space conditioning fan operation. Space conditioning fans cycled off when no heating or cooling is required. Dedicated Outdoor Air 10Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 1) System Requirements and ❑ Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403,7 in lieu of DOAS (C403,6, Exception 2) High Efficiency VAV ❑ DOAS included in project, although not required (occupancy not office, retail, education, library or fire station) Alternate 0 DOAS related allowances included in project: ❑ Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40% per C402.4.1.4 with 100% of conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. Exception to air economizer per C403.3 Exception 1, include MECH-ECONO form. Project includes HVAC air tdiisttribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling ❑ if yes, provide a MECH-FOSYS-SUM form. ❑ Fan Power ❑ For one or more systems, ❑ total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC system exceeds 5hp. ❑ if yes, provide a seperate MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold, Refer to Section C403.2,11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. Hydronic chilled water Water -loop heat pump No hydronic systems HVAC Hydronic Systems Fl Hydronic heating water Geothermal C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems C4 0 Or REVIEWED FOR P ..co .�, ' .. ANCE RP ._•-4+...•., , y-ncy ipns - ec anica 7 SEP n • L017 • Requires 90% of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9) or air -to -water heat pumps and heat recovery chillers. All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7) must be 15% more efficient than minimum requirements, All stand alone supply, return, and exhaust fans over lhp must have FEQ a 71 and must be selected within 10% of maximum total or static pressure. C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) Requires 90% of conditioned floor area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90% of floor area❑ in occupancy types listed in C406. 7.1 ancOat 60% of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump, w- heat recovery or solar water -heating systems. qty of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 2015 Wasttington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2015 Washington State Energy Code Co liance Forms for Commercial Buil in Project Title: TEMPUR-SEALY Date 8/15/2017 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5 hp threshold. For Building Dept. Use Fan System ID RTU -1 & 2 System Supply Fan y pp y Speed Control CV Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per' C403.2.11.1, Exception 1 Compliance Option Nameplate HP Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power (Option 1), the fan brake horsepower (Option 2), or C403.7 high efficieny VAV fan brake horsepower (10% less than Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Fan System Supply y pp y CFM Total 2,000 In Fan Equipment Schedule below, provide maximum design supply airflow rate (CFM) of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment Schedule below. Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of the central air handler at peak design conditions. Additional volumetric air flow provided at zone fan terminals, booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total. However, the fan power of this equipment is included in the HP and BHP calculations. Fan System Supply CFM Total is automatically calculated by the form. Fan Equipment Schedule Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type Total CFM (Note 1) Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Total BHP (Note 3) RTU -1 & 2 Supply 2 2,000 1 1 Note 1 - Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s) when Total Proposed: operating at peak design operating conditions. 1.0 1.0 Note 2 Total hp the listed - namplate of fan(s). Total Allowance: Note 3 - Total brake horsepower (bhp) of the listed fan(s) at peak 2.2 1.9 design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Compliance Message: COMPLIES Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this device (CFMD) Assigned Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 6) Calculated Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 7) Adjustment, A in bhp (Note 8) Note 4 - Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air Total Adjustment (bhp): streams. so the CFMD is the sum of the sunnly CFM anti avharect rFM if hath nn thr.,,,..h 0.00 the device. - Note 5 - Energy recovery effectiveness is defined as change in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply divided by the enthaply difference between the outdoor air and return air at design conditions. Note 6 - Assigned pressure drop (PD) adjustment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Note 7 - Pressure drop (PD) adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.11.1(2) based on specific system conditions. Note 8 - A = PD * CFMD/4131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment, PD is pressure drop allowance, and CFMD is the cfm through the device. cO0RD COPY d PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D17-0229 DATE: 08/28/17 PROJECT NAME: TEMPURPEDIC SITE ADDRESS: 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: AY- At() C 941-i 1 gm� Building Division .)‘1 ItAt6 Public Works AM AJAR, qu-1-1 Fire Prevention Structural M A -WC H7 Planning Division11111 Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 08/29/17 Structural Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required DUE DATE: ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: 09/26/17 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire 0 Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC , r Horne Espanol Contact: Safety & Health Claims & Insurance 0 Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Search L&I Page 1 of 2 A -Z Index l-lelp My L&I Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC Owner or tradesperson Principals MOON, KENT ALAN, PRESIDENT SUNDAY, EUGENE R, PRESIDENT (End: 01/10/2011) Doing business as LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC WA UBI No. 601 447 862 10505 CORPORATE DR, #200 PLEASANT PRAIRIE, WI 53158 414-657-4222 Business type Corporation Governing persons ADAMSON E DEWAYNE KENT A MOON; EUGENE R SUNDAY; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL • License no. LAKEVCI072KC Effective — expiration 05/03/1993— 01/13/2019 Bond TRAVELERS CAS & STY CO OF AMER Bond account no. 400MJ9662 Active. Meets current requirements. $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 02/17/2006 04/23/2006 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance ................... National Union Fire Ins of PA $1,000,000.00 Policy no. 3292223 Received by L&I . Effective date 09/05/2017 01/01/2017 Expiration date 09/01/2018 Insurance history Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601447862&LIC=LAKEVCI072KC&SAW= 10/2/2017 x VERIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING CONDITIONS ITEMS TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED AND REMOVED x ITEMS TO BE RELOCATED AND REUSED ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED OHCRET CONCRETE SLAB/INFILL x CONCRETE SLAB PATCHING, LEVELING, CORE DRILLING CREATE SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE AsON FINAL JOB SITE PLANS INCLUDING STORAGE TUBE, ADD MARK-UPS OF DEVIATIONS CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE GRAPHIC SYMBOLS SCOPE OF WORK Furnish Install cR 1— v PERMITS, FEES, INSURANCE CERTIFICATES, ETC. BARRICADE BARRICADE GRAPHICS TEMP UTILITIES & EQUIPMENT RECEIVING & UNLOADING OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS FINAL PROFESSIONAL CLEANUP & TRASH REMOVAL REMARKS PROVIDE ACCOUNT NUMBERS TO OWNER N 05 -METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL MAINTAIN RATINGS IF EXISTING STRUCTURAL & LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING DEMISING WALL STUDS BRAKE METAL STRUT CHANNEL ROUGH FRAMING, BLOCKING AND FURRING DETAIL NUMBER SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWN SECTION CUT BUILDING CROSS SECTION ELEVATION ROOM NUMBER KEY NOTE WINDOW NUMBER PARTITION TYPE DOOR NUMBER FINISH ITEMS EQUIP. NUMBER ELEVATION BENCHMARK REVISION NUMBER FINISH CARPENTRY OFFICE 100 2 rtffla' II IIL 7/ PAraVAIKOW iiiiiriii LEASE LINE EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION NEW DEMISING PARTITION EXISTING PARTITION NEW PARTITIONS TO CEILING ///////// NEW PARTIAL STOPS SHORT OFI CEILING PARTITIONSGHT EART;i GRANULAR FILL POURED CONCRETE CONCRETE BLOCK FACE BRICK STEEL ROUGH WOOD FINISHED WOOD PLYWOOD RIGID INSULATION BATT INSULATION GYPSUM BOARD METAL CERAMIC TILE ASP HA ULT PAVING PARTITION OR MATERIAL TO BE REMOVED ION.10,SPCIALTIE NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR: 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA 98188 PROJECT DIRECTORY LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR BY THE G.C. INVOLVED. APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: SIGNAGE - INTERIOR SIGNAGE - STOREFRONT SIGNAGE - INTERIOR GRAPHICS SIGNAGE - ACCESSIBILITY, HVAC AND SERVICE DOOR COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TENANT VENDOR COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TENANT VENDOR PER LOCAL CODE AND TENANT CRITERIA BLOCKING FOR SIGNAGE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES INC. GRAB BARS, MIRRORS, DISPENSERS ETC., NON -SALES SHELVING UNITS INC. HARDWARE, REFER TO BID ALTERNATE #3 MANAGER'S DESK, BREAK COUNTER AND WALL SHELVING FIRE EXTINGUISHER(S) POINT OF SALE (POS) EQUIPMENT COORDINATE WITH OWNER REP. REFER TO BID ALTERNATE #3 AS REQ'D BY LOCAL CODE, QTY & LOCATION PER FIRE MARSHAL PROJECT DATA: 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC)-W/WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENT METRO PROPERTY SERVICES PLANNING APPROVED - No changes can be made to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD Approved By: t4 Date: C1---1-1,1 DRAWING INDEX ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS T100 TITLE SHEET G001 GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS G100 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS G200 SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) G300 LIFE SAFETY PLAN D100 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN D200 VERIFICATION PLAN A100 FLOOR PLAN A101 FIXTURE PLAN A102 FINISH PLAN A103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SARGE ARCHITECTS 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM A200 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A300 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A301 FIXTURE DETAILS A302 FIXTURE DETAILS A500 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A501 CEILING DETAILS ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON SP 100 SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SEAL SP101 SPECIFICATIONS El .0 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E2.0 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E3.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND PANEL E40.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS M1.0 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M2.0 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS CONSULTANTS M3.0 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS P1.0 PLUMBING PLANS AND RISERS DATE ISSUE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) W/WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE W/ AMENDMENTS (IMC) W/WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS PROTECTION:FIRE 2015 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE )NFPA 70) 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE )UPC) W/ WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE W/ WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2009 ANSI 117.1 ENERGY: 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSTRUCTION CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS AUDIO SYSTEM G.C. TO COORDINATE SYSTEM INSTALLATION W/TENANT VENDOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE: VB (NON -FIRE RATED))COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION) MEDIA CABINET LOCKERS VIDEO MONITOR, MONITOR MOUNT AND MEDIA PLAYER x COORDINATE WITH OWNER REP. REFER TO BID ALTERNATE #3 EXISTING OCCUPANCY GROUP: M- MERCANTILE MILLWORK CABINETS MERCHANDISING FIXTURES FURNITURE OTONErnOIlTY:00D r/,IIELO REFERENCE THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET A-411 REFERENCE THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEETA-411 REFERENCE THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET A-411 II10LUDi$t*ICTA1 /.110100 /.110 1.10UIIFIMO OLE1,T0 INTERIOR 0 HR EXTERIOR 0 HR SPRINKLER STUB SPRINKLER MAIN SPRINKLER GRID SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS IBI PLUMBING STUBS (SAN, DCW, VENT) PLUMBING WORK & FIXTURES & PIPING MODIFY AS REQUIRED, FIELD VERIFY. MODIFY AS REQUIRED, FIELD VERIFY. AREA CALCULATIONS SQUARE FOOTAGE BREAKDOWNS: GAS SERVICE LINE SALES AREA WATER METER NON -SALES AREA MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ... ■. HVAC PIPING/REFRIGERANT LINES ... i ',.. TIDE AIR ACCESS AND DUCTWORK MEIN NM REFER TO BID ALTERNATE #2, AND MEP DRAWINGS TOTAL 429 2,964 300 TELEPHONE WIRE FROM LANDLORD ROOM TO TENANT BOARD TENANT ELECTRICAL PANELS (SWITCHGEAR) TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS HVAC POWER CONNECTION AND DISCONNECT CONDUIT, WRING & DEVICES LIGHTING FIXTURES /LAMPS LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE CONTROLS TELEPHONE PANEL PHONE AND DATA CONDUIT PHONE AND DATA CABLING SOUND SYSTEM WRING SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS, AND BACK BOXES REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES SALES TO NON -SALES = MERCANTILE TO S-1 MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIRED SEPARATION: SEPARATE EXIT CORRIDOR SECT. 1016.2PROVIDED 2 44 NO SEPARATION REQUIRED EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE TABLE 1017.2 250' MAX DEAD ENDS SECTION 1020.4 No Sprinkler = 20 Feet With Sprinkler = 50 Feet MIN. CORRIDOR / EGRESS PATH WIDTH TABLE 1020.2 MIN. 44" (36" IF OCCUPANT LOAD IS 50 OR LESS) SIZE OF DOORS - MINIMUM WIDTH SECTION 1010.1.1 MIN. 32" AND MAX. 48" OTHER MEANS COMPONENTS SECTION 1005.3.2 44 x . 2 = 8.8 INTERIOR FINISHES ®REQUIRED? FIRE RATING C•. ®NO 803.11 WALL N/A CLASS C IBC TABLE 803.11 FLOOR N/A N/AIIBC 805.1 OTHER N/A SEPARATE SUBMITTALS SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS EXTERIOR SIGNAGE STOCKROOM SHELVING PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS REFER TO T100 FOR LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTOR FIRE ALARM REFER TO T100 FOR LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTOR G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TENANT VENDOR G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TENANT VENDOR AS NOTED, REFER TO T100 FOR LANDLORD REQ'D CONTRACTOR SECURITY SYSTEM JUNCTION BOX FOR TRAFFIC COUNTER TRAFFIC COUNTER POINT OF SALE (POS) •■© ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OCCUPANCY M - MERCANTILE WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES MALE FEMALE 1 PER 500 REQ'D (1) UNISEX PROVIDED MALE FEMALE 1 PER 750 REQ'D (1) UNISEX PROVIDED DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 PER 1,000 REQ'D (1) PROVIDED CALCULATIONS: SALES AREA: 3296/ 200= 16.48, 1060/ 5000= 0.21: 16.48 + 0.21 = 17 OCCUPANTS DISTANCE TO PUBLIC FACILITIES: +/- X' N/A SERVICE SINK (1) REQ'D (1) PROVIDED 11111111-. NOTES/EXCEPTIONS: UNISEX PERMITTED PER 422.2 (3) EXISTING GRANDFATHERED TOILET ROOM? NO WIRING/CABLING/CONDUIT FOR SECURITY SYSTEM, MUSIC AND TRAFFIC COUNTER TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICIAN PER VENDORS SHOP DRAWINGS. ELECTRICIAN IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. TOILET ROOMS LOCATED DIRECTLY OFF OF SALES AREA? YES WIRING/CABLING/CONDUIT FOR TT TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY IT VENDOR. IT VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. WIRING/CABLING/CONDUIT FOR IT TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY IT VENDOR. IT VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. CONTACT: KYLE POWDER TEL: 206-686-3965 EMAIL: kyle@metropsllc.com DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET SITE CONTACT A: CONTACT: KEVIN MCNULTY B: 206-686-2891 EMAIL: kevin@metropsllc.com TENANT TEMPUR RETAIL STORES, LLC 1000 TEMPUR WAY LEXINGTON, KY 40511 TEL: 859.455.1 105 CONTACT: MIKE SOUSA EMAIL: michael.souza@tempursealy.com PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE JONES LANG LASALLE 515 SOUTH FLOWER STREET LOS ANGELES, CA 90071 TEL: 619-609-9359 CONTACT: ROBBIE FRAZIER EMAIL: robbie.frazier@am.jll.com ARCHITECT SARGENTI ARCHITECTS 448 S HILL STREET SUITE 808 LOS ANGELES, CA 90034 TEL: 310-437-8210 CONTACT: CHARLEY JIMENEZ EMAIL: cjimenez@sargarch.com TEMPUR-PEDIC 17195 SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA 98188 REQUIRED VENDORS TRAFFIC COUNTER VENDOR SENSOURCE INC. CONTACT: DAN ALUISE TEL: 330-423-4368 EMAIL: Daluise@Sensourceinc.com MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANT THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TX 75238 TEL: 214-343-9400 CONTACT: KEVIN SANCIBRIAN EMAIL: kevins@dimensiongrp.com JURISDICTION TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. #100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 TEL: 206-431-3670 FAX: 206-431-3665 1 1 SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: (�Mechani ai � edam! Pl mbing £ as Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION No changes shallREVISIONS made to the of work without prior approval scope Tukwila Buildin isiof i�r3Tr=. Revisions will require 9 Division. and may include addional plan ev, plan feesittat SITE LOCATION PLAN PROPOSED LOCATION OF: TEMPUR-PEDIC 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA 98188 MUSIC VENDOR SOUNDTRACKYOURBRAND REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2117 7- City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONTACT: JODY MCKINLEY TEL: 206-399-1359 EMAIL: jody@soundtrackyourbrand.com SECURITY VENDOR WG SECURITY PRODUCTS,INC. 2105 S.Bascom Ave.Suite # 316 Campbell, CA 95008 FILE COPY CONTACT: BRYAN LINSKY Permit No, 1) 11— 0 02-02-1 TEL: 714-385-7191 EMAIL: blinsky@wgspi.com Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receig of approved DESCRIPTION OF WORK '• 1. is acknowledged: 2 City of Tukwila PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION BUILDING DIVISION PROJECT NO. THE SCOPE OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT INCLUDES THE INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING RETAIL SPACE. THE SCOPE INCLUDES NEW NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, FLOORING, FINISHES, MERCHANDISE FIXTURES, MECHANICAL., ELECTRICAL AND MINOR PLUMBING WORK. THERE IS NO CHANGE IN USE OR OCCUPANCY. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2. 4 217 PERMIT CENTER • 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. SHEET TITLE TITLE SHEET SHEET NUMBER REVIEWED FOR 1 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED A. GENERAL 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR THE BUILDING PERMIT AND OTHER PERMITS AND GOVERNMENTAL FEES, LICENSES AND INSPECTIONS NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. SCHEDULING OF APPROVALS AND INSPECTIONS BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (A.H.J.) OVER THE WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 2. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONVEY DESIGN INTENT AND THE GENERAL TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION DESIRED ARE INTENDED TO APPLY TO THE FINEST QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION, MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP THROUGHOUT. 3. ANY ITEMS NOTED "BY OWNER" OR AS BEING PROVIDED BY OWNER IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER OR HIS VENDORS AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR HIS FORCES UNLESS EXPRESSLY NOTED AS BEING INSTALLED "BY OWNER" - REFER TO THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ANY AND ALL ACCESSORY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO INSTALL SUCH ITEMS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. 4. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL OR COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE TO COMPARE THE SCOPE OF WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. PROMPTLY REPORT ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INCONSISTENCIES OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL CONDITIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO PERFORM THIS OBLIGATION, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS AND DAMAGES ASSOCIATED WITH ACTIONS REQUIRED TO CORRECT UNREPORTED CONDITIONS THAT OTHERWISE COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED. 5. IN THE EVENT THAT DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST A CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. THE ARCHITECTS RESPONSE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR INFORMATION SHALL NOT BE CAUSE FOR A CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT AMOUNT UNLESS IT IS AGREED THAT THE ORIGINAL SCOPE OF WORK HAS BEEN ALTERED BY THE RESPONSE. 6. ALL CONSULTANT DRAWINGS ARE SUPPLEMENTAL TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BEFORE THE INSTALLATION OF ANY OF THE CONSULTANTS WORK AND TO BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECTS ATTENTION FOR CLARIFICATION. IMPROPERLY INSTALLED WORK SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE AND AT NO EXPENSE TO THE ARCHITECT, HIS CONSULTANTS OR THE OWNER. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE LANDLORD AND PERFORM WORK TO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT. CONTRACTORS WORK IS SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY THE LANDLORD FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT. 8. PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SHOWING THE CHRONOLOGICAL PHASES OF WORK, SCHEDULE OF VALUES, AND INSURANCE CERTIFICATE. THIS SCHEDULE SHALL INDICATE ORDERING LEAD TIMES, A BEGINNING AND END DATE FOR EACH PHASE AND A PROJECTED COMPLETION DATE FOR THE ENTIRE PROJECT. 9. THE CONTRACTOR IS WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING OF THE WORK EFFORTS FOR ALL ENGINEERS, SUBCONTRACTORS, CRAFTSMEN AND TRADESMEN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE JOB AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THEM WITH FULL SETS OF CURRENT DRAWINGS, ADDENDUM, AND OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION PERTINENT TO THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE VARIOUS TRADE ITEMS WITHIN THE SPACE AND ABOVE THE CEILINGS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, LIGHT FIXTURES, CEILING SYSTEM AND ANY SPECIAL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS REQUIRED) AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING THE FINISH CEILING HEIGHT ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND THE FINISH SCHEDULE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR TRADES. 12. UNLESS OTHERWISE STIPULATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROVISION, STORAGE AND PAYMENT OF ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TAXES, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, TRANSPORTATION AND OTHER FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK WHETHER OR NOT IT IS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT OR DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. 13. THE CONTRACTOR WARRANTS TO THE OWNER THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THE CONTRACT WILL MEET INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND BE NEW AND OF GOOD QUALITY UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE WORK WILL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, FREE FROM DEFECTS AND WILL BE COMPLETED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY CORRECT IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER AND WITHOUT CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME, ALL NON -CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE WORK AND DAMAGES CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR WORKMEN WHETHER DISCOVERED BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS FOR PROPER OPERATIONS UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE ENTIRE PROJECT SITE AND ADJACENT AFFECTED SPACES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. 17. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REPORTS AND GUARANTEES TO THE OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: A. ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH A.H.J. REQUIREMENTS. B. PLUMBING INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH A.H.J. REQUIREMENTS C. FIRE MARSHALLS CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH A.H.J. REQUIREMENTS. D. BUILDING INSPECTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH A.H.J. REQUIREMENTS. E. HEALTH DEPARTMENT CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH A.H.J. REQUIREMENTS. F. A.H.J. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. B. DRAWING CONVENTIONS 1. DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWING DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS. 2. PARTITION THICKNESS IS DERIVED FROM DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTITION CONSTRUCTION AND/OR DESIGNATED DETAIL 3. PARTITIONS THAT INTERSECT INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR GLAZED WALLS ARE TO CENTER ON MULLIONS AND PERPENDICULAR TO EXTERIOR WALL UNLESS DETAILED OTHERWISE. 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PARTITIONS AND OTHER ELEMENTS ON THE DRAWING THAT ARE DRAWN AT AN OBLIQUE ANGLE ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED AT A 45 -DEGREE ANGLE TO THE MAIN GRID. 5. WALLS SHOWN ALIGNED WITH BASE BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH BASE BUILDING STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE, DEPTH OF FURRING ON COLUMNS AND OTHER ELEMENTS IS TO BE HELD TO THE MINIMUM THICKNESS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. 7. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, POSITION DOOR JAMBS 4" OFF THE FACE OF ADJACENT INTERSECTING PARTITIONS OR CENTER ON PARTITION. 8. OUTLETS THAT OCCUR ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE SAME PARTITION ARE TO BE STAGGERED HORIZONTALLY A MINIMUM OF 12" TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. GENERAL NOTES E. FIRE LIFE SAFETY 1. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND APPROVALS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIRE DEPARTMENT BEFORE BUILDINGS ARE OCCUPIED. 2. MAINTAIN THE FUNCTION AND INTEGRITY OF EXISTING FIRE, LIFE/SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. 3. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGNS CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS 4. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN TYPE, NUMBER AND LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. 5. DURING CONSTRUCTION THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A WITHIN (75 FT.) FOOT TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING ON EACH FLOOR F. REQUIRED APPROVALS AND SUBMITTALS 1. WHERE THE TERMS "OR EQUAL", "SIMILAR", OR OTHER GENERAL QUALIFYING TERMS ARE USED, IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE RULING AND JUDGMENT OF THE ARCHITECT AND MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE OR USE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE (10) WORKING DAYS FROM AWARD OF THE CONTRACT TO SUBMIT SUBSTITUTIONS OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS OR WORK FOR REVIEW BY ARCHITECT AND SHALL INCLUDE CUT SHEETS WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND REASONS FOR SUBSTITUTION. THE ARCHITECT SHALL RESPOND IN (10) WORKING DAYS FROM RECEIPT OF SUBMITTAL. NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED AFTER THE INITIAL TIME LIMIT HAS EXPIRED. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW, SIGN, DATE AND SUBMIT A MINIMUM OF (3) SETS OF COMPLETE AND DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS, FINISHES, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. THE ARCHITECT SHALL HAVE (10) WORKING DAYS TURNAROUND TIME FROM RECEIPT OF SUBMITTAL. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND CUT SHEETS SIGNED "REVIEWED" SHALL SUPERSEDE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS IN DESIGN APPEARANCE ONLY. CONTRACTORS SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN THEIR DRAWINGS. 4. IN THE EVENT THAT THE AFOREMENTIONED DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, ETC. ARE NOT SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE REPLACEMENT, CORRECTION OR ACQUISITION OF PRODUCTS TO COMPLY WITH OWNER'S SPECIFICATION AND APPROVAL. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CHALK LINES ON THE SLAB OF PARTITIONS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FRAMING AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEVIATION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS OR CLEARANCES AS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR OF APPARENT CONSTRUCTION CONFLICTS. 6. UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF WORK, THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE BALANCED BY A QUALIFIED ENGINEER AND A WRITTEN REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER. 7. UPON SUBMISSION OF THE "FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT', THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH (1) SET OF AS -BUILT DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, ADDENDA, CHANGE ORDERS, PRODUCT DATA, EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES AND MANUALS, FINISH SAMPLES AND OTHER REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A WRITTEN WARRANTY COVERING ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THE CONTRACT. WARRANTY SHALL BE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR COMMENCING ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND SHALL BE INCLUDED WITH THIS SUBMITTAL. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY LIEN WAIVERS RELATING TO ALL WORK WITH THE "FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT' TO BE REVIEWED FOR "FINAL CERTIFICATE OF PAYMENT". G. CHANGES IN WORK 1. THE OWNER WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE CONTRACT, MAY ORDER EXTRA WORK OR MAKE CHANGES BY ALTERING, ADDING TO OR DEDUCTING FROM THE WORK - THE CONTRACT SUM BEING ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY. SUCH WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED UNDER THE CONDITIONS OF THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT EXCEPT THAT ANY CLAIM FOR EXTENSIONS OF TIME CAUSED THEREBY SHALL BE INDICATED ON THE CHANGE ORDER. 2. CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL WORK WILL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING FOR REVIEW BY OWNER AND SHOULD INCLUDE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK, MATERIALS BEING USED, THE ROOM NUMBER OR AREA AFFECTED, AND THE AUTHORIZATION UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. H. SITE CONSIDERATIONS 1. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION AND INCONVENIENCE TO OTHER OWNERS IN OCCUPIED BUILDINGS. MAINTAIN SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS AND EGRESS TO OCCUPIED OWNER SPACES. 2. MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF RATED PARTITIONS AND OTHER FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PORTIONS WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING AND HAVE REPAIR WORK APPROVED BY THE BUILDING INSPECTOR. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE OWNER'S SPACE WITH THE LANDLORD TO DETERMINE IF ANY ACCESS PANELS ARE LOCATED IN THE OWNER'S SPACE FOR THE LANDLORD'S AND/OR OTHER OWNER ELECTRICAL BOXES AND/OR VALVES. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER OF ANY REQUIRED ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. 4. BUILDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHUT DOWN REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING BY THE CONTRACTOR A MINIMUM OF (72) HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE SHUT DOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO SHUT DOWN AND SHALL NOT OVERLY INCONVENIENCE BUILDING OCCUPANTS. 5. VERIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER DROP LOCATIONS (IF ANY). ADDITIONS, MODIFICATIONS OR RELOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM ARE TO BE ALTERED IN TOTAL CONFORMANCE WITH LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR PERMIT SEPARATELY. DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD FOR REVIEW AND SUBMITTED SEPARATELY TO THE FIRE MARSHAL FOR PERMIT. 6. SPRINKLER HEADS AT STOREFRONT AND DISPLAY WINDOWS MUST BE FLUSH TYPE WITH COVER PLATES PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. DINING AND KITCHEN MUST HAVE SEMI -RECESSED HEADS WITH ESCUTCHEON RINGS PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. 7. WOOD CASEWORK SHALL CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) "PREMIUM GRADE QUALITY STANDARDS AND SHALL BE "FLUSH OVERLAY" CONSTRUCTION UNLESS DETAILED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 8. PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK SHALL CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) "CUSTOM GRADE QUALITY STANDARDS AND SHALL BE "FLUSH OVERLAY" CONSTRUCTION UNLESS DETAILED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 9. CASEWORK SHALL BE SCRIBED TO WALL OR CEILING. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER INVOLVED TRADES. THIS IS STANDARD LEGEND & NOTES COLUMN. SOME OF THE ITEMS AND/OR NOTES MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TO THIS SPACE. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL & HVAC DRAWINGS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. SCALE N.T.S. 1 FIRE DEPT. NOTES: 1. WHEN FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED OR MODIFIED, A STATE -LICENSED CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT PLAN TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. PLANS MUST BE SENT WITH A COMPLETED PERMIT APPLICATION AND PERMIT FEE. UPON APPROVAL OF PLANS, A PERMIT WILL BE ISSUED AND WORK CAN THEN COMMENCE. WORK BEING DONE WITHOUT A PERMIT WILL RESULT IN A FINE. 2. PROVIDE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER NFPA 10. CONSULT WITH A FIRE INSPECTOR REGARDING THIS PRIOR TO OR AT THE TIME OF YOUR FIRE FINAL INSPECTION (FDCO). 3. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPERABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY. 4. PROVIDE BUILDING/SUITE ADDRESS NUMBER/LETTER ON THE FRONT AND REAR OF THE PREMISES AND ON UTILITY DISCONNECTS. ADDITIONAL ADDRESSING MAY BE REQUIRED PER THE FIRE INSPECTOR AT THE TIME OF FIRE FINAL. 5. VERIFY EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING ARE OPERATIONAL AND WILL SUPPLY 90 MINUTES OF BACKUP ILLUMINATION, ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY LIGHTING MAY BE REQUIRED AND IS SUBJECT TO FIELD VERIFICATION. EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS REQUIRED IN ALL RESTROOMS PER CITY OF LOCAL JURISDICTION REQUIREMENT. 6. VERIFY THAT ANY FIRE ALARM, FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS HAVE CURRENT INSPECTIONS AND TAGS AFFIXED AT THE TIME OF FINAL FIRE INSPECTION. 7. A FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. ALL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE SCHEDULED AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE. 8. ALL COMBUSTIBLE CANOPIES, BREEZEWAYS AND OVERHANGS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 9. ALL RISER ROOM KNOX BOXES SHALL CONTAIN KEYS TO THE ELECTRICAL ROOM(S), MECHANICAL ROOM(S), ROOF ACCESS HATCHES AND COMMON CORRIDORS 10. LOCKING KNOX CAPS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL FDC CONNECTIONS, FIRE HOSE VALVE CONNECTIONS AND WALL HYDRANT DISCHARGES. SEE WWW.KNOXBOX.COM FOR ORDERING. 11. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF 2A 10B -C RATED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN ORDER THAT ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING ARE WITHIN 75 FT. TRAVEL DISTANCE OF SAID EXTINGUISHER AND SO THAT AT LEAST ONE 2A 10B -C RATED FIRE EXTINGUISHER IS PROVIDED FOR EACH 3000 SQ. FT. OF FLOOR SPACE OR PORTION THEREOF. TWO TYPE K EXTINGUISHERS REQ. AT FRYERS. 12. PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN TYPE "K" FOR KITCHEN. LOCATE EXTINGUISHERS PER LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT / AUTHORITY DIRECTION. 13. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPT. PER FIELD INSPECTOR. 14. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. 15. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT (NO DEAD BOLTS, NO SLIDING BOLTS, ETC.) 16. AN OCCUPANT CONTENT SIGN SHALL BE POSTED IN EACH ASSEMBLY ROOM HAVING AN OCCUPANT CONTENT OF 50 OR MORE. 17. MAINTAIN MIN. 44" AISLES TO EXIT OR PUBLIC WAY. 18. PROVIDE EXIT SIGNS ABOVE EXITS WITH MIN. 3/4" X 6" LETTERS LIGHTED ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 19. EXIT SIGNS MUST BE INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED. 20. PROVIDE TWO (2) SEPARATE POWER SUPPLIES FOR EXIT SIGNS CONFORMING TO CODE SECTION. 21. PROVIDE EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING PROVIDING AN AVERAGE VALUE OF ONE FOOT CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. 22. ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS WILL BE PROVIDED AS/IF DIRECTED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR. 23. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR SMOKE DENSITY RATING AND FLAME SPREAD RATING OF MATERIALS USED. 24. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES FOR ASSEMBLY AREAS SHALL NOT EXCEED AN END POINT FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 200 OR CLASS C. 25. ANY DECORATIONS USED SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR FLAME PROOFED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 26. DRAPES AND OTHER DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE FLAME RETARDANT. CERTIFICATION THEREOF SHALL BE PROVIDED. EXITS, EXIT SIGNS, FIRE ALARM STATIONS, HOSE CABINETS AND EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS SHALL NOT BE CONCEALED BY DECORATIVE MATERIALS. 27. ALL DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A FLAME-RETARDANT CONDITION. 28. INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MEET FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DENSITY REQUIREMENTS PER LOCAL CODE. 29. PROVIDE OUTSIDE GAS SHUTOFF VALVE CONSPICUOUSLY MARKED. 30. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND POST OCCUPANT CONTENT SIGN NEAR FRONT DOOR. PER LOCAL ORDINANCE REQUIREMENTS. 31. PROVIDE A "KNOX BOX" FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS AND KEY ACCESS, LOCATION AS DETERMINED BY FIRE MARSHAL. 32. EXIT SIGNAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED FOR CORRIDORS AND AISLE WAYS LEADING TO EXITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION SIGNAGE SHALL STATE: "OBSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING STORAGE, SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN THE REQUIRED WIDTH OF AN EXIT OR EXIT PASSAGEWAY." 33. FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. SCHEDULE INSPECTIONS TWO (2) DAYS IN ADVANCE OR PER AHJ. 34. STORAGE, DISPENSING OR USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, FLAMMABLE AND COMPRESSED GASES, AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL FIRE CODE REGULATIONS. 35. ANY TYPE 1 HOOD INSTALLATION AND SHAFT CONSTRUCTION MUST COMPLY WITH THE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. COMPONENTS OF THE SHAFT ASSEMBLY MUST BE OF NON-COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION. 36. FIRE BLOCKS SHALL OCCUR AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES, AT THE CEILING AND FLOOR LEVELS AND AT 10 -FOOT INTERVALS BOTH VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL. B. AT ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN CONCEALED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS AND COVE CEILINGS. C. IN CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN STAIR STRINGERS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RUN AND IN BETWEEN STUDS ALONG AND IN-LINE WITH THE RUN OF STAIRS IF THE WALLS UNDER THE STAIRS ARE UNFINISHED. D. IN OPENINGS AROUND VENTS, PIPES, DUCTS, CHIMNEYS, FIREPLACES AND SIMILAR OPENINGS WHICH AFFORD A PASSAGE FOR FIRE AT CEILING AND FLOOR LEVELS, WITH NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. E. AT OPENINGS BETWEEN ATTIC SPACES AND CHIMNEY CHASES FOR FACTORY -BUILT CHIMNEYS. 37. "K" RATED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS) SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE KITCHEN AREA IF EQUIPPED WITH A COMMERCIAL HOOD SYSTEM. 38. MINIMUM 2A 10B:C FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ANY EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 75 FEET FROM ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING. EXTINGUISHER(S) SHALL BE HUNG NO HIGHER THAN 44 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE FLOOR TO THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER. 39. PLANS FOR ANY AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM (INCLUDING TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK), HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND/OR ALARM SYSTEM, SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH FEES TO JURISDICTION FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 40. PANIC HARDWARE: EACH DOOR IN A MEANS OF EGRESS FROM A GROUP A, OR ASSEMBLY AREA NOT CLASSIFIED AS AN ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY, E, I-2 OR 1-2.1 OCCUPANCIES HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE AND ANY GROUP H OCCUPANCY SHALL NOT BE PROVIDED WITH A LATCH OR LOCK UNLESS IT IS PANIC HARDWARE. 41. LOCKS AND LATCHES, SECTION 1010.1.9.3 ITEM 2: IN BUILDINGS IN OCCUPANCY GROUP A HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 300 OR LESS, GROUPS B, F, M AND S, AND IN PLACES OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, THE MAIN EXTERIOR DOOR OR DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH KEY -OPERATED LOCKING DEVICES FROM THE EGRESS SIDE PROVIDED: A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 42. THE USE OF THE KEY -OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE IS REVOCABLE BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR DUE CAUSE. 43. DECORATIVE MATERIALS: IN EVERY GROUP A, E, I, R-1 AND R-2 OCCUPANCIES ALL DRAPES, HANGINGS, CURTAINS, DROPS AND ALL OTHER DECORATIVE MATERIAL INCLUDING CHRISTMAS TREES, THAT WOULD TEND TO INCREASE THE FIRE AND PANIC HAZARD SHALL BE MADE FROM A NON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL, OR SHALL BE TREATED AND MAINTAINED IN A FLAME-RETARDANT CONDITION BY MEANS OF A FLAME-RETARDANT SOLUTION OR PROCESS APPROVED BY THE "STATE FIRE MARSHAL". PER STATE CODE OF REGULATIONS. 44. ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING MAY BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION FOR OCCUPANCY. A PRELIMINARY WALK-THROUGH INSPECTION IS RECOMMENDED. 45. MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN(S) SHALL BE POSTED IN ASSEMBLY AREA(S). FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES SCALE N.T.S. 2 1. WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, AISLES OR OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES SHALL HAVE 80" MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM. 2. GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND IN ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS, SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP -RESISTANT. 3. OBJECTS PROJECTING FROM WALLS WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR SHALL PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 4" INTO WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, OR AISLES. OBJECTS MOUNTED AT OR BELOW 27' ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MAY PROTRUDE ANY AMOUNT. 4. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 599b. 5. IF RAMP EXCEEDS 10' IN LENGTH AND RAMP IS NOT BOUNDED BY WALLS, CURBS OR WHEEL GUIDES SHALL BE PROVIDED. 6. WALL SURFACES ADJACENT TO HANDRAILS SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. 7. THE CENTER OF ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED LESS THAN 15' A.F.F. OR WORKING PLATFORM. 8. THE CENTER OF THE GRIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE OF CONTROLS OR SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, OR COOLING, HEATING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 48" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. 9. THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (BOXES) SHALL BE LOCATED 48" A.F.F., WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE, OR SIDEWALK. 10. IF EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED, THEY SHALL ACTIVATE A MEANS OF WARNING FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED. 11. APPROVED NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 72G. 12. STROBE SIGNALING DEVICES REQUIRED FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED SHALL BE STATE FIRE MARSHAL APPROVED AND LISTED. 13. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. BEVEL OTHERS WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 14. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 POUNDS MAXIMUM. 15. ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AND SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF A ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ALLOWABLE RANCH RANGES. LOW REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND HIGH REACH SHALL BE MEASURE TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX. 16. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ALLOWABLE REACH RANGES. LOW REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND HIGH REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX. 1. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED. 2. EXIT SIGNS ILLUMINATED BY AN EXTERNAL SOURCE SHALL HAVE AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 5 FOOT CANDLES (54LUX). 3. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SECTION 2702. 4. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES. 5. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM THAT WILL PROVIDE AN ILLUMINATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MIN. IN CASE OF PRIMARY POWER LOSS (1011.2-1022.5.3) 6. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SEE 1010.1.9 FOR EXCEPTIONS. 7. DOOR HANDLES, LOCK AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MIN. 34" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. 8. "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" SIGN REQUIRED. 9. ALL EGRESS DOOR OPERATION SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH SECTION 11 B-206.5 and 11B-404. 10. THE MEANS OF EGRESS, INCLUDING THE EXIT DISCHARGE, SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED. 11. THE MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 FOOT-CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE. 12. THE POWER SUPPLY FOR MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL NORMALLY BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES' ELECTRICAL SUPPLY. IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, AN EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE FOLLOWING AREAS:; A. AISLES AND UNENCLOSED EGRESS STAIRWAYS IN ROOMS AND SPACES THAT REQUIRE TWO OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS B. CORRIDORS, EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS IN BUILDING REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS.; C. EXTERIOR EGRESS COMPONENTS AT OTHER THAN THE LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE UNTIL EXIT DISCHARGE IS ACCOMPLISHED FOR BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. D. INTERIOR EXIT DISCHARGE ELEMENTS, AS PERMITTED IN SECTION 1008.3.2, IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. E. EXTERIOR LANDINGS, AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1010.6.1, FOR EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. 13. THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR A DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES AND SHALL CONSIST OF STORAGE BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN ON-SITE GENERATOR. THE INSTALLATION OF THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2702. 14. EMERGENCY LIGHTING FACILITIES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO PROVIDE INITIAL ILLUMINATION THAT IS AT LEAST AN AVERAGE OF 1 FOOT-CANDLE (11 LUX) AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.1 FOOT_CANDLE (1 LUX) MEASURE ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS AT FLOOR LEVEL. ILLUMINATION LEVELS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO DECLINE TO 0.6 FOOT -CAN (6 LUX) AVERAGE AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.06 FOOT-CANDLE (0.6 LUX) AT THE END OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHTING TIME DURATION. A MAXIMUM -TO -MINIMUM ILLUMINATION UNIFORMITY RATION OF 40 TO 1 SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ACCESSIBILITY NOTES SCALE N.T.S. 3 EGRESS NOTES SCALE N.T.S. 7 1. ALL DOORS SHALL BE 1 3/4" THICK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL DOORS SHALL BE TRIMMED AT THRESHOLD TO PROVIDE 1/4" MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL TO PERMIT FULL DOOR SWING. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL DOOR HEIGHT REQUIRED FOR DOOR FRAME SYSTEM. 4. ALL EXIT DOORS TO HAVE SIGN WHICH READS: "THIS DOOR MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED.' 5. PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY WITH APPROPRIATE LABELS FOR USE IN WALLS WITH REQUIRED FIRE RATING AS NOTED ON SCHEDULE. 6. DIMENSIONS FOR UNDERCUT DOORS IF ANY SHALL BE MEASURED FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOORING MATERIAL. 7. DOOR IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED EXIT WIDTH BY MORE THAN 4 INCHES. 8. EXIT DOORWAYS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 36" IN WIDTH AND NO LESS THAN 6'-8" IN HEIGHT. PROJECTIONS, INCLUDING PANIC HARDWARE, SHALL NOT REDUCE THE OPENING TO LESS THAN 32" CLEAR WIDTH. 9. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES THAT ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. (11B-309.4). OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34" MINIMUM AND 44" MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND" (11B-404.2.7). 10. HAND -ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30"' AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 11. THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR. THE LEVEL AREA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OFAT LEAST 60" AND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD. 12. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 18" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 13. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BEE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 14. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 15. ALL PERIMETER DOORS TO HAVE WEATHER STRIPPING AND DOOR SWEEP BY G.0 (OR LL). 16. THE MAXIMUM FORCE TO OPERATE ANY DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. 17. AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE LEAVES OF DOORWAYS WITH TWO LEAVES SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32" MINIMUM WITH THE LEAF POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. SWINGING DOORS AND GATES' MANEUVERING CLEARANCES, COMPLYING WITH TABLE 11B-404.2.4.1, SHALL EXTENT THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY AND THE REQUIRED LATCH SIDE OR HINGE SIDE CLEARANCE. (11 B-404.2) ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS NOT USED SCALE N.T.S. 8 DOOR GENERAL NOTES SCALE N.T.S. 4 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (G.C. TO CONFIRM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL MUNICIPALITY) 1. EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY AS NECESSARY FOR NEW PLAN LAYOUT. 2. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PLANS AND CALCULATIONS SEPARATELY TO THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND PERMIT AND TO LANDLORD INSURANCE UNDERWRITER FOR COMMENTS. 3. THE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AND TESTED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA STANDARD 13 2016 EDITION. STORAGE HEIGHT WILL BE RESTRICTED IN THIS BUILDING TO A MAXIMUM OF 12 FEET IN HEIGHT. 4. ALL COMMERCIAL -TYPE COOKING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: (G.C. TO CONFIRM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL MUNICIPALITY) 1. PROVIDE A FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM CONNECTED TO THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 2. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND DETECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA STANDARD 72. 3. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PLANS AND CALCULATIONS SEPARATELY TO THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND PERMIT. 4. THE BUILDING HAVE EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND ADDITIONAL SUBMITTAL WILL NOT BE NECESSARY. 5. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED TO BE MONITORED BY AN APPROVED CENTRAL STATION. 6. LOCATE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IN THE OFFICE ROOM THE REQUIRED DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE TIED INTO THE BUILDING MONITORING SYSTEM. 7. COORDINATE FIRE ALARM TIE IN WITH MALL OPERATIONS, RR GC TO EMPLOY LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE ALARM VENDOR FOR FINAL CONNECTION. FIRE ALARM & SPRINKLER NOTES SCALE N.T.S. 5 ENERGY NOTES: 1. FIXED WINDOWS SHALL BE SEALED TO LIMIT AIR INFILTRATION. 2. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL LIMIT AIR INFILTRATION AROUND THEIR PERIMETER WHEN IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. PROVIDE SEAL AT HEAD, SILL AND JAMB OF WALL PENETRATIONS. 4. SITE -BUILT DOORS MOUNTED ON THE INSIDE OR THE OUTSIDE OF EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL HAVE A MIN.. 1" LAP AT JAMBS. 5. OPEN EXTERIOR JOINTS AROUND WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES, BETWEEN WALLS AND FOUNDATIONS, BETWEEN WALLS AND ROOF, BETWEEN WALL PANELS AT PENETRATIONS OF UTILITIES THROUGH THE ENVELOPE, SHALL BE SEALED, CAULKED, OR WEATHER STRIPPED TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE. 6. PROVIDE A "CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE' SIGNED BY THE OWNER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, OR ENGINEER TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT STATING THAT THE WORK HAS BEEN PERFORMED AND MATERIALS INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AFFECTING NONRESIDENTIAL ENERGY DESIGN. CONTACT THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REGARDING EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL ENERGY NOTES SCALE N.T.S. 6 NOT USED SCALE N.T.S. 9 DATE ISSUE DATE 08/11/17 SUBMISSION CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION & A.F.F. ACCES ACOUS AL ALT ANOD APPL ARCH ARCH AUTO AVG VV B.O. BD BLDG BLKG BOH BRDLM BU AND ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ACCESSORY ACOUSTIC(AL) ALUMINUM ALTERNATE ANODIZED APPLIANCE ARCHITECT(URAL) ARCHITECT AUTOMATIC AVERAGE BOTTOM OF BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING BACK OF HOUSE BROADLOOM BUILT UP CAB CEM CER CLG CLR CMU COATG COILG CONC CONSTR CONT CONTR CPT DBL DEPT DES DET DF DIA CABINET CEMENT(ITIOUS) CERAMIC CEILING CLEAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COATING COILING CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS(ATION) CONTRACT(OR) CARPET DEMOLITION DEPARTMENT DEPTH DETAIL DIAGONAL DIAMETER DIFF DIMENSION DIM DOUBLE DISP DOWNSPOUT DIV DRAWING DN DRINKING FOUNTAIN DR DOOR DSCON DISCONNECT DWR DRAWER (E) EXISTING ELAST ELASTOMERIC ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATION EMBED EMBEDD(ED)(ING) ENGR ENGINEER(ED) ENTR ENTRANCE EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT EXIST EXISTING EXP JT EXPANSION JOINT EXPS EXPOSED(D) EXT EXTERIOR FA B FD FE FE&C FHC FIN FLR FR FRMG FURN FWC FXD FXTR GA GBP GFRC GFRG GFRP FABRICATION FLOOR DRAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET FINISH FLOOR(ING) FIRE RAT(ING)(ED) FRAMING FURNITURE FABRIC WALL COVERING FIXED FIXTURE GAUGE BRITISH POUND (CURRENCY) GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTER GL GR GYP H.M. HC HD HDWD HDWE HORIZ HVAC INFILTR INFO INSUL INT INTERIOR JAN JANITOR KIT KITCHEN L.L. LEASE LINE LAV LAVATORY GLASS GRAD(E) (ING) GYPSUM HOLLOW METAL HANDICAP HEAD HARDWOOD HARDWARE HORIZONTAL HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING INFILTRATION INFORMATION INSULATION LB LT LVLG LVR MAX MECH MEMB MET MEZZ MFD MFR MIN MISC MLWD MOIST MOT MTD (N) NIC NO NTS POUND LIGHT LEVELING LOUVER MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEMBRANE METAL MEZZANINE MANUFACTURED MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MILLWORK MOISTURE MOTORIZED) MOUNTED NEW NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOT TO SCALE O.C. OPNG OPR ORNA OVFL OVHD PBD PEDTR PLAM PLAS PLSTC PLYWD PNL POLYST PORT PREFAB PREFIN PRTECN PTN R RDR ON CENTER OPENING(S) OPERABLE ORNAMENTAL OVERFLOW OVERHEAD PARTICLE BOARD PEDESTRIAN PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PLASTIC PLYWD PANEL POLYSTYRENE PORTABLE PREFABRICATED PREFINISHED PROTECTION PARTITION RADIUS READER RECES RECPT REF REFL REFR REINF REQD RESIL RESIS RFG RM RO S.C. SCHED SCR SECT SECUR SF SGL SHORG SIM SST RECESSED RECEPTACLE REFER(ENCE) REFLECTED REFRIGERATOR REINFORCE(D) (ING) (MENT) REQUIRED RESILIENT RESIST(ANT)(IVE) ROOFING ROOM ROUGH OPENING SOLID CORE SCHEDULE SCRIBE SECTION SECURITY SQUARE FEET SINGLE SHORING SIMILAR STAINLESS STEEL STD STL STRFR STRUCT SURF SUSP T&G T.O. TH K TLT TRAF TRANS TRTD TYP U.N.O. UTIL V.C.T. V.I.F. VEH VERT W/ STANDARD STEEL STOREFRONT STRUCTURAL SURFACE SUSPENDED TONGUE AND GROOVE TOP OF THICK TOILET TRAFFIC TRANSPARENT TREATED TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UTILITY VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERIFY IN FIELD VEHICLE VERTICAL WITH W/O WC WD WDW WT WTRPRF WITHOUT WATER CLOSET WOOD WINDOW WEIGHT WATERPROOFING SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AM 2 2E117 PERMIT CENTER I1- o229 PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. SHEET TITLE GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS SHEET NUMBER ABBREVIATIONS SCALE N.T.S. 10 0001 / 402 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 206.2.1 SITE ARRIVAL POINTS: AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SITE FROM ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND ACCESSIBLE PASSENGER LOADING ZONES; PUBLIC STREETS AND SIDEWALKS; AND PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION STOPS TO THE ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY ENTRANCE THEY SERVE. 206.2.2 WITHIN A SITE: AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS, ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES, ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS, AND ACCESSIBLE SPACES THAT ARE ON THE SAME SITE. 206.2.3 MULTI -STORY BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES: AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT EACH STORY AND MEZZANINE IN MULTI -STORY BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES. 206.2.4 SPACES AND ELEMENTS: AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY ENTRANCES WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES AND ELEMENTS WITHIN THE BUILDING OR FACILITY WHICH ARE OTHERWISE CONNECTED BY A CIRCULATION PATH UNLESS EXEMPTED BY 206.2.3 EXCEPTIONS 1 THROUGH 7. 207 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS 207.1 GENERAL: MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 10, SECTION 1009 OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 410 PLATFORM LIFTS 410.1 GENERAL: PLATFORM LIFTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 410 AND ASME A18.1 LISTED IN SECTION 105.2.6. PLATFORM LIFTS SHALL NOT BE ATTENDANT OPERATED AND SHALL PROVIDE UNASSISTED ENTRY AND EXIT FROM THE LIFT. 302 FLOOR SURFACES 302.1 GENERAL: FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH 302. CHANGES IN LEVEL IN FLOOR SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 303. 303.2 VERTICAL: CHANGES IN LEVEL OF1, INCH (6.4 MM) HIGH MAXIMUM SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE VERTICAL. 303.3 BEVELED: CHANGES IN LEVEL OF 4 INCH (6.4 MM) HIGH 1 MAXIMUM AND 2 INCH (13 MM) HIGH MAXIMUM SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2. 303.4 RAMPS: CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH (13 MM) IN HEIGHT SHALL BE RAMPED, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH 405 OR 406. 304.2 FLOOR SURFACES: FLOOR SURFACES OF A TURNING SPACE SHALL COMPLY WITH 302. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. WITHIN THE TURNING SPACE. 304.3 SIZE: TURNING SPACE SHALL COMPLY WITH 304.3.1 OR 304.3.2. 304.3.1 CIRCULAR SPACE: THE TURNING SPACE SHALL BE A CIRCULAR SPACE WITH A 60 -INCH (1525 MM) MINIMUM DIAMETER. THE TURNING SPACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 306. 304.3.2 T -SHAPED SPACE: THE TURNING SPACE SHALL BE A T -SHAPED SPACE OF 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MINIMUM SQUARE, WITH ARMS AND BASE 36 INCHES (915 MM) MINIMUM IN WIDTH. EACH ARM OF THE T SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 12 INCHES (305 MM) MINIMUM IN EACH DIRECTION, AND THE BASE SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 24 INCHES (610 MM) MINIMUM. THE TURNING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES COMPLYING WITH SECTION 306 ONLY AT THE END OF EITHER BASE OR ONE ARM. 305 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 305.3 SIZE: THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM IN LENGTH AND 30 INCHES (760 MM) MINIMUM IN WIDTH. 305.4 KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH 306. 305.5 POSITION: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE POSITIONED FOR EITHER FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT. 305.6 APPROACH: ONE FULL UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL ADJOIN OR OVERLAP AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ADJOIN ANOTHER CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE. 10 max 255 c E /////////// Figure 308.3.2 (a) Obstructed High Side Reach Figure 308.3.2 (b)Obstructed High Side Reach 36 min 48 min 36 min 915 1220 (a) 180° Turn 915 Figure 303.2 vertical changes in Level 306 KNEE CLEARANCE AND TOE CLEARANCE 306.1 GENERAL: WHERE SPACE BENEATH AN ELEMENT IS INCLUDED AS PART OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT AN ELEMENT, CLEARANCE AT AN ELEMENT, OR A TURNING SPACE, THE SPACE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 306. ADDITIONAL SPACE SHALL NOT BE PROHIBITED BENEATH AN ELEMENT BUT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OR TURNING SPACE. 308.2 FORWARD REACH 308.2.1 UNOBSTRUCTED: WHERE A FORWARD REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED, THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM AND THE LOW FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES (380 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. 308.2.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH REACH: WHERE A HIGH FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL EXTEND BENEATH THE ELEMENT FOR A DISTANCE NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED REACH DEPTH OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR WHERE THE REACH DEPTH IS 20 INCHES (510 MM) MAXIMUM. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 20 INCHES (510 MM), THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 44 INCHES (1 120 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND THE REACH DEPTH SHALL BE 25 INCHES (635 MM) MAXIMUM. 308.3 SIDE REACH 308.3.1 UNOBSTRUCTED: WHERE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305 ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT AND THE EDGE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACES IS 10 INCHES (225 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE ELEMENT; THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM AN THE LOW SIDE REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES (380 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. 308.3.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH REACH: WHERE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305 ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT AND THE HIGH SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE HEIGHT OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR AND THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 24 INCHES (610 MM) MAXIMUM. THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR A REACH DEPTH OF 10 INCHES (255MM) MAXIMUM. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 10 INCHES (255 MM), THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 46 INCHES (1 170) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR FOR A REACH DEPTH OF 24 INCHES (610 MM) MAXIMUM. 402 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 0 CC OU S 402.2 COMPONENTS: ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL CONSIST OF ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS: WALKING SURFACES WITH A RUNNING SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:20, DOOR AND DOORWAYS, RAMPS, CURB RAMPS EXCLUDING THE FLARED SIDES, ELEVATORS, AND PLATFORM LIFTS. ALL COMPONENTS OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THIS STANDARD. 403.2 FLOOR SURFACES: FLOOR SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 302 403.3 SLOPE: THE RUNNING SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:20. THE CROSS SLOPE OF A WALKING SURFACE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48. 403.4 CHANGES IN LEVEL: CHANGES IN LEVEL SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 303 403.5 CLEAR WIDTH: THE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE 36 INCHES (915 MM) MINIMUM. EXCEPT: THE CLEAR WIDTH SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE REDUCED TO 32 INCHES (815 MM) MINIMUM FOR A LENGTH OF 24 INCHES (610 MM) MAXIMUM PROVIDED THE REDUCED WIDTH SEGMENTS ARE SEPARATED BY SEGMENTS THAT ARE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM IN LENGTH AND 36 INCHES (915 MM) MINIMUM WIDTH. 403.5.1 CLEAR WIDTH AT 180 DEGREE TURN: WHERE AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MAKES A 180 DEGREE TURN AROUND AN OBJECT THAT IS LESS THAN 48 INCHES (1220 MM) IN WIDTH, CLEAR WIDTHS SHALL BE 42 INCHES (1065 MM) MINIMUM APPROACHING THE TURN, AND 42 INCHES (1065 MM) MINIMUM LEAVING THE TURN. 403.5.2 PASSING SPACES: AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A CLEAR WIDTH LESS THAN 60 INCHES (1525 MM) SHALL PROVIDE PASSING SPACES AT INTERVALS OF 200 FEET (61 M) MAXIMUM. PASSING SPACES SHALL BE EITHER A 60 -INCH (1525) MM MINIMUM SPACE, OR INTERSECTION OF TWO WALKING SURFACES THAT PROVIDE A T -SHAPED TURNING SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 304.3.2, PROVIDED THE BASE AND ARMS OF THE T -SHAPED SPACE EXTEND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM BEYOND INTERSECTION. 0 N c»1 0 w co /- / / / / / j0 max J 255 Figure 308.3.1 Unobstructed Side Reach - - MUM 30 760 Figure 305.5 Size of clear floor space Figure 308.3.2 Position of clear floor or ground space 1 42 min X 42 min 1065 (b) 1065 Turns around an Obstruction NOTE: Dimensions shown apply when 'x' is less than 48 inches (1220 mm). 180 ° Exception 2 o 1111111111111111111111111.111111111111.11.111M11111 Figure 303.2 (b.) Beveled Changes in Level Figure 303.2 (a.) Beveled Changes in Level 206 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 206.4 ENTRANCES: ENTRANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 206.4. ENTRANCE DOORS, DOORWAYS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404 AND SHALL BE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE COMPLYING WITH 402. 206.5 DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES: DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES PROVIDING USER PASSAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 206.5. 206.5.1 ENTRANCES: EACH ENTRANCE TO A BUILDING OR FACILITY REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH 206.4 SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE DOOR, DOORWAY, OR GATE COMPLYING WITH 404. 404 DOORS, DOORWAYS AND GATES 404.1 GENERAL: DOORS AND DOORWAYS THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 404. 404.2 MANUAL DOORS: MANUAL DOORS AND DOORWAYS, AND MANUAL GATES, INCLUDING TICKET GATES, SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 404. 402.3 REVOLVING DOORS, REVOLVING GATES, AND TURNSTILES: GATES, AND TURNSTILES.. REVOLVING DOORS, REVOLVING GATES, AND TURNSTILES SHALL NOT BE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. 404.2.1 DOUBLE -LEAF DOORS AND GATES: AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE LEAVES OF DOORWAYS WITH TWO LEAVES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.2.3 AND 404.2.4. 404.2.2 CLEAR WIDTH: DOORWAYS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF 32 INCHES (815 MM) MINIMUM. CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF DOORWAYS WITH SWINGING DOORS SHALL BE MEASURES BETWEEN THE FACE OF DOOR AND STOP, WITH THE DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES. OPENINGS MORE THAN 24 INCHES (610 MM) IN DEPTH AT DOORS AND DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF 36 INCHES (916 MM) MINIMUM. THERE SHALL BE NO PROJECTIONS INTO THE CLEAR OPENING WIDTH BETWEEN 34 INCHES (865 MM) AND 80 INCHES (2030 MM) ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 4 INCHES (100 MM). 404.2.3 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES: MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 404.2.3 AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FULL CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY. REQUIRED DOOR MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL NOT INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE. 404.2.3.2 SWINGING DOORS: SWINGING DOORS SHALL HAVE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES COMPLYING WITH TABLE 404.3.2. 404.2.4 THRESHOLDS: IF PROVIDED, THRESHOLDS, AT DOORWAYS, SHALL BE 2 INCH (13 MM) MAXIMUM IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND CHANGES IN LEVEL AT DOORWAYS SHALL COMPLY WITH 302 AND 303. 404.2.5 TWO DOORS IN SERIES: DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO HINGES OR PIVOTED DOORS IN SERIES SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM PLUS THE WIDTH OF ANY DOOR SWINGING INTO THE SPACE BETWEEN THE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A TURNING SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 304. 404.2.6 DOOR HARDWARE: HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM)MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. WHERE SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES. 404.2.7.1 DOOR CLOSERS: DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. 404.2.8 DOOR -OPENING FORCE: FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN DOORS OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. INTERIOR HINGED DOOR: 5.0 POUNDS (22.2 N) MAXIMUM 2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOOR: 5.0 POUNDS (22.2 N) MAXIMUM 404.3 AUTOMATIC DOORS: AUTOMATIC DOORS AND AUTOMATIC GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.3. FULL -POWERED AUTOMATIC DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.10 POWER -ASSIST AND LOW-ENERGY DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.19 LISTED IN SECTION 105.2.3. (a.) front approach, pull side 36 min 915 E O \ Ib)�-- front approach, push side (door provided with both closer and latch) (c.) hinge approach, pull side r 12 min* 305 22 min 560 r 1 c E 42 min F" 1065 (d.) hinge approach, pull side (e.) hinge approach, push side *if both closer and latch are provided ** 48 min (1220) if both closer and latch provided <113 24 min 610 •w 0 CO (f.) latch approach, pull side, *54 min (1370) if door provided with closer O N (g.) latch approach, push side FIGURE 304.3 (a) CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE 32 min 815 'E o (a) Hinged Door L A (g.) - latch approach, push side, (door provided with closer) 12 min 305 1 36 min 0 CO 915 FIGURE 304.3 (b) T -SHAPED TURNING SPACE 32 min (c.) FIGURE 404.2.5 DOORS IN SERIES AND GATES IN SERIES (b) Sliding Door 815 (c) Folding Door FIGURE 404.2.2 CLEAR DOORWAY WIDTH OF DOORWAY 32 min 815 c E O 12 min 305 LO LO 1 i-2 32-51 1 1/2 1 1 -2 38 32-51 Figure 505.5 and Figure 505.7 Handrail Clearance and Cross Section -6- to 4.8 perimeter 100-200 2 max 51 (a) (b) CIRCULAR NONCIRCULAR Figure 609.2 Size of Grab Bars Size and Spacing of Handrails and Grab Bars FIG.505.5, 505.7 and FIG. 609.2 (c) NONCIRCULAR 505.5 CLEARANCE: CLEARANCE BETWEEN HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES AND ADJACENT SURFACES SHALL BE 1 2 INCHES (38 MM) MINIMUM. 505.6 GRIPPING SURFACE: GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS, WITHOUT INTERRUPTION BY NEWEL POSTS, OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, OR OBSTRUCTIONS. 505.7 CROSS SECTION: HANDRAIL SHALL HAVE A CROSS SECTION COMPLYING WITH 505.7.1 OR 505.7.2. 505.7.1 CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION: HANDRAIL WITH A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 1 4 INCHES (32 MM) MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES (51 MM) MAXIMUM. 505.7.2 NON -CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS: HANDRAIL WITH A NON -CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4 INCHES (100 MM) MINIMUM AND 6.i INCHES (160 MM) MAXIMUM, AND A CROSS-SECTION DIMENSION OF 24 INCHES (57 MM) MAXIMUM.. 505.8 SURFACES: HANDRAILS, AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACES ADJACENT TO THEM, SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL BE ROUNDED 505.9 FITTINGS: HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 609 GRAB BARS 609.1 GENERAL: GRAB BARS IN ACCESSIBLE TOILET OR BATHING FACILITIES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 609. 609.2 CROSS SECTION: GRAB BARS SHALL HAVE A CROSS SECTION COMPLYING WITH SECTION 609.2.1 OR 609.2.2. 609.2.1 CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION: GRAB BARS WITH CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS SHALL HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 1 4 INCHES (32MM) MINIMUM AND 2 INCHES (51 MM) MAXIMUM. 609.3 SPACING: THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1 INCHES (38 MM). THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS BELOW AND AT THE ENDS SHALL BE 1 2 INCHES (38 MM) MINIMUM. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS ABOVE THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 12 INCHES (305 MM) MINIMUM. 609.4 POSITION OF GRAB BARS: 609.4.1 GENERAL: GRAB BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A HORIZONTAL POSITION, 33 INCHES (840 MM) MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES (915 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE OR SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY ITEMS 1 THROUGH 3. 1. THE LOWER GRAB BAR ON THE BACK WALL OF A BATHTUB SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 607.4.1.1 OR 607.4.2.1 2. VERTICAL GRAB BARS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 604.5.1, 607.4.2.2, AND 608.3.1.2. 3. GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS PRIMARILY FOR CHILDREN'S USE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 609.4.2. 609.5 SURFACE HAZARDS: GRAB BARS, AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACES ADJACENT TO GRAB BARS, SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL BE ROUNDED. 609.6 FITTINGS: GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 609.7 INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION: GRAB BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ANY MANNER THAT PROVIDES A GRIPPING SURFACE AT THE LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS STANDARD AND DOES NOT OBSTRUCT THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL GRAB BARS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE SEPARATE BARS, A SINGLE PIECE BAR, OR COMBINATION THEREOF. 609.8 STRUCTURAL STRENGTH: ALLOWABLE STRESSES SHALL NOT EXCEEDED FOR MATERIALS USED WHEN A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 POUNDS (1112 N) IS APPLIED AT ANY POINT ON THE GRAB BAR, FASTENER, MOUNTING DEVICE, OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. c E N A Maximum Doorway Depth 0 'o A 48 min 1220 II 17-25 L ( 430-63 L 5 ma 15 min • 0 o0 co 0 rn 0 5max 1--- 125 15 min 24 max 610 (b) Clear Floor Space 380 6 max 205 11 min 280 Equipment permitted in shaded area (a) Spout Height and Knee Clearance 150 = U w w z w m V) w U O 0 z 0 z z 0 V) w 0 602 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 602.2 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE: A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305 POSITIONED FOR A FORWARD APPROACH TO THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SHALL BE PROVIDED. KNEE AND TOE SPACE PROVIDED. THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 602.3 OPERABLE PARTS: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL COMPLY WITH 309. 602.4 SPOUT OUTLET HEIGHT: SPOUT OUTLETS SHALL BE 36 INCHES (915 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. SPOUT OUTLETS OF DRINKING FOUNTAINS FOR STANDING PERSONS SHALL BE 38 INCHES (965 MM) MINIMUM AND 43 INCHES (1090 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. 602.5 SPOUT LOCATION: THE SPOUT SHALL BE LOCATED 15 INCHES (380 MM) MINIMUM FROM THE VERTICAL SUPPORT AND 5 INCHES (125 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, INCLUDING BUMPERS. WHERE ONLY A PARALLEL APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE SPOUT SHALL BE LOCATED 3 2' INCHES (90 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, INCLUDING BUMPERS. 602.6 WATER FLOW: THE SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER 4 INCHES (100 MM) MINIMUM IN HEIGHT. THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM FROM SPOUTS WITHIN 3 INCHES (75 MM) OF THE FRONT OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN SHALL BE 30 DEGREES MAXIMUM, AND FROM SPOUTS BETWEEN 3 INCHES (75 MM) AND 5 INCHES (125 MM) FROM THE FRONT OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN SHALL BE 15 DEGREES MAXIMUM, MEASURED HORIZONTALLY RELATIVE TO THE FRONT FACE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 603.3 MIRRORS: WHERE MIRRORS ARE LOCATED ABOVE LAVATORIES, A MIRROR SHALL BE LOCATED OVER THE ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY AND SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE REFLECTING SURFACE 40 INCHES (1015 MM) ABOVE THE FLOOR. WHERE MIRRORS ARE LOCATED ABOVE COUNTERS THAT DO NOT CONTAIN LAVATORIES, THE MIRROR SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE REFLECTING SURFACE 40 INCHES (1015 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. 604.8 COAT HOOKS AND SHELVES: COAT HOOKS PROVIDED WITHIN TOILET COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. SHELVES SHALL BE 40 INCHES (1015 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. 606 LAVATORIES AND SINKS. 606.1 GENERAL: ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL COMPLY WITH 606. 606.2 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE: A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH 305.3, POSITIONED FOR A FORWARD APPROACH, SHALL BE PROVIDED. KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH 306 SHALL BE PROVIDED. THE DIP OF THE OVERFLOW SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES. 606.3 HEIGHT: THE FRONT OF LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR MEASURED TO THE HIGHER OF THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE. 606.4 FAUCETS: FAUCETS SHALL COMPLY WITH 309. HAND -OPERATED METERING FAUCETS SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR 10 SECONDS MINIMUM. 606.6 EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES: WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS. c / / 6 max Toe Knee 8 min 150 Clearance Clearance 205 c E O c) 0 17 -25 Jcpth 430-635 Lavatory Clearances T clear floor space L 48 min I 0 J 17 25 430 635 1220 Clear Floor Space at Lavatories X 0 �E 0 604 WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS 604.1 GENERAL: ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 604. COMPARTMENTS CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE PLUMBING FIXTURE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 603. WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 604.9. AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 604.10. 604.2 LOCATION: THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE POSITIONED WITH A WALL OR PARTITION TO THE REAR AND TO ONE SIDE. THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 16 INCHES (405 MM) MINIMUM TO 18 INCHES (455 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE SIDE WALL OR PARTITION, WATER CLOSETS LOCATED IN AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT SPECIFIED IN 604.10. SHALL HAVE THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET 17 INCHES (430 MM) MINIMUM AND 19 INCHES (485 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE SIDE WALL OR PARTITION. 604.3 CLEARANCE 604.3.1 CLEARANCE WIDTH: CLEARANCE AROUND A WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MINIMUM IN WIDTH, MEASURED PERPENDICULAR FROM THE SIDE WALL. 604.3.2 CLEARANCE DEPTH: CLEARANCE AROUND A WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 56 INCHES (1420 MM) MINIMUM IN DEPTH, MEASURED PERPENDICULAR FROM THE REAR WALL. 604.3.3 CLEARANCE OVERLAP: THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE AROUND THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP THE WATER CLOSET, ASSOCIATED GRAB BARS, PAPER DISPENSERS, SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLES, COAT HOOKS, SHELVES, ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT OTHER FIXTURES AND THE TURNING SPACE. NO OTHER FIXTURES OR OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE WITHIN THE REQUIRED WATER CLOSET CLEARANCE. 604.4 HEIGHT: THE HEIGHT WATER CLOSET SEATS SHALL BE 17 INCHES (430 MM) MINIMUM AND 19 INCHES (485 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE SEAT. SEATS SHALL NOT BE SPRUNG TO RETURN TO A LIFTED POSITION. 604.5 GRAB BARS: GRAB BARS FOR WATER CLOSETS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 609 AND SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 604.5.1 AND 604.5.2. GRAB BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE REAR WALL AND ON THE SIDE WALL CLOSET TO THE WATER CLOSET. 604.5.1 FIXED SIDE WALL GRAB BARS: FIXED SIDE-WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 42 INCHES (1065 MM) MINIMUM IN LENGTH, LOCATED 12 INCHES (305 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE REAR WALL AND EXTENDING 54 INCHES (1370 MM) MINIMUM FROM THE REAR WALL. IN ADDITION, A VERTICAL GRAB BAR LOCATED 39 INCHES (990 MM) MINIMUM AND 41 INCHES (1040 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND WITH THE CENTER LINE OF THE BAR LOCATED 39 INCHES (990 MM) MINIMUM AND 41 INCHES (1040 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE REAR WALL. 604.5.2 REAR WALL GRAB BARS: THE REAR WALL GRAB BAR SHALL BE 36 INCHES (915 MM)MINIMUM IN LENGTH, AND EXTEND FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET 12 INCHES (305 MM) MINIMUM ON ONE SIDE AND 24 INCHES (610 MM) MINIMUM ON THE TRANSFER SIDE. 604.6 FLUSH CONTROLS: FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC. HAND OPERATED FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH 309. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE OPEN SID OF THE WATER CLOSET. 12 min (a) Back Wall AMBULATORY 42 min 1045 39-4 990-1040 (b) Side Wall 39-41 990-1040 / 1370 54 min [12/42mu1 1065 0 ELO • 604.7 DISPENSERS: TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS SHALL COMPLY WITH 309.4. WHERE THE DISPENSER IS LOCATED ABOVE THE GRAB BAR, THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN AN AREA 24 INCHES (610 MM) MINIMUM AND 36 INCHES (915 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE REAR WALL. WHERE THE DISPENSER IS LOCATED BELOW THE GRAB BAR, THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN AN AREA 24 INCHES (610 MM) MINIMUM AND 42 INCHES (1065 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE REAR WALL. THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE LOCATED 18 INCHES (455 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. DISPENSERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 609.3. DISPENSERS SHALL NOT BE OF A TYPE THAT CONTROL DELIVERY, OR DO NOT ALLOW CONTINUOUS PAPER FLOW. 604.9 WHEEL CHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS TOILET COMPARTMENTS: 604.9.1 GENERAL: WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 604.9 604.9.2 SIZE: TOILET COMPARTMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 604.9.2.1 OR 604.9.2.2 AS APPLICABLE. 604.9.2.1 MINIMUM AREA: THE MINIMUM AREA OF A WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT SHALL BE 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MINIMUM IN WIDTH MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE SIDE WALL, AND 56 INCHES (1420 MM) MINIMUM IN DEPTH FOR WALL HUNG WATER CLOSET, AND 59 INCHES (1500 MM) MINIMUM IN DEPTH FOR FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS MEASURED WATER CLOSETS MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE REAR WALL. 604.9.2.2 COMPARTMENT FOR CHILDREN'S USE: THE MINIMUM AREA OF A WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT PRIMARILY FOR CHILDREN'S USE SHALL BE 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MINIMUM IN WIDTH MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE SIDE WALL, AND 59 INCHES (1500 MM) MINIMUM IN DEPTH FOR A WALL HUNG AND FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE REAR WALL. 604.9.3 DOORS: TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS, INCLUDING DOOR HARDWARE, SHALL COMPLY WITH 404, EXCEPT THAT IF THE APPROACH IS TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE COMPARTMENT DOOR, CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE DOOR SIDE OF THE COMPARTMENT AND ANY OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 42 INCHES (1065 MM) MINIMUM. DOORS SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING. A DOOR PULL COMPLYING WITH SECTION 404.2.6 SHALL BE PLACED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DOOR NEAR THE LATCH. TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE REQUIRED MINIMUM AREA OF THE COMPARTMENT. 604.9.5.1 TOE CLEARANCE AT COMPARTMENTS: THE FRONT PARTITION AND AT LEAST ONE SIDE PARTITION SHALL PROVIDE A TOE CLEARANCE OF 9 INCHES 230 MM MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR AND 6 INCHES(150 MM)BEYOND THE COMPARTMENT SIDE FACE OF THE PARTITION, EXCLUSIVE OF PARTITION SUPPORT MEMBERS. 604.9.6. GRAB BARS: GRAB BARS SHALL COMPLY WITH 609. A SIDE-WALL GRAB BAR COMPLYING WITH 604.5.1 LOCATED ON THE WALL CLOSEST TO THE WATER CLOSET TO THE WATER CLOSET, AND A REAR WALL GRAB BAR COMPLYING WITH 604.5.2 SHALL BE PROVIDED. 604.10 AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS: AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH 604.10. 604.10.2 SIZE: THE MINIMUM AREA OF AN AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT SHALL BE 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MINIMUM IN DEPTH AND 36 INCHES (915 MM) IN WIDTH. WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET STALLS (PER ADA CODE) 24 min 610 Fig. 30(e) Toilet Stall New Construction / 42 min 1065 42 min latch / abproach only. I other abproaches 4 54 min 1370 60 min 1525 w w' mounted w.c. 1370 (b) Alternate Stalls // .E LO LO toilet paper 0 co co o. rr co co 39-41 • /990-10401r / 60 min 1500 18 min 455 -0 \ 1 clear \ I floor L space -0- C4 d 0 lay. clear floor Sp-aG€-J 1550 (a) Standard Stall -0- 60 min 1525 4 max �/ 100 • c x 0 alternate /-door location i co o^ 39-41 c M c v0 990-1040/ / 52 min 42 min lath approach only. other approaches 48 min Clear Floor Space at Water Closets INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS N. FIGURE 703.7.2.1 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY FIGURE 703.7.2.2 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TTY FIGURE 703.7.2.3 VOLUME CONTROL TELEPHONE '4) • 12 min 1320 305 55 min w wc). mounted w.c. 1395 59 min w flr jnounted w.c. 1500 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FIGURE 703.7.2.4 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS 703 SIGNS 703.1 GENERAL: ACCESSIBLE SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH 703. TACTILE SIGNS SHALL CONTAIN BOTH RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE. WHERE SIGNS WITH BOTH VISUAL AND RAISED CHARACTERS ARE REQUIRED, EITHER ONE SIGN WITH BOTH VISUAL AND RAISED CHARACTERS, OR TWO SEPARATE SIGNS, ONE WITH VISUAL, AND ONE WITH RAISED CHARACTERS, SHALL BE PROVIDED. 703.2.2 CASE: CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE, LOWERCASE, OR A COMBINATION OF BOTH. 703.2.3 STYLE: CHARACTERS SHALL BE CONVENTIONAL IN FORM. CHARACTERS SHALL NOT BE ITALIC, OBLIQUE, SCRIPT, HIGHLY DECORATIVE, OR OF OTHER UNUSUAL FORMS. 703.2.7 CHARACTER SPACING: CHARACTER SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE TWO CLOSEST POINTS OF ADJACENT RAISED CHARACTERS WITHIN A MESSAGE, EXCLUDING WORD SPACES. SPACING BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL CHARACTERS SHALL BE 10 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 35 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE CHARACTER HEIGHT. 703.3 RAISED CHARACTERS 703.3.1 GENERAL: RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 703.3, AND BE DUPLICATED IN BRAILLE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 703.4. 703.3.2 DEPTH: RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE RAISED 3z IN (0.8 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THEIR BACKGROUND. 703.4.3 CASE: CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE. 703.4.4 STYLE: CHARACTERS SHALL BE SANS SERIF. CHARACTERS SHALL NOT BE ITALIC, OBLIQUE, SCRIPT, HIGHLY DECORATIVE, OR OF OTHER UNUSUAL FORMS. 703.3.10 HEIGHT ABOVE FLOOR: RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST RAISED CHARACTERS AND 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST RAISED CHARACTER. 703.3.11 LOCATION: WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. WHERE A SIGN CONTAINING RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. WHERE A SIGN CONTAINING RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAVES, THE SIGN SHALL BE RIGHT OF THE RIGHT-HAND DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE OF A SINGLE DOOR, OR TO THE RIGHT SIDE OF DOUBLE DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SIGNS CONTAINING RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR AREA 18 INCHES (455 MM) MINIMUM BY 18 INCHES (455 MM)MINIMUM, CENTERED ON THE RAISED CHARACTERS IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION AND 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION. 703.4 BRAILLE 703.4.1 GENERAL: BRAILLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) BRAILLE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 703.4. 703.4.2 UPPERCASE LETTERS: THE INDICATION OF AN UPPERCASE LETTER OR LETTERS SHALL ONLY BE USED BEFORE THE FIRST WORD OF SENTENCES, PROPER NOUNS AND NAMES, INDIVIDUAL LETTERS OF THE ALPHABET, INITIALS, OR ACRONYMS. 703.4.3 DIMENSIONS: BRAILLE DOTS SHALL HAVE A DOMED OR ROUNDED SHAPE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 703.4.3. 703.4.4 POSITION: BRAILLE SHALL BE BELOW THE CORRESPONDING TEXT. IF TEXT IS MULTI -LINED, BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED BELOW ENTIRE TEXT. BRAILLE SHALL BE SEPARATED a INCH (9.5 MM) MINIMUM FROM ANY OTHER RAISED CHARACTERS AND a INCH (9.5 MM) FROM RAISED BORDERS AND DECORATIVE ELEMENTS. BRAILLE PROVIDED ON ELEVATOR CAR CONTROLS SHALL BE SEPARATED16 INCH (4.8 MM) MINIMUM EITHER DIRECTLY BELOW OR ADJACENT TO THE CORRESPONDING RAISED CHARACTER OR SYMBOLS. 703.4.5 MOUNTING HEIGHT: BRAILLE SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM AND 60 INCHES(1525 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE BRAILLE CELLS. 703.5 PICTOGRAMS 703.5.1 GENERAL: PICTOGRAM SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 703.5 703.5.2 PICTOGRAM FIELD: PICTOGRAM SHALL HAVE A FIELD 6 INCHES (150 MM) MINIMUM IN . CARACTRS OR BR ILLS ALL T BE LO TED IN THE PICTOGRAM FIELD. 703.5.3 FINISH AND CONTRAST: PICTOGRAMS AND THEIR FIELDS SHALL HAVE A NONGLARE FINISH. PICTOGRAMS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR FIELDS, WITH EITHER A LIGHT PICTOGRAM ON A DARK FIELD OR A DARK PICTOGRAM ON A LIGHT FIELD. 703.6 SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY 703.6.2 FINISH AND CONTRAST: SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY AND THEIR BACKGROUNDS SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACK GROUNDS, WITH EITHER A LIGHT SYMBOL ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR A DARK SYMBOL ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. 703.7.2.1 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY: THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL COMPLY WITH FIGURE 703.7.2.1. 703.6.3.2 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TTY: THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TTY SHALL COMPLY WITH FIGURE 703.6.3.2 703.6.3.3 ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS: ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS COMPLYING WITH FIGURE 703.6.3.3. 703.6.3.4 VOLUME -CONTROL TELEPHONES: TELEPHONES WITH A VOLUME CONTROL SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A PICTOGRAM OF A TELEPHONE HANDSET WITH RADIATING SOUND WAVES ON A SQUARE FIELD SUCH AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 703.6.3.4. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON i ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Ala 2 4 2517 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER G100 SOUTH SIDE SPRINKLER SHUT-OFF MAIN ELECTRICAL PANELS/METERS SERVICE LOADING \----(E) SITE TRASH RECEPTACLES -41------SERVICE DRIVE EMPLOYEE PARKING SERVICE LOADING NC)TE ALL PARKING AND SITE WORK ARE EXISTING AND NOT A PART OF THIS SUBMITTAL. PROVIDED PARKING TOTAL PARKING SPACES: 194 COMPACT SPACES: 28 HANDICAP SPACES: 8 SOUTH UTILITY ROOM WET SPRINKLER AND ELECTRIC ROOM NORTH UTILITY ROOM/DRY SPRINKLER SYSTEM ADJACENT TENANT BEV MO! N.I.C. PROPOSED TEMPUR-PEDIC 17195 SOUTHCENTER PKWY TUKWILA, WA 98188 2,964 S.F. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. ADJACENT BUILDING N.I.C. TPO ROOFING SERVICE DRIVE E) LEASE LINE (E) 1 -HR RATED WALL TO REMAIN rz/z/F, ry/ //7 / le",/ 7/4"1//0/7/4 -r t-z_z_—. 1 E) STOREFRONT TO REMAIN E) STOREFRONT DOOR TO REMAIN E) ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE TO REMAIN (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. "7", E) BENCH E) BENCH 1.___J____I-___ (E)LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN / / / (E) PARKING 17150 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY, TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 (E) LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN iii EXISTING PARKING STRIPING TO REMAIN {E) LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN I I (E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING (E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING `tib! E ACCESSIBLE PARKING E) CROSSWALK STRIPING E) HANDRAIL E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING / / / / E) ARCHITECTURAL E) LIGHT POLE LIGHTING ELEMENTS (E) LIGHT POLE (E) LIGHT POLE E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING (E)FIRE HYDRANT SERVICE DRIVE 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENT! STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET (E)FIRE HYDRANT (E)CROSSWALK STRIPING ALIGNED WITH CROSSWALK ON SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY —(E) ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING ELEMENTS (E) LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN C C (E) LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN C I C 1 C C (E) ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING ELEMENTS (E) MONUMENT SIGN 1 C PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 0 0 1 0 0 PATH OF TRAVEL TO BUS STOP = 495' (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED SEP 19 2017 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 257 PERMIT CENTER (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. (E) SIDEWALK N.I.C. SHEET TITLE (E) PARKING N.I.C. (E) PARKING N.I.C. (E) PARKING N.I.C. SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) SHEET NUMBER EXISTING SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) SCALE 1/16" = 1'-0 0 —REMOTE POINT #1 44" EXIT PATH TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 1 = 105-9" < 250' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 2 = 30'-6" < 250' 0 w X w —REMOTE POINT #2 44" EXIT PATH TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 1 = 73'-3" < 250' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 2 = 42'-6" < 250' ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. REQUIREMENT CODED KEY NOTES OPROVIDE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER NFPA-10, 2-A: 10-B:C RATED MINIMUM,TO BE LOCATED ON EACH FLOOR AT +48" A.F.F. ONE FOR EACH 3,000 S.F. OF FLOOR AREA AND NOT FARTHER THAN TRAVEL DISTANCE OF 75' APART WITH A RATING NOT LESS THAN 2-A. TRAVEL DISTANCE IS 30' IN AREAS HAVING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS. THE NUMBER, TYPES AND LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE FIRE MARSHAL AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED BUT PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. LOCATION OF TACTILE EXIT SIGN. MIMIMUM EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED (44 OCCUPANTS X 0.2 INCHES PER OCCUPANT) MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM MAXIMUM AISLE ACCESS WAYS IN GROUP M MERCHANDISE PADS COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE TO EXIT SIGN (OR NOT MORE THAN LIMITED BY SIGN MANUFACTURER, WHICHEVER IS LESS) EXITS REQUIRED TO BE PLACED GREATER THAN ONE HALF THE DIAGONAL DISTANCE OF THE AREA (ONE HALF DIAGONAL DISTANCE = 43'-3 8.8" EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED (144" PROVIDED) 75 FT. 250 FT. 30 FT. 100 FT. 1013.1 BETWEEN EXITS 1 & 2 = 77'-10 8" 1007.1.1 1. TWO EXITS REQUIRED SINCE OCCUPANT LOAD IS OVER 50 PER TABLE 1006.3.1 2. PANIC HARDWARE REQUIRED ON FIRE DOORS IN COMMON EXIT PASSAGEWAYS, MUST BE INSTALLED ON EXIT DOOR(S) AND BE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. 3. FIRE SPRINKLER/ALARM NOTE: THIS BUILDING IS CURRENTLY EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE SPRINKLER/ALARM SYSTEM. ANY CHANGES TO THE SYSTEM WILL BE DONE UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. EXIT 2 0 'o 77'-1O/" DISTANCE BETWEEN EXIT 1 AND EXIT 2 BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. REMOTE POINT #3 44" EXIT PATH TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 1 = 54'-9 R.< 250' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 2 = 24'-1 z" < 250' 78'-5Y4 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 0 w x w EGRESS STATEMENT - A SIGN READING: "THIS/THESE DOOR(S) TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" SHALL BE PERMANENTLY APPLIED TO INSIDE FACE OF ENTRY/EGRESS DOORS, PER BUILDING CODE. PROVIDE 1" (ONE INCH) TALL, 'WHITE' VINYL, REVERSE DIE CUT LETTERS APPLIED TO INSIDE GLASS FACE OF STOREFRONT DOORS, AND 1" (ONE INCH) TALL, 'BLACK' VINYL, DIE CUT LETTERS APPLIED TO INTERIOR FACE OF HOLLOW METAL DOORS. KNOX BOX AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM VERIFY THAT ELEVATION AT GRADE IS THE SAME INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AT ALL EXITS & THRESHOLDS SHALL BE ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANT ILLUMINATED "EXIT' SIGN. SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN(S). EMERGENCY LIGHT INSTALLED PER CODE EXITING NOTES 1. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. PROVIDE SELF -RELEASING LOCKING DEVICES ON EXIT DOORS. 2. TACTILE "EXIT" SIGNS SHALL BE IN BLOCK LETTERS, A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) INCHES HIGH WITH A STROKE OF NOT LESS THAN 3/4 INCH. LUMINANCE ON FACE OF SIGN SHALL BE 50 LUX. 3. "EXIT" SIGNS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ILLUMINATED AND ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUITS. SHOW ON ELECTRICAL PLAN(S). 4. HIGH PILE STORAGE AREA IS ZERO (0) S.F. 5. A SIGN THAT READS "DO NOT STORE ABOVE THIS LINE" WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) INCH LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STOCK ROOM LOCATED 18" BELOW LINE OF LOWEST SPRINKLER HEADS (SHOW LINE). REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 20 11 ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREkCEIVED 2,964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 4 2017 PERMIT CENTER LIFE SAFETY PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" LIFE SAFETY PLAN SHEET NUMBER G300 r r r ( moi—E I \ I) TOILROO 1 IL�II \ I1 / _1 / wl .01 77'-1O/" DISTANCE BETWEEN EXIT 1 AND EXIT 2 BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. REMOTE POINT #3 44" EXIT PATH TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 1 = 54'-9 R.< 250' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXIT 2 = 24'-1 z" < 250' 78'-5Y4 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 0 w x w EGRESS STATEMENT - A SIGN READING: "THIS/THESE DOOR(S) TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" SHALL BE PERMANENTLY APPLIED TO INSIDE FACE OF ENTRY/EGRESS DOORS, PER BUILDING CODE. PROVIDE 1" (ONE INCH) TALL, 'WHITE' VINYL, REVERSE DIE CUT LETTERS APPLIED TO INSIDE GLASS FACE OF STOREFRONT DOORS, AND 1" (ONE INCH) TALL, 'BLACK' VINYL, DIE CUT LETTERS APPLIED TO INTERIOR FACE OF HOLLOW METAL DOORS. KNOX BOX AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM VERIFY THAT ELEVATION AT GRADE IS THE SAME INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AT ALL EXITS & THRESHOLDS SHALL BE ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANT ILLUMINATED "EXIT' SIGN. SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN(S). EMERGENCY LIGHT INSTALLED PER CODE EXITING NOTES 1. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. PROVIDE SELF -RELEASING LOCKING DEVICES ON EXIT DOORS. 2. TACTILE "EXIT" SIGNS SHALL BE IN BLOCK LETTERS, A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) INCHES HIGH WITH A STROKE OF NOT LESS THAN 3/4 INCH. LUMINANCE ON FACE OF SIGN SHALL BE 50 LUX. 3. "EXIT" SIGNS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ILLUMINATED AND ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUITS. SHOW ON ELECTRICAL PLAN(S). 4. HIGH PILE STORAGE AREA IS ZERO (0) S.F. 5. A SIGN THAT READS "DO NOT STORE ABOVE THIS LINE" WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) INCH LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STOCK ROOM LOCATED 18" BELOW LINE OF LOWEST SPRINKLER HEADS (SHOW LINE). REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 20 11 ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREkCEIVED 2,964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 4 2017 PERMIT CENTER LIFE SAFETY PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" LIFE SAFETY PLAN SHEET NUMBER G300 14'-2"± A.F.F B.O. (E) WATER MAIN 414'-2"± A.F.F. B.O. (E) SPRINKLER MAIN DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN i 1J1 TYP. 2 °.YP rl Ll J TYP. TYP. TYP. 14'-6"± A.F.F B.O. (E) JOISTS 0 TYP. O TYP. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. CODED KEY NOTES O O O O O O O O EXISTING LEASE LINE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD. EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES (TYP). EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN, IN IT'S ENTIRETY, U.N.O. REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW GRAPHICS, CLEAN AND REPAIR TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION (TYP). EXISTING DOOR TO BE REPLACED DUE TO RUST DAMAGE. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING TILE/CARPETING FLOORING TO BE REMOVED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL ADHESIVES & REPAIR SLAB AS NECESSARY. FILLIN HOLES AND CRACKS IN SLAB. CREATE A SMOOTH FLOOR FINISH AND A BROOM SWEPT CONDITION. PREPARE FOR NEW FINISH. REMOVE ALL DEMOLITION MATERIALS INCLUDING RUBBISH AND DEBRIS PRIOR TO NEW CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING WALL FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE PROPERLY REPAIRED PRIOR TO RECEIVING NEW FINISHES (TYP). O 10 11 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE SPACE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR SHOULD IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER IF ANY DEMOLITION WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. DEMOLITION SHALL INCORPORATE THOSE SUBORDINATE ITEMS NOT SHOWN SPECIFICALLY ON THIS PLAN, BUT REQUIRE TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT. REMOVE ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS, DOORS, & WINDOWS SHOWN DASHED (TYPICAL). GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR FLOORS AS NEEDED. ALL CEILING SOFFITS, FIXTURES, AND ASSOCIATED ELEMENTS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT. EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS & ASSOCIATED WIRING TO BE REMOVED TO SOURCE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS & FLOORS AS NEEDED FOR NEW FINISHES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS & FLOORS AS NEEDED FOR NEW FINISHES AND ACCESSORIES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN. G.C. TO VERIFY IN FIELD AND PROTECT DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING. EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH AS REQUIRED. 17 ELECTRICAL PANELS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 18 EXISTING WOOD JOIST ABOVE TO REMAIN. 19 EXISTING RTU ABOVE TO BE REPLACED. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 20 EXISTING CRAWL SPACE FLOOR ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO FLOOR AND CRAWL SPACE NOTES ON THIS SHEET. 21 PORTION OF WALL NOT FINISHED. 22 EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS. 23 EXISTING SWITCHES TO REMAIN. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 24 REFER TO FLOOR AND CRAWL SPACE NOTES ON THIS SHEET. 25 EXPOSED SPRINKLER LINE APPROXIMATE 29'-0" ±. 26 G.C. TO REMOVE WOOD TRIM SURROUND. B.O. DECK INSULATION : 15-5" +/- A.F.F. B.O. SPRINKLER MAIN: 14'-2"+/- A.F.F. B.O. JOISTS: 14-6" +/- A.F.F. - 18'-2" ± A.F.F. NOTE: G.C. TO INVESTIGATE AREAS OF CEILING AND STOREFRONT WITH WATER DAMAGE AND ADVISE TEMPUR-SEALY PM OF REPAIRS NEEDED TO FIX LEAK AND DAMAGE. TYP. *NOTICEABLE FLOOR SLOPE AND BOWING OF EXISTING FLOOR. 1 TO 1-1/2' IN AREAS. 1- L L TYP. J 18'-2"± A.F.F B.O. (E) JOI S O TYP. -II �I TYP. (E) WOOD FLOOR OVER WOOD JOISTS 2" GAP 1 1 11 (E) CONCRETE SLAB ABOVE ■ a 1 1 L O TYP. L 1 1 1 BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. FLOOR AND CRAWL SPACE NOTES: • G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING VAPOR BARRIER IN CRAWLSPACE AND SHEATHING ON TOP OF WOOD FLOOR JOISTS. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS; 6 MIL MINIMUM POLYETHYLENE VAPOR RETARDER (CLASS 1) PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SECURE TO GROUND, COVERING EXPOSED DIRT. JOINTS SHALL OVERLAP NO LESS THAN 6". ALL SEAMS MUST BE TAPED. CONTINUE VAPOR RETARDER MINIMUM OF 6' UP WALLS AND COLUMNS. G.C. TO REPLACE THERMAL INSULATION/SHEATHING IF DAMAGED. G.C. TO CAULK/SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS AT SILL PLATES, FOUNDATION PIPES, ETC. G.C. TO REPLACE WARPED FLOOR JOISTS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE LEVEL FINISH FLOOR. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW WOOD SHEATHING ON FLOOR JOISTS. PROVIDE GAPS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. O TYP. AL` C EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED DEMOLITION NOTES I. DEMOLITION 1.1 PRINCIPAL WORK IN THIS SECTION A. DEMOLISH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. B. PROTECT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. C. REMOVE DEMOLISHED ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSE OF THEM IN A LEGAL MANNER. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. DISCONNECTING, CUTTING, CAPPING OR RELOCATING ANY ACTIVE UTILITY LINES ENCOUNTERED. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A10.6 "SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR DEMOLITION" PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE. 1.4 PROTECTION A. CEASE OPERATIONS AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IF THE SAFETY OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED AT ANY TIME. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO SUPPORT SUCH ENDANGERED CONSTRUCTION AND DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL AUTHORIZED BY THE ARCHITECT. 2.0 EXECUTION 2.1 OWNERSHIP OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS SHALL BECOME THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY TO DISPOSE OF TO HIS BEST ADVANTAGE. B. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSE OF THEM IN A LEGAL MANNER. NO ON-SITE SALE OR BURNING OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS WILL BE PERMITTED. 2.2 PERFORMANCE OF WORK A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY AND INSTALLATION OF ALL TEMPORARY SHORING SYSTEMS USED DURING THE REMOVAL OF ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. B. NO EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENT (BEAM, COLUMN, SHEAR WALL, ETC.) SHALL BE REMOVED UNLESS CONTRACTOR IS PREPARED TO BEGIN INSTALLATION OF A NEW STRUCTURAL ELEMENT AT THE TIME OF REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING ELEMENT, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE AGREED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND THE ARCHITECT. C. THE DRAWINGS DO NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE THE FULL EXTENT OF THE WORK REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED. INSPECT THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CAREFULLY TO DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED AND THE PROBLEMS INVOLVED. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO ESTIMATE THE FULL EXTENT OF THE WORK OR FOR ANY CONTINGENCIES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. D. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY SKILLED AND PROPERLY EQUIPPED PERSONNEL. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ITEMS SCAFFOLD HIGH OR HIGHER SHALL BE LOWERED BY CONTROLLED METHODS, NOT BY THROWING OR DROPPING. PERFORM CUTTING AND STRIPPING SO THAT THE WORK TO REMAIN IS UNDAMAGED AND IN SUCH MANNER THAT NEW WORK CAN BE PROPERLY CONNECTED WITH IT. 2.3 METHODS A. DEMOLISH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION AND JUNCTION WITH EXISTING WORK. CUT BACK FINISHED SURFACES TO STRAIGHT, PLUMB AND LEVEL LINES AS REQUIRED. B. PROCEDURE i. SAWING: IA. SAWING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXPERIENCED CRAFTSMEN CUSTOMARILY ENGAGED IN AND PROPERLY EQUIPPED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. IB. PROVIDE WET VACUUM EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR CONTROL OF WASTE COOLING WATER. 2.4 DEMOLITION FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC. A. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPING, CONDUIT AND TUBING AS REQUIRED BY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES. B. EXCEPTION: DRILLING AND INSTALLING SLEEVES FOR PASSAGE OF PIPING, CONDUIT AND TUBING SHALL BE DONE BY THE TRADE INSTALLING THE PIPING, CONDUIT OR TUBING. 2.5 DAMAGE AND REPAIR A. REPAIR, RESTORE, REPLACE OR MAKE GOOD DAMAGE TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHICH OCCURS AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 2.6 CLEAN-UP A. DO NOT ALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO ACCUMULATE ON THE PREMISES. PROVIDE FOR THE CONTINUOUS REMOVAL AND LEGAL OFF SITE DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. 11. DEMOLITION AND PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: FURNISH EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM LABOR REQUIRED TO EXECUTE THIS WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS SPECIFIED AND AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THESE MAJOR ITEMS: A. PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. B. REMOVAL OF PARTITIONS, DOORS, FLOOR COVERING, CEILINGS. C. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND SERVICES. D. DEBRIS REMOVAL. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. ALL NEW WORK. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. FIELD CONDITIONS: TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION AS NECESSARY WORK ALL OBVIOUS EXISTING CONDITIONS AND INSTALLATIONS ON THE SITE AS THOUGH THEY WERE COMPLETELY SHOWN OR DESCRIBED. ACCEPT THE SITE OF THE WORK AS IT EXISTS AND CLEAR OBSTRUCTIONS TO THE WORK INDICATED. B. ALL CONTRACTORS SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL FIRST EXAMINE THE SITE AND ALL CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS THEREON AND THEREABOUTS. ALL PROPOSALS SHALL TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ALL SUCH CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS WHETHER OR NOT THE SAME ARE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR MENTIONED IN ANY OF THE THESE DOCUMENTS AND EVERY PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS INCLUDING WHATEVER SUMS ARE NEEDED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN EVERY PART AS SHOWN, DESCRIBED OR REASONABLY REQUIRED OR IMPLIED, AND ATTAIN THE COMPLETED CONDITIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. C. CODES: PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE OF THE GOVERNING BODY HAVING JURISDICTION,_ THE GOVERNING STATE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ORDERS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT. D. UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS: INCLUDE IN THE BASE BID MISCELLANEOUS CUTTING AND PATCHING NECESSITATED AS A RESULT OF UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS AND THE REWORKING OF ABUTTING SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO MAKE NEW WORK JOIN AND MATCH EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN. NO EXTRA FAYMENTS BASED ON THE PLEA OF UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. E. PHASING OF THE WORK: CONFER WITH THE OWNER AS TO THE SEQUENCING AND PHASING OF THE PERFORMANCE OF VARIOUS PARTS OF THE WORK. COOPERATE FULLY TO THE END THAT CERTAIN FACILITIES AND SERVICES ARE MAINTAINED IN OPERATION UNTIL IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THEIR REMOVAL IS REQUIRED TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. F. NOISE CONTROL: CARRY ON ALL WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL PRODUCE THE LEAST AMOUNT OF NOISE. INSTRUCT ALL WORKMEN IN NOISE CONTROL PROCEDURES. 2.0 EXECUTION 2.1 PROTECTION A. GLASS: PROVIDE SUCH PROTECTION AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PREVENT GLASS BREAKAGE. AT NO ADDITIONAL COST, REPLACE IN KIND ALL BROKEN GLASS. B. LOWERING MATERIAL: PROVIDE HOISTS AND CHUTES AS REQUIRED TO LOWER REMOVED MATERIAL. THROWING, DROPPING OR PERMITTING THE FREE FALL OF MATERIAL AND DEBRIS FROM HEIGHTS WHICH WOULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO WORK TO REMAIN, UNDUE NOISE OR NUISANCE, OR EXCESSIVE DUST IS EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED. C. PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL: ERECT SIGNS, BARRICADES AND SUCH OTHER FORMS OF WARNING AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM PUTTING THEMSELVES IN THE WAY OF INJURY. D. EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN: PROVIDE SUCH FORMS OF PROTECTION AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EXISTING WORK AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. 2.2 GENERAL DEMOLITION A. DOORS AND HARDWARE: REMOVE CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGE. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, LEAVE HARDWARE ATTACHED TO THE DOOR. WHERE THIS IS NOT PRACTICAL, PLACE ITEMS OF HARDWARE IN A CLOTH BAG ATTACHED TO THE DOOR. B. PARTITIONS: REMOVE PARTITION FINISH, STUDS, PLATES AND SILLS. WHERE ONLY A PARTIAL RUN IS REMOVED, CUT BACK FINISH MATERIAL TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE NEXT ADJACENT SUPPORT TO REMAIN. LEAVE REMAINING MATERIAL WITH A CLEAN TERMINAL LINE WITH NO LOOSE MATERIAL ADHERING. 2.3 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING A. CAREFULLY REVIEW PLANS AND DETERMINE LINES TO BE REMOVED AND THOSE TO BE KEPT ACTIVE OR TO BE REACTIVATED. PROTECT LINES TO REMAIN. PROVIDE FOR MINIMUM SERVICE INTERRUPTION OF LINES TO REMAIN. B. REMOVE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED. WHEN INDICATED FOR REUSE, CLEAN, STORE AS DIRECTED AND PROTECT. IDENTIFY POINT OF REUSE. C. REMOVE LINES COMPLETELY WHEREVER POSSIBLE. CUT AND CAP OR PLUG IN A POSITIVE MANNER BEHIND THE BACK OF FINISH MATERIAL. 2.4 REMOVED MATERIAL AND DEBRIS A. ALL REMOVED MATERIAL, NOT OTHERWISE DESIGNATED, AND ALL DEBRIS BECOMES THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL REMOVE IT FROM THE SITE. B. DO NOT ALLOW MATERIALS AND DEBRIS GENERATED BY DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES TO ACCUMULATE. REMOVE DAILY AND DISPOSE OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. C. LEAVE ALL SPACES BROOM CLEAN WITH ALL LEDGES AND CORNERS PROPERLY CLEANED. 2.5 FLOOR FINISHES A. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES TO SLAB AND PREPARE SUB -SURFACE TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR AS INDICATED (SEE FINISH SCHEDULE). WORK SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE POINT THAT THE FINISH WILL ACCEPT VINYL TILE WITH NO NOTICEABLE ALTERATION HAVING BEEN MADE. PROVIDE CONCRETE TOPPING WHERE REQUIRED. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 bo REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION o24 B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA D100 1/4" = 1 '-0" 7 70'-41/8' LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 40'-5%" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 0 ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. p 68'-11" tY 0 w 1- X w B.O. DECK INSULATION : B.O. SPRINKLER MAIN: B.O. WATER MAIN: ( B.O. BEAM: wore: G.C. TO INVESTIGATE AREAS of CEILING AND STOREFRONT WITH WATER DAMAGE AND ADVISE TEMPUR-SEALY PM OF REPAIRS NEEDED TO FIX LEAK AND DAMAGE. 0 J O w X w 8'-1%4' 1'-101/2" 2'-03/8'1'-03/2 2-15/" 1'-03/" l ) ( X )( )( ) 1 • 0 §k__)" §k t • 0 .62 — O w - 1- N • 17'-37/$' /11 17-37/$' BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. 17-5" 15-2/4' 7-4/2' 78'-54'LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE ( J APPROXIMATE TOTAL AREA: 2,964 SF VERIFIED AREA: 40'-4" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FINDINGS $� CONFIRMATION EXISTING CONDITION (S) 1 n YES n NO INDICATE UNSEEN CONDITIONS - STORM DRAINS, SHAFTS, MAINS, ETC. 2 ❑ YES 3 YES 4 YES 5 YES 6 n YES 7 ❑ YES 8 ❑ YES 9 ❑ YES 10 ❑ YES NO SLAB CONDITION - CRACKING, LEVEL, ETC. NO LEAVE OUT LOCATION, IF ANY; SIZE, DEPTH, AND LOCATION (MARK ON PLAN) ❑ NO n NO ❑ NO ❑ NO ❑ NO ❑ NO VERIFY FRONT/REAR DOOR, ELECTRICAL LOCATIONS, PLUMBING STUB UPS (NEW) VERIFY IF LEVEL LANDING IS PROVIDED AT ALL REQUIRED EXITS VERIFY ELECTRICAL MATCHES REQUIREMENTS INDICATED ON THE PLAN VERIFY MALL BULKHEAD/GLAZING HEIGHT VERIFY LOWEST OBSTRUCTION TO REMAIN (ABOVE) VERIFY LOWEST POINT OF STRUCTURE & DECK NO VERIFY HIGHEST POINT OF STRUCTURE & DECK HEIGHT A.F.F. : HEIGHT A.F.F. : HEIGHT A.F.F. : HEIGHT A.F.F. : NOTE WHERE PARENTHESES ARE DRAWN, PLEASE DENOTE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS ON ALL ACCESSIBLE AREAS AFTER DEMOLITION. (X' -XX") (GENERAL CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE) CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTACT PHONE: ( ) DATE VERIFIED: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SSP 19 2011 City of MM BUILDING DIV S O bre, o4.2.01q 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 4 17 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE VERIFICATION PLAN SHEET NUMBER VERIFICATION PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" 1 D200 DATE ISSUE DATE 08/11/17 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS CD SET SUBMISSION O w X w OTYP. ®TYP. 70'-4/8" 17-103/a 17-103/" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 17'-113/4" 15-9%2" 13-6" +/- // COLUMN DIM. V.I.F. 27'-3" 16 TYP. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. TYP. TYP. -MOM -01001 1! // COLUMN DIM. V.I.F. 11'-103/4" 3'-4/" 2'-01/8" 1_-4/8 •TYP. LAYOUT TYP. POINT 1'-33/8" STOCK �TYP. ‘• 4>O4D Xf 3-4" 5-74" 0 7'-107 CV 2'-3%a" MOM !MIN 0 TYP. O' 4 � "ECSC. ROOM 0 ;I 1 11 I ' 4'-2" OILIETQOM 0 0 00000 0 1 r C m L__J L C m C m SIM. 0 TYP. SALES AREA 0 TYP. 5-7%" +/- 13'-6%8" +/- 16 TYP. °TY // 7'-6" / P. 1 // A401 TYP. 21'-13/8" ALIGN TYP. SI N 10'-5" R.O. 2'-5" C m C r L BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. // 21'-07/8" 0 TYP. D 1 J SIM. 2'-5" C C TYP. TYP ©TYP. �1 `--TYP. 3 TYP. ALIGN TYP. TYP. J� 1 TYP '6) FLOOR PLAN DOOR SCHEDULE NO. 0 4 • 4 QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 LOCATION STOREFRONT TOILET ROOM STOCK ROOM ELEC. ROOM REAR EXIT DOOR TYPE C A A A B SIZE (E PR) 3'-0" X 7'-0" ENTRY DOORS V.I.F. (1) 3'-0" X 7'-0" (1) 3'-0" X 7'-0" (1) 3'-0" X 7-0" (1 PR) 3'-0" X 7'-0" DOORS V.I.F. HARDWARE 1 4 3 2 4 DOOR MATERIAL EXIST. 1 3/4" S.C. WD. 1 3/4" S.C. WD. 1 3/4" S.C. WD. 1 3/4" HM FRAME MATERIAL EXIST. WD. WD. WD. HM FIRE RATING EXIST. N/A N/A N/A N/A FINISHES N/A PT -1 BOTH SIDES PT -1 BOTH SIDES PT -1 BOTH SIDES PT -1 BOTH SIDES REMARKS G.C. TO REKEY G.C. TO REKEY, REPLACE DOOR IF REQUIRED 1. FOR ALL EXISTING EXIT DOORS G.C. TO VERIFY HARDWARE TO BE COMPLIANT WITH LOCAL CODES/REGULATIONS. 2. ALL DOOR SIZES SHOWN TO BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 3. PROVIDE LEVER TYPE HANDLES THAT DO NOT REQUIRE GRASPING ABILITY PER ADA GUIDELINES AS INDICATED. 4. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 5. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPEN DOOR SHALL BE 5LBS. MAXIMUM APPLIED PERPENDICULARLY TO DOOR, RATED ASSEMBLIES MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 LBS. MAXIMUM. 6. EXIT PASSAGEWAY DOORS TO BE PROTECTED BY ONE HOUR ASSEMBLIES THAT ARE SELF OR AUTOMATIC CLOSING BY SMOKE DETECTION PER IBC SECTION 402.451. 7. IF NOT EXISTING, UNDER CUT TOILET ROOM DOOR 1"TO PROVIDE AIR FLOW. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE GROUP 1 2 3 4 DESCRIPTION EXISTING 1 - BEST 7 PIN CORE CYLINDER 3 11/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS I - PRIVACY LOCK SET I - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 - KICK PLATES 3 - SLOW CLOSING HINGES REFER TO HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 11/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS I - PASSAGE SET I - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 - KICK PLATES REFER TO HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 1 1/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS 1 - PANIC HARDWARE SET 1 - WALL STOP 2 - KICK PLATES 1 - SURFACE MTD. DOOR CLOSER 2 - VIEWER 1 - WALL STOP, SATIN CHROME REFER TO HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS BUTTS: IVES STANDARD WEIGHT 5 KNUCKLE BEARING HINGES #5BBA 4 1/2" X 4" PASSAGE SET: SARGENT 10U15 'L' LEVER DESIGN PRIVACY LOCK SET: SARGENT 10U65 'L' LEVER DESIGN LOCK SET: SARGENT 10G05 'L' LEVER DESIGN CLOSER: KICK PLATE: WALL STOP: SILENCER: REDUCER STRIP: VIEWER: SLIDE BOLT: CORBIN RUSSWIN DC6200 SERIES IVES, #8400-S32D - 12X 34 -CS IVES, #407CCV IVES, #SR64 SEE SILL DETAILS ROCKWOOD VIEWER #622 ROCKWOOD SURFACE BOLT #580-8.26D PANIC HARDWARE SET 71220F000F PANNEX EXIT DEVICE -ALARMED/FIRE RATED/AC POWERED & BATTERY BACKUP 7DL14182800 DOOR LOOP - FOR AC POWER 7PS1700000 POWER SUPPLY (NO BATTERY) 316B03A4C2 MORTISE CYLINDER K204FACTRY FACTORY COMBINATION KEY DOOR TYPES SCALE 1/4" = F-0" 1 CODED KEY NOTES O 2 EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN: PROTECT DURING THE WORK. PROTECT AND MAINTAIN EXISTING FIREPROOFING, FIRE SEPARATION AND FIRE RATING, (TYPICAL). LEASE LINE - VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. • EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM TO REMAIN. G.C. TO CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS FOR SCOPE OF WORK, (TYPICAL). ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. • LINE OF RAISED CEILING ABOVE G.C. TO PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR SECURING ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. O EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION (TYPICAL). • REFER TO FLOOR AND CRAWL SPACE NOTES ON D100 FOR MORE INFORMATION • NOT USED 10 SIGNAGE ABOVE. REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A200. 1 1 FLOOR OUTLET. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. G.C. TO RUN WIRING IN CRAWL SPACE BELOW. 12 13 14 15 16 17 CASHWRAP. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER STUB LOCATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE CONFIGURATION WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. EXISTING CRAWL SPACE FLOOR ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION. MOP SINK TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND 10/A401, 8A/A400. LINE OF EXISTING SOFFIT ABOVE EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH AS REQUIRED. TACTILE SIGN AT +60" A.F.F. TO READ 'EXIT' IN 1" UPPERCASE SANS SERIF LETTERS RAISED 1/3T & ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. OPPOSITE SIDE TO RECEIVE 'ENTER' SIGN TO COVER BACK OF EXIT SIGN ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF GLASS AT GLASS LOCATIONS 18 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. REFER TO 1 /A100 19 FIRE EXTINGUISHER. CONFIRM LOCATION WITH FIRE INSPECTOR. 20 G.C. TO PROVIDE FURRING AND 5/8" GYP. BD. TO FINISH OPEN WALL AND ALIGN WITH ADJACENT WALL TO APPROX. 17'-0" +/- HEIGHT. 21 G.C. TO INSTALL (1) LAYER 5/8" 'TYPE X' GYP. BD. TO (E) WALL FROM TOP OF SOFFIT TO 30'-0" A.F.F OVER EXISTING WALL FINISH. G.C. TO FURR OUT WALL APPROX. 17'-0" +/- TO 30'-0" A.F.F. TO ALIGN WITH LOWER WALL. 22 G.C. TO PROVIDE FURRING AND 5/8" 'TYPE X. GYP. BD. TO (E) WALL TO 30'-0" A.F.F. 23 HI LO DRINKING FOUNTAIN. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICIATIONS. SEE 7-8/A401. CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO SHEET T100 FOR SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 3. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING SURFACES AS NECESSARY BEFORE APPLYING NEW FINISHES. ALL SOFT, POROUS, FLAKING OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE FINISHES SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE APPLICATION OF NEW MATERIALS. 4. OPENINGS, VOIDS, OR UNFINISHED SURFACES CREATED BY REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING WORK SHALL BE FILLED OR PATCHED WITH NEW FIRE CAULKING INSTALLED AND FINISHED AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR NEW FINISHES. 5. VERIFY DEMISING WALL PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE SEPARATION. 6. PROVIDE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO CORRECT DEFICIENT CONDITIONS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ADDITIONAL GYPSUM BOARD TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED RATINGS. 7. MAINTAIN THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND FIRE RATING INTEGRITY OF THE DEMISING WALLS, FLOOR SLAB, BEAMS, COLUMNS, ROOF DECK, ETC. G.C. TO REPAIR EXISTING WALLS AS REQUIRED TO CREATE REQUIRED FIRE -RATING. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, FIRE -TAPING, EXISTING/NEW GYP. BD, SKIM COATING, FIRE CAULKING ALL PENETRATIONS, INSTALLING NEW 5/8" GYP. BD. TYPE 'X' ON TENANT SIDE, ETC. 8. ALL WALL FRAMING NOT BRACED TO DEMISING WALLS SHALL BE SECURED OR DIAGONALLY BRACED AT MINIMUM 4'-0" O.C. REFER TO PARTITION TYPES AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. 9. MINIMUM DIMENSION FROM ANY CORNER OR WALL TO FRAMING STUD AT DOOR JAMB OPENING SHALL BE 4" (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 10. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYPSUM WALL BOARD OR CENTERLINE OF COLUMN (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 11. PROVIDE METAL OR FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS, HOOKS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND ANY OTHER WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT IF IT IS ALLOWED BY CODE AND ACCEPTABLE TO ALL LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR MILLWORK WITH PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. 12. ALL FRAMING LUMBER, PLYWOOD AND CONCEALED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. 13. BEFORE WORK BEGINS COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES INSTALLATION OF INTERRELATED WORK. MAKE PROPER PROVISIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. 14 COORDINATE ANY RFOI IIRFD SLAB AND/OR STRIJCTIIRAI AND/OR FXISTING BUILDING MODIFICATIONS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 15. APPROVED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. 16. TENANT G.C. TO MAINTAIN AND PRESERVE 1 -HR RATING ON ALL DEMISING PARTITIONS. TENANT G.C. TO REPAIR EXISTING DEMISING WALL AS REQUIRED TO CREATE REQUIRED FIRE -RATING. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO FIRE -TAPING EXISTING/NEW GYP. BD. SKIM COATING, FIRE CAULKING ALL PENETRATIONS, INSTALLING NEW 5/8" GYP. BD. TYPE 'X' ON TENANT SIDE ETC. 17. REPORT DISCREPANCIES DURING BIDDING PROCESS AND BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION. EXTRAS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR JOB OR CODE COMPLIANCE CONDITIONS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. 18. CONTRACTORS MUST VISIT JOB SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. 19. DOOR OPENINGS IN 1 -HR WALLS MUST BE PROTECTED BY TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL ASSEMBLIES WITH A FIRE RATING OF 45 MINUTES. 20. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RESISTIVE FLOOR OR SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL/ULC STANDARDS FOR THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING DETAILS WHICH SHOW COMPLETE CONFORMANCE TO THE UL/ULC LISTING TO THE ARCHITECT. SUCH DRAWINGS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO ANY CITY INSPECTOR. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH PENETRATION WITH ALL VARIABLES DEFINED. 21. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS AND FURRINGS TO HAVE METAL CORNER BEADS, SPACKLE AND BE SMOOTH. 22. ALL GLASS, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AND ALL STOREFRONT METAL TO BE CLEANED WITH A LIQUID DETERGENT AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 23. PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ALL DOORS, GLAZING HEADS AND JAMBS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE ASSEMBLY RIGID. 24. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PAPER COVERING APPLIED TO THE STOREFRONT GLAZING DURING MERCHANDISING & AFTER 25. USE OF FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IS ALLOWED ONLY IF SUCH BLOCKING 5 ALLOWED BY CODE AND ACCEPTABLE TO ALL LOCAL AUTHORITES HAVING JURISDICTION. 26. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. WALL LEGEND ////////////////i NOTE: DENOTES EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN OR REFINISH AS NOTED DENOTES NEW WALL PARTITIONS - REFER TO SHEET A500 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILS DENOTES NEW PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL PARTITIONS - REFER TO SHEET A500 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILS DENOTES FURRING AS REQUIRED AND (1) LAYER 5/8" 'TYPE X' GYPSUM BOARD. NEW FINISH TO ALIGN WITH ADJACENT OPENING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 O(PARTITION KEY SYMBOL) INDICATES WALL TYPE - SEE SHEET A500 FOR PARTITION DETAILS AND SCHEDULE. BUILDING DIVISION 3-0" SOLID WOOD DOOR TYPE "A" KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES 3-0" V.I.F. OF DOOR • 48" MIN TO BOTTOM OF BRAILLE LETTERING 60" MAX TO CENTER z 0 U) O (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) DOOR TYPE "A" AT TOILET ROOM 3'-0" D ii. 022'? 3-0" E WAY VIEWER HOLLOW METAL DOOR TYPE "B" DEVICE 3'-0" V.I.F. 3'-0" V.I.F. (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) DOOR TYPE "C" HARDWARE GROUP SCHEDULE SCALE N.T.S. 2 PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. JLL PROJECT ID. 1899-17 B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA:. 2'964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 4 jj17 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER A100 LL 0 ss %" -- • Ns ss • • • , Ss • (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) DOOR TYPE "C" HARDWARE GROUP SCHEDULE SCALE N.T.S. 2 PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. JLL PROJECT ID. 1899-17 B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA:. 2'964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 4 jj17 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER A100 OTYP. @TYP. rY O E2 w X w NS -4 NS -4 STERNS AND FOSTER NICHE @TYP. NS -4 NS -3 NS -3 NS -4 NS -4 L r TYP. STOCK ROOM .` • • 1 O I NS -4 CH -11 H B-2 P-2 3'-0" I\l S-1 NS -2 CH -11 CH -11 'a LT -2 TA -1 Xi @TYP. / / / i ELEC. ROOM 1 1 1 HALLWAY TOILET ROOM 00000 i1 OTYP. GR -1 •off HB -1 LT -2 TA -1 LT -2 TA -1 HB -1 GR 1 1 GR -1 ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. H B-2 P-2 rY w E 3'-0" H B-2 P-2 SALES AREA CH -3 CW -1 5'-92' CH -3 L 3'-4" 3,-4" LT -2 TA -1 HB -1 3'-0" LT -2 TA -1 HB -1 EQ HB -1 HB -1 CV 4'-0" TA -1 LT -2 40. P-6 P-1 A • 11000 1 TYP. LT -2 TA -1 LT -2 TA -1 J °TYP. 0 5-34' rr. LL 0 w uJ w 10'-44" BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. 10'-44" TYP. 10' 8' 21-0- 21'-08" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2 1 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CODED KEY NOTES O LEASE LINE- VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. O EXISTING DEMISING PARTITIONS AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO REMAIN: PROTECT DURING THE WORK. PROTECT AND MAINTAIN EXISTING FIREPROOFING, FIRE SEPARATION AND FIRE RATING. • CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT AS -BUILT DRAWING TUBE. - REFER TO 7A AND 7B/A400 • STOCK SHELVING, SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. REFER TO DETAIL 4/A400 FOR REFERENCE INFORMATION • BREAK COUNTER. - REFER TO DETAIL 6/A400. O MANAGERS DESK. - REFER TO DETAIL 5/A400. • TEMPER-PEDIC PATTERN GRAPHIC. • INDICATES REQUIRED ACCESSIBILITY CLEARANCES • FIRE EXTINGUISHER, CONFIRM LOCATION WITH FIRE INSPECTOR 10 G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR FRAMING AND HANGING COPY OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AT THE MANAGER'S DESK. G.C. TO FORWARD COPIES OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY TO TENANT. 1 1 48" X 48" FRT PLYWOOD. MOUNT 48" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. MOUNT SO FRT RATING STAMP IS VISIBLE. 12 EXISTING CRAWL SPACE FLOOR ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL NEW FLOORING PANEL TO ALIGN WITH ADJACENT NEW FLOORING. FIXTURE NOTES 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO SHEET T100 FOR SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 4. REFER TO SHEET A300 FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 5. INSTALL F.R.T. BLOCKING IN CEILINGS OR PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED, TO PROVIDE PROPER SUPPORT AND ANCHORING FOR MILLWORK OR EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 6. MILLWORK VENDOR IS TO FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION WHEN REQUIRED. 7. ALL MILLWORK IS TO CONFORM TO A.W.I./A.W.M.A.C. PREMIUM STANDARDS. 8. MILLWORK DISPLAY FIXTURES ARE SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. ADDITIONAL MILLWORK MAY BE SUPPLIED BY TENANT, AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF ALL TENANT SUPPLIED MILLWORK FIXTURES, CONTACT THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. 9. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL MILLWORK, INCLUDING TOUCH UP OF ANY DAMAGE AND FINAL CLEANING AFTER INSTALLATION. 10. MILLWORK VENDOR TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE CONCEALED GROUNDS & OR BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CUTOUTS FOR OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 11. G.C. TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CUTOUTS AS REQUIRED IN VENDOR SUPPLIED MILLWORK. ALL MODIFICATIONS TO BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED FINISH CARPENTER. ALL CUTS TO BE PLACED TO MINIMIZE VISIBILITY. NO ADDITIONAL MODIFICATION TO MILLWORK WILL ABE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM TENANTS PROJECT MANAGER. 12. N0 FIELD FINISHING OTHER THAN MINOR TOUCH-UPS OF MILLWORK WILL BE PERMITTED. 13. ALL MILLWORK HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY MILLWORK VENDOR. 14. G.C. TO SUPPLY & INSTALL 2 1/2" WHITE PLASTIC GROMMETS AS REQUIRED IN MANAGER'S DESK. FIXTURE SCHEDULE MILLWORK TAG DESCRIPTION MFR/MODEL NUMBER COMMENTS CW -1 CASHWRAP P-1 'PILLOW FIXTURE' WALL CABINET P-1 A CUSTOM 'PILLOW FIXTURE' WALL CABINET P-2 TOP OF BED FIXTURE P-3 TYPICAL BED DISPLAY FIXTURE P-4 NOT USED P-5 ROOM DIVIDER P-6 SLIPPER BOOKCASE P-7 TRAVEL BOOKCASE P-8 WELCOME WALL GR -1 GRAPHIC FRAME CUSTOM REFER TO 'TEMPER-PEDIC FURNITURE AND FIXTURE DRAWINGS' FOR DESIGN INTENT. THE DETAILS ON SHEETS A300 AND A301 OF THIS CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SET TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE 'TEMPER-PEDIC FURNITURE AND FIXTURE DRAWINGS' MERCHANDISING FIXTURES TAG DESCRIPTION MFR/MODEL NUMBER COMMENTS LF -1 TECH TABLE LF -2 NESTING TABLE LF -3 SHEET FIXTURE LF -6 PILLOW WALL LF -6A PILLOW BAR SIGN LF -7 FLOATING BED DISPLAY CUSTOM REFER TO 'TEMPUR-PEDIC FURNITURE AND FIXTURE DRAWINGS' FOR DESIGN INTENT. FURNISHINGS TAG DESCRIPTION MFR/MODEL NUMBER FINISH COMMENTS LT -2 TABLE LAMP DWELL STUDIO DWL 10963 WHITE WOOD TO BE PLACED ON EACH TA -1 NIGHT STAND DR -1 DRAPERY AND ROD RICHLOOM FABRICS - BOBBY STEIN 516-236-5637 FAB -1 STATIONARY DRAPERY PANEL, 100% FULLNESS, CEILING MOUNT, WEIGHTS SEWN AT BOTTOM HEM CORNERS VENDOR TO V.I.F. ALL AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION, PROVIDE ALL REQ'D ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE. FINAL DRAPERY SETTING PERFORMED BY TENANT CA -1 CA -2 CA -3 AREA RUG AREA RUG AREA RUG FURNITURE TAG DESCRIPTION SOURCE LOCATION PRODUCT INFORMATION CH -1 VISUAL SEATING WWW.ALLMODERN. COM WINDOW SAVOYE SIDE CHAR C H-2 LOUNGE CHAIR AMERICAN LEATHER TECHNOLOGY LOUNGE STYLE # DESCRIPTION: AARON CHAIR SIZE: 36" H X 27" W X 35" D FABRIC: BISON WHITE LEATHER CH -3 BAR STOOL AEON FURNITURE CASHWRAP STYLE # DESCRIPTION: CHRISTINE BAR STOOL FABRIC: ORANGE LEATHER CH -11 MANAGERS' DESK CHAIR CONTACT THE PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND DESCRIPTION BREAK COUNTER CHAIR CONTACT THE PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND DESCRIPTION STORAGE TAG DESCRIPTION MFR/MODEL NUMBER FINISH COMMENTS TA -1 NIGHTSTAND WWW.ALLMODERN .COM BEDPODS STYLE # DESCRIPTION: LOPICCOLO 2 DRAWER NIGHTSTAND FABRIC: WHITE NS -1 MANAGER'S DESK AND WALL SHELVING REFER TO DETAIL 5/A400 WHITE MELAMINE REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NS -2 BREAK COUNTER AND WALL SHELVING REFER TO DETAIL 6/A400 WHITE MELAMINE REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE HB -1 UPHOLSTERED HEADBOARD PRECEDENT FURNITURE TEMPURPEDIC BEDPODS STYLE # /DESCRIPTION : 164-QHR GLENN QUEEN HEADBOARD AND RAILS FINISH: TBC NS -3 STOCK SHELVING UNIT TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT GALVANIZED TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE H B-2 UPHOLSTERED HEADBOARD PRECEDENT FURNITURE STEARNS & FOSTER. BEDPODS STYLE # /DESCRIPTION : 161-QHR BECKETT QUEEN HEADBOARD AND RAILS FINISH: TBC NS -4 STOCK SHELVING UNIT TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT GALVANIZED TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE H B-3 UPHOLSTERED HEADBOARD LOCALLY SOURCED VISUAL WINDOW STYLE # /DESCRIPTION: KING SIZED VISUAL BED FINISH: TBC NS -5 WALL SHELVING REFER TO DETAIL 4/A400 WHITE MELAMINE REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE VM -1 VARIOUS FRAMES LOCALLY SOURCED BED PODS & STOREFRONT WINDOWS VARIOUS SIZE AND FINISHES FINISH: TBC L LOCKERS CONTACT THE PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND DESCRIPTION REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ACC -1 43" LED MONITOR B+H CAMERA WELCOME WALL SAMSUNG DB -E SERIES LED MONITOR OR SIMILAR ACC -2 TV MOUNT B+H CAMERA WELCOME WALL SAMSUNG DB -E SERIES LED MONITOR OR SIMILAR ACC -3 42" LED TOUCHSCREEN MONITOR WWW.ELOTOUCH .COM TECH LOUNGE ELO TOUCH SYSTEMS 4201L LED LCD FIXTURE PLAN SCALE 1 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA ALIO 2 4 au PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET NUMBER FINISH PLAN NOTES CODED KEY NOTES � I U A ^� CH : I E C T S 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL 1 1.ALL INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR FLAME SPREAD RATINGS. 20.THE G.C. SHALL CAULK BETWEEN MILLWORK AND GYPSUM BOARD WALLS IF REQUIRED TO CREATE A SMOOTH INFORMATION. FINISH. 12. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR CO --EFFICIENT OF FRICTION / SLIP -RESISTANCE 2. REFER TO SHEET T100 FOR SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. REQUIREMENTS. 21.PREPARE & CLEAN EXISTING SLAB TO RECEIVE FLOORING ADHESIVE FOR A FLUSH, SMOOTH FINISH. 3. REFER TO SHEET A300 FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 13. INSTALL FLOOR FINISHES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE SPACE FOR EXPANSION AS 22.WATERPROOF MEMBRANE REQUIRED UNDER ALL FLOORING. REQUIRED. 4. REFER TO THIS SHEET FOR FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS. 23.ENTIRE SALES AREA SUB -FLOOR TO BE FLAT, SMOOTH, LEVEL & READY TO RECEIVE NEW FLOORING. 14. ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES WILL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND ACCEPTABLE TO ALL 5. ANY MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE TENANTS PROJECT MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT. LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 24.ALL FINISHED FLOORING TO BE PROTECTED BY TENANT G.C. FOLLOWING INSTALLATION. 6. ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR AT BACKSIDE OF DOOR OPENING.SARGENT 15. ALL DOORS & FRAMES ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL AREA. 7. PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND LEVEL SURFACE THAT MEETS MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TOH INSTALLING ANY/ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. MAX. SLOPE OF L:20. 16. WIPE CLEAN ALL SURFACES WITH DAMP CLOTH. 8. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FLUS PROVIDE METAL TRANSITION 17.EACH SUB CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING PROPER PROTECTION AGAINST DAMAGE TO FIXTURES, STRIPS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. (CHANGES IN ELEVATION I/4" TO 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH FURNITURE, ADJACENT FINISHED WORK, FLOORING, ETC. FROM THEIR OWN WORK. A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:20). 18.RETOUCH OR REFINISH SURFACES DAMAGED BY SUBSEQUENT WORK AS DIRECTED BY TENANT G.C.. THE COST OF SUCH RESTORATION WORK SHALL BE BORNE BY SUB CONTRACTOR. 9. PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT TOILET ROOM AND ALL WET AREAS INCLUDING SERVICE SINK AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS UNDER SPECIFIED FLOORING. THE MEMBRANE SHALL CONTINUE UP WALLS A MINIMUM OF 19.THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF ALL THE FINISHES IN THE STORE, WALLS, FLOOR AND 4". CEILING PRIOR TO TURNOVER. THE G.C. SHALL TOUCHUP ALL CORNER BEADS, WALLS, CEILING AND FLOORING 10. REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON STOREFRONT FINISHES. AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO TURNOVER AND ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY OTHER TRADES INCLUDING MILLWORKER. O LEASE LINE - VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. O METAL CORNER GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED NON -SALES AREA OUTSIDE CORNERS, SEE 2/A102 O G.C. TO BUILD UP/ FEATHER SUBFLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ALIGN (N) FLOORING IN VESTIBULE WITH (N) FLOORING IN SALES AREA. DO NOT EXCEED 1:20 SLOPE, 1:40 CROSS SLOPE. 4 NOT USED O 5 FLOOR OUTLETS. REFER TO A100 & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION 6 OUTLINE OF CASHWRAP NOT USED 0 OUTLINE OF FIXTURE 448 S . HILL S T . LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW .SA R GAR C H. COM PAINT FINISH NOTES 1. NO SUBSTITUTIONS FOR SPECIFIED PAINT FINISHES. 2. ALL SALES AREA G.W.B. PARTITIONS AND SOFFITS TO BE PAINTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. 10.EXAMINE ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO VERIFY THAT WORK OF OTHER TRADES IS IN SATISFACTORY CONDITION TO RECEIVE SPECIFIED FINISH. 4. GYPSUM WALL BOARD SURFACES SHALL BE WIPED WITH A DAMP CLOTH JUST PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE FIRST COAT OF PAINT IN ORDER TO LAY FLAT ANY NAP WHICH MAY HAVE FORMED IN SANDING. 5. PAINTING SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OR REMOVAL & REINSTALLATION OF HARDWARE, SWITCH/OUTLET COVERS, ETC. TO PROTECT FROM PAINTING. 6. ALL PAINTED SURFACES TO RECEIVE (1) COAT PRIMER & (2) COATS FINISH PAINT (MINIMUM) WITH ADDITIONAL COATS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER COVERAGE. 7. AT COMPLETION OF PAINTING, ALL PAINT MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REMOVED, ALL PAINT SPOTS REMOVED AND ALL AREAS THOROUGHLY CLEANED. ANY DIRT OR DEBRIS CAUSED BY WORK SHALL BE CLEANED UP AS WORK PROGRESSES.'EGGSHELL' FINISH: PARTITIONS, VERTICAL SURFACES OF SOFFITS, CEILING TRANSITIONS AND LIGHT COVES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. 'SEMI -GLOSS' FINISH: WOOD TRIM, WOOD BASE, METAL DOORS AND FRAMES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. 'FLAT' FINISH- CEILINGS AND SOFFITS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 10.UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO TURNOVER TENANT G.C. SHALL FURNISH ONE (1) GALLON CONTAINER OF FOR EACH PAINT FINISH USED ON PROJECT. ADDITIONALLY ONE (1) GALLON CONTAINER OF PRIMER AND SEALER USED FOR SPECIFIC PAINT FINISH SHALL BE FURNISHED. CONTAINERS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED WITH PAINT FINISH NAME, MANUFACTURER AND DATE. VERIFY LOCATION FOR STORING LEFTOVER MATERIALS WITH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER. 9314 REGI D CT '~ " ROBERT J. SARGENT! STATE OF WASHINGTON ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. 0 - P _ - _ - 6 / V I-� AMMiiiMiliMir/ / / / AiiiiiiiMINMOr / / / ARCHITECTURAL SEAL OPAINT T-14'� �� 1 O (E) FLOOR - ACCESS PANEL TO / / / / / / / / { / CRAWL SPACE 4 -1 F L-4 / / / / / / / / / 0 I / / / / / / / STORAGE / / • AMMINIMI FINISHED SCHEDULE -1 14 15-$' 9 358- 15 54 9-91' -"- j E r � 4 r '- r r r w PT -1 / / / % / 4 / i w PAINT TAG TYPE MFR / SUPPLIER DESCRIPTION LOCATION/COMMENTS SOURCE / REMARKS / NOTES I�� -_ - FL -4 _� ' ausmmprAdmmmmmirammmumiur:Amr dmumn PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE SNOW WHITE #066 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING - FIXTURES CEILING - FLAT, WALL - EGGSHELL, FIXTURES - FLAT LACQUER ► CONSULTANTS _ u / !r ,�"' PT -2 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE ANCHOR GRAY #2126-30 INTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR WALLS WALL ABOVE VALANCE AND WING WALLS, EXTERIOR AS NOTED �li��- r A102 O vI `�/r'_'" 'Y 6dimpia' 7" III "' �� amommumwmi �� iii I_ 425, PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE PTM ALPHA COATING #3-9007 FIELDHOUSE BLACK WALL BASE AND FIXTURES WALL BASE - EGGSHELL FIXTURES - FLAT LACQUER 1- ! AIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII'���_r_ _ ��i►T w - IIIIIIIIIVAIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIPFAMMMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIMMNIIIIII,� �PT 4� PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE STONE BROWN #21 12-30 STEARNS & FOSTER BACKWALL MOULDING EGGSHELL •-_WIIIIIIIIIIIII~ 1 r .rsi ® PAINT BENJAMIN MO TAGS TAUPE #2111-40 STEARNS & FOSTER BACKWALL EGGSHELL _r_� aw C ��� ► ,_ r`IN 1 MI I� PT-6 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE AIRWAY #828 PILLOW WALL SURROUND EGGSHELL ,` �N / �/I/�4 FLOORING ..... SIM. I 1.11r1d11I.INIIIIImO-MsagMI IM10pPAP1111II1NIINMNIIINIMIINIAdNIIIImINIIIIrmIAIIImIiIIaNIIiAoImNIIIIINNdNIrNI'iIIiIipIIiImiMmIIiIImMuIImrMIFAuNmmmNNwN1 wI:aE•IumI ;'1.I1IMI.OM2MMINilIIIIIIN.INIIIIIIIIrIIIIIIII.II.IIIIIrAllIA.mII.II.I m ii rAiinAdmauA•tpm•;i', r A102 IMF MihrimIFIIIIIMV ® LUXURY VINYL TILE SHAW FLOORS VINYL PLANK FLOORING CANYON LOOP - GREY OAK FLOATING INSTALL 6"wx48"L (3ml THICK) FLOOR THROUGHOUT SALES AREA BuildDirect.com I♦�.�r ,, I�PMMWAIMMI i �1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIFIIIIIIIIIIAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMMII 4111111111111111111111111111111111I �� _ DATE ISSUE ® `�.� W A�11,111./ ��� Are �1 .I riMIIIWr DATE SUBMISSION TYP. iris, i - - � N .�V��n� ® _ -i 08/11/17 CD SET I / I I I I M. 1 n VINYL TILE ARMSTRONG VINYL COMPOSITION TILE NON SALES AREA ARMSTRONG ����'illilmillmilimillim 4 I I ►i. A / . 0 1 1 iI � x IMPERIAL TEXTURE STD EXCELON #51904 'STERLING' 12" X 12" X 1/8" FLOORING TOILET ROOM 1 1' 8" w - _ /I �_i�_�� �.""..Ammis I I A102 OW 1111I i4��� I IAniaMilli ELEC. ROOMmmummommarAmom I II 11 il 411rP/77/1 ,47 - T S r • '; I G 71176 r PT-1II �� 0 I r FL IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIW -4 /" IIIIIMMINI FL -4 immimmimir11111 / / / ® AREA RUG LOCALLY SOURCED 8'x10' SEATING AREA T.B.D. O / / / i - - -- :: - - - - .-� ._ VB -1) VINYL BASE JOHNSONITE 4" VINYL WALL BASE #40 'BLACK' NON SALES AREA JOHNSON (BD WOOD BASE LOCALLY SOURCED 4" WOOD BASE PAINTED PT -3 SALES AREA CO B BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. ^ DID PLASTIC LAMINATES WOOD FLOOR JOISTS (E) CONCRETE SLAB LAMINATE PIONITE WP120 LEAVE NESTING TABLES MILLWORK MFR. TO SUBMIT SAMPLE TO PROJECT DESIGNER FOR • REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwita BLT -DING DIVISION LIKATRE-SUEDE APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE PL -2 LAMINATE PIONITE AIMTOO SAVATRE WC115 FIXTURES MILLWORK MFR. TO SUBMIT SAMPLE TO PROJECT DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE PL_3 LAMINATE PIONITE SW826 ANGEL WHITE -SUEDE CASH WRAP MILLWORK MFR. TO SUBMIT SAMPLE TO PROJECT DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 FABRIC FAB -1 SHEER RICHLOOM CRINOLINE WOVEN IVORY FABRIC BED POD WALLS INCLUDES RIPPLE FOLD DRAPERY HARDWARE. ENSURE FABRIC IS TREATED TO MEET ALL LOCAL CODES (FAB� UPHOLSTERY T.B.D. SOURCED FROM TEMPUR-PEDIC INCLUDES RIPPLE FOLD DRAPERY FINISH PLAN SCALE 7 HEADBOARD SUPPLIER TO MATCH IMAGE HEADBOARD HARDWARE. ENSURE FABRIC IS TREATED TO MEET ALL LOCAL CODES 1 /4" = 1 -O�� I NOTE: G.C. TO FAB 3 UPHOLSTERY T.B.D. SOURCED FROM STEARNS & FOSTER INCLUDES RIPPLE FOLD DRAPERY HEADBOARD SUPPLIER TO MATCH IMAGE HEADBOARD HARDWARE. ENSURE FABRIC IS TREATED TO MEET ALL LOCAL CODES PROVIDE A NEW THRESHOLD OR STONE REPLACE THE EXISTING IF IT DOES NOT MATCH THE SPEC SHOWN IN 1 1/2"X 1 1/2"X 4 " METAL CORNER I V PROJECT INFORMATION ® SOLID SURFACE GROUP B CORIAN COLOR T.B.D. COUNTER TOPS MILLWORK MFR. PROJECT NO. 1899-17 SALES AREA THIS DETAIL OR IF IT IS NOT IN 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION. EXTERIOR STORAGE /ELECTRIC SALES AREA HALLWAY TOILET ROOM GUARD 'WALLGUARD' MODEL: 2325.1 FINISH: WHITE z WOOD JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AR 2,964 S.F. COAT DOOR NOTE: INSTALL BOTTOM VVD_1 MILLWORK LOCALLY SOURCED CLEAR BED PODS MILLWORK MFR. HARDWOOD MAPLE JAMB BEYOND .. WALL COVERINGSCEIVED LINE OF DOOR OF CORNER GUARD AT NATIONAL GUARD VINYL REDUCER STRIP BY TOP OF O D CITY OF TUKWILA ~ A 2 4 2017 PERMIT CENTER PRODUCTS # 315 HALF JOHNSONITE VINYL REDUCER MARBLE COLOR TO MATCH FL -1 SADDLE LINE OF DOOR WALL BASE. (FL -1) SADDLE THRESHOLD -MILL 421, FRP LOCALLY SOURCED FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS, 4'-0" X 8'-0", WHITE TOILET ROOM & BEHIND MOP SINK/DRINKING FOUNTAIN x Q ALUM X FL 1 (FL -4) (DO �FL 4� CFL1� x c CONCRETE �1 -1-d• 1 I ® BRAKE METAL LOCALLY SOURCED POWDER COAT TO MATCH ALPHA COATINGS FIELDHOUSE #3-9007 MATTE IIPIIEl I0 STOREFRONT MILLWORK MFR. (SIDEWALK) �\ (\ / I �� ao co ao S II '• •+oil• \ o� �� ( �� ()cicC)c�)c�cc / �cYIBLACK •o cr ° av ° SEE PARTITION TYPE CEILING SHEET TITLE 6'° a ' a ° �- 3/4" SHEATHING ° 9 a ° • . e c WIDTH OF DOOR FRAME / FINISH PLAN n d ° . ° ' ° 4 ° a• ° 4 •• . - a . . '• .d ° ° • • ° :°. • a a (E) WOOD / (E) WOOD /� ® GYP. BD. EXIST. 5/8" GYP. BD.SALES CEILING/SOFFIT AREA, STORAGE, STOCK, TOILET RM TAPE, SPACKLE, SAND, SMOOTH AND PAINT. ONE COAT SEALER, TWO COATS FINISH PER FINISH PLAN d• d : 4 JOISTS BELOW JOISTS BELOW V ® OPEN EXIST. - N/A FINISH STRUCTURE DUCTWORK, ETC. ABOVE AS NOTED. ® WONEL OD WOOD PANEL ON F.R.T. N/A REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEET FOR SHEET NUMBER SUBSTRATE DETAILS. A 1 02 CL 4 2'x4' ACT ARMSTRONG CORTEGH #823; PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID TOILET B.O.H./ROOM HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON A103 PLEASE NOTE: SAMPLE OF ALL MATERIALS AND FINISHES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE. ALL FABRICS TO MEET APPLICABLE FIRE CODES. TREAT IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE SAMPLE OF TREATED FABRIC TO DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE. FL EXTERIOR TRANS. SCALE SCALE 4 SCALE 3 SCALE -1 6 =1-0 PLANK FLOORING /VINYL TRANS. 6 =1-0., MARBLE TRANSITION 6 =1 -0,. CORNER GUARD DETAIL - AT BOH. TYP. 6 -1-01 A.F.F. 11 B.O. (N) ACT. CLG. 10'-6" A.F.F. B.O. (N) ACT. CLG. 9' 0" A.F.F. B.O. (N) ACT CLG. 9'-0" A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CLG. TYP. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. RR 3'-2%a" EQ et- -6---6- 9 DD DD E2 EQ HALLWAY qi ROOM Q ELEC. ROOM TYP. q O E2 5'-0" DD 9'-1115/" 0 X PP EM2 7'-85/" 10'-6" A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CLG. 15 TYP. DD 8'-1" PP 5-6/" 5.-1134" 34'-3" (RAISED CEILING) SALES AREA PP 8'-03/" 3'-43/.' PP P 7.-11%8" DD M 5'-0" TYP. 5'-6" DD OAA PP NL 5.-11%8" • 12'-0" A.F.F. B.O. (N) RAISED CLG. 10'-0" A.F.F. T.O. (N) FIXTURE. TYP. 10'-0" A.F.F. T.O. (N) FIXTURE. x 1'-6" EEIr EE -8„ EM2 PP t 0 TYP. i / v i 0 2'-0" EEr EE1r EE� O w x w 8'-0%8" 0 TYP. EM2 3'-4368.. P / 3'-o" TYP. 0 TYP. BEV MO! ADJACENT N.I.C. TYP. M DD 5'-0" -'_Ars.sr�-.- A.F.F. (V.I.F.) B.O. (N) GYP CLG. EEir EEIr • 10'-0" A.F.F.0L, T.O. (N) FIXTURE. TYP. TYP. 10 0 0 E1 7'-9 1/2" A.F.F. (V.I.F.) B.O. (E) SOFFIT PROVIDE (N) GYP. BD. 10'-6" A.F.F. (V.I.F.) B.O. (N) GYP CLG. 12'-0" A.F.F. B.O. (N) RAISED CLG. TYP. 30'-0" A.F.F. B.0 (E) RAISED GYP. BD. CLG. O w uJ w TYP. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DEVICE LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION HVAC DIFFUSER z HVAC RETURN ACCESS PANEL AUDIO SPEAKER 0 OCCUPANCY SENSOR 0 SPRINKLER HEAD TABLE LAMP BELOW JUNCTION BOX CODED KEY NOTES 0 • CEILING START POINT. LEASE LINE - VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. OAPPROX. LINE OF CEILING SOFFIT AND BEAM V.I.F. G.C. TO INSTALL FURRING AS REQUIRED, 5/8" 'TYPE X' GYPSUM BOARD. OAUDIO SYSTEM SPEAKERS - INDICATED FOR DESIGN INTENT (PLACEMENT) ONLY. ALIGN WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT. - REFER TO TENANT'S AUDIO SYSTEM VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS. 0 6 GC TO PROVIDE 24" X 24" ACCESS PANEL AS NEEDED FOR ANY MAJOR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL POINTS OF INTEREST ALONG WITH ACCESS PANELS FOR SIGN TRANSFORMER IF NEEDED. SEE 8, 12/A501. ALL "EE" TRACK LIGHTING TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED AT 10'-6" CEILING. 0 BOTTOM OF PENDANTS TO BE INSTALLED AT 7'-0" A.F.F. U.O.N. LINE OF RAISED CEILING • (E) LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN 10 (E) STOREFRONT SYSTEM (TYPICAL) 0, (N) J -BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR POWER TO STOREFRONT SIGN (COORDINATE SIGN LOCATION WITH SIGNAGE VENDOR). SIGN CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WIRING TO J -BOX. 0,(E) ACCESS PANEL TO MECHANICAL MEZZANINE ABOVE 0,(N) 2'X4' ACT CEILING (TYPICAL) 14 (N) 4' FLUORESCENT OPEN LAMP STRIP LIGHT (TYPICAL) 15 TABLE LAMP BELOW (TYPICAL) 16 P-5 FIXTURE INSTALLED PER FIXTURE VENDORS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SEE 8/A501 & 9/A501 FOR CEILING BLOCKING DETAILS. 17 CENTER LIGHT FIXTURE IN ROOM LINE OF CURTAIN VALANCE WITH LED LIGHTING. LIGHTING INSTALLED BY G.C. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES A. COORDINATION: Al: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK OF AND ASSIST THE CEILING, ELECTRICAL AND VARIOUS SUB -CONTRACTORS IN THE INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND PIPING THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CEILING SYSTEM. A2: CEILING AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE WITH A/C SUBCONTRACTOR TO AVOID CONFLICT DETAILS. 1. IF CONFLICT SHOULD OCCUR ON CEILING LAYOUTS BETWEEN MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, OR OTHER ENGINEERS, THE ARCHITECTS PLANS SHALL GOVERN. 2. LOCATION OF LUMINARIES AND OTHER ITEMS AS SPECIFIED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND RELATED DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE CHANGED WITHOUT APPROVAL IN WRITING BY THE ARCHITECT. 3. G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL CEILING HEIGHTS, AND CONFIRM THAT THE WORK CAN BE BUILT AS SHOWN. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR OMISSIONS WITHIN THE DRAWINGS, G.C. TO CONTACT TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER & ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK IN QUESTION. 4. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SERVICE PROVIDED IS ADEQUATE. IF NOT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 5. IMPROVEMENTS ARE NOT PERMITTED TO ATTACH TO, SUSPEND FROM, OR PENETRATE THROUGH THE FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE WITHOUT THE LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. ATTACHMENT TO OR SUSPENSION FROM THE JOIST TOP CHORD OR OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENT IS PERMITTED. 6. THE CEILING SHALL BE ABSOLUTELY LEVEL & WITHOUT SAGS, ALL BARS IN TRUE ALIGNMENT & PARALLEL. USE OF LASER BEAM SYSTEM RECOMMENDED (OPTIONAL). T -BAR GRID SHALL BE INSTALLED ONLY AFTER FINAL ROOFING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. ACOUSTICAL TILES SHALL BE INSTALLED ONLY AFTER BUILDING HAS BEEN COMPLETELY CLOSED IN. 7. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES (INCLUDING EXIT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, ETC.) THAT ARE INDICATED ON PLANS AS FURNISHED BY TENANT; ASSEMBLED (IF NECESSARY), INSTALLED, WIRED AND CONNECTED BY THE G.C'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ANY AND ALL CORDS AND WIRES SHALL BE CONCEALED. 8. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DUCT AND DIFFUSER LOCATIONS. 9. DIFFUSERS TO HAVE HANG WIRES ON ALL FOUR CORNERS. 10. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING COLOR. 11. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED AND APPURTENANT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED CEILING HEIGHT. 12. INSTALL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. (U.L.) LABELED DEVICES THROUGHOUT, AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 13. TESTING OF EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS REQUIRED AS PER STATE & LOCAL JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR TO CALL FOR TESTING PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION (TESTING MUST BE BY DISCONNECTING MAIN). 14. PROVIDE NON-COMBUSTABLE BLOCKING AND BRACING REQUIRED FOR FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND ALL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. 15. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AND COMPRESSION STRUTS AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING CODES. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUSPENDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES. 16. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. 17. PROVIDE PENDANT MOUNTING KIT FOR ALL LIGHTING TO BE PENDANT MOUNTED FROM STRUCTURE. 18. G.C. SHALL AIM ALL TRACK LIGHTING AS SHOWN/INDICATED BY ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING/OWNER. 19. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT TRACK HEAD LIGHT FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PER PLAN AND THAT ALL TRACK LIGHTS ARE EVENLY SPACED ALONG THE TRACK. 20. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT. 21. ALL FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN ACOUSTIC CEILINGS TO BE CENTERED IN CEILING GRID, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 22. FOR TYPICAL SEISMIC BRACING AT CEILING, SEE ADDITIONAL SHEETS IN THIS SET. PROVIDE ONE CEILING BRACING ASSEMBLY FOR EVERY 144 SQUARE FEET OF ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. 23. SUPPORT STRUTS SHALL RETAIN A 5 -WIRE POWER CABLE. SUPPORT STRUTS SHALL BE 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL, 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" OUTSIDE DIMENSION WITH INTEGRAL BEAD TO SUPPORT FLAT CABLE. 24. G.C. TO CONFIRM ALL HANGING GRID LOCATIONS W/ PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 25. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED HARDWARE FOR HANGING GRIDS FOR APPROPRIATE CEILING TYPE. 26. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S ROOF CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED. 27. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO ACCESS EQUIPMENT OR CONTROLS, COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY PROJECT MANAGER. 28. MODIFY EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY NFPA STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES. ALL SPRINKLER AND ROOF MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD AND/OR LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT ALL/ANY CHANGES TO THE EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO THE APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH THE WORK. VERIFY HEAD TYPE AND PLACEMENT WITH PROJECT MANAGER AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO FABRICATION. TEST SYSTEM AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. 29. G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SOUND SYSTEM WITH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER. LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND TYPE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION AA DD LINK SUSPENSION LIGHT SMALL FINISH: IVORY WHITE if",/,),PV O RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH LED LIGHTING SYSTEM FINISH: WHITE EE ADJUSTABLE PROJECTOR WITH LED LIGHTING SYSTEM FINISH: WHITE INSTALLATION: SURFACE MOUNT El ® UNIVERSAL MOUNT L.E.D. EXIT WITH INTERNAL BATTERY E2 UNIVERSAL MOUNT L.E.D. EXIT W/ LIGHTS AND INTERNAL BATTERY EM2 GG RECESSED EMERGENCY WITH 90 MINUTE LEAD CALCIUM BATTERY FINISH: MATCH ADJACENT CEILING. WHITE TRACK FOR EE TRACK HEAD // PP RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH LED LIGHTING SYSTEM FINISH: WHITE RR 4' FLUORESCENT OPEN LAMP STRIP LIGHT TT a COMBINATION LIGHT AND EXHAUST FAN 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENT! STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 24 :►7 PERMIT CENTER 2,964 S.F. SHEET TITLE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET NUMBER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" 1 A103 O 31T.O.'-0" +PARAPET/-V.I.F. CODED KEY NOTES F GENT f O �� R G N T ARCH T C T S 448 S . HILL S T . LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM O LEASE LINE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO V.I.F. 2 EXISTING BUILDING MATERIALS TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING 2 CONSTRUCTION 0, PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION O EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS TO REMAIN AND PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION 0, NEW SIGN BY SIGN VENDOR. FINAL LOCATION AND SIGN SIZE TO BE COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR. (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT APPLICATION). GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING SIGN & PATCH/REPAIR EXISTING FINISHES AS REQUIRED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NECESSARY BLOCKING/BRACING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SIGNAGE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NECESSARY ELECTRICAL POWER AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR. O (E) CANOPY TO REMAIN. O (E) FINISHES TO REMAIN (TYP) O EXISTING EXTERIOR LIGHT TO REMAIN. G.C. TO RE-LAMP. ■ I ■ .12/ / /V i 9314 REGI D CT ROBERT J. SARGENT! STATE OF WASHINGTON ■ , ® 1 t 1 ( i i IJ 3 111 1 i 10'-9Y2'+/ EQ. i I 9 EQ. f / 1 i 1 I 1 i 1 1 1 22'-8" +/- V.I.F. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .' / 1' l I R + I T.O. (E) PARAPET I I i 1 1 E 3 t i iI ■ ■ 1 3_'T_—I � ( � 1 I t 1 1 1 ( i I 1111111111111111WIW i>i! .. ■ ALL SIGNS TO BE FILED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT APPLICATION. : � • •• < ' • . - • _ 1 I ( 1 1 1 1 I .>, . .. , : ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR ARCHITECTURAL SEAL 1 ,• •. t. �� A` > : J,, ` ' °••• -. + •r "ti. �✓f 111•1111111111111111 1111•111111111 '-------''''---' REVIEWED WED FOR JCODECOMPLIANCEI1i o1IA ROVED n 1� SEP 1 2Q17 ;• �� OTtt/llc] ' e �!^ tt! E ��JILDiI�V D(V IS iOfV .. bt 1 r., ANS IIWIVIIIIIII •'• All WIN 11WWWWW1,�/ ,. , AMES W IIII 111111111W1 7 7 gig/ TEmpug.pEDic TEMPURPEDC° • . ... .............„ .4-- • • 1 1 1 . f //'' 1 1 MK ,i/ • y.: :.. 11 II 1 1 1 11 I. 1'.";.._ 3 , .. .. 10'-0" +/- V.I.F. I k• . ,. 51 R k • .... B.O. (E) CANOPY , L' moi' i, . -• . '. .. ,t: .; .. _ .. • •moi- ,r/ " �/ ... } ' CONSULTANTS i 1 1 I •i :• E I 11 111 s. 1r' 1 ° 1211 1 I _ ~ \• 11 11 1 ] 1 , , 1 ' /0' tri 1 1 . r` 0'-0" A.F.F. MI p I I , s :. .. .. \ . FINISH FLOOR LVL ADJACENT TENANT. v ADJACENT TENANT O O O O DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET SCAL_F 1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION 1 /4" = 1'-0" 31'-0" +1- V.I.F. J H G F OE T.O. (E) PARAPET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION �r 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 ,, 7i f i t I 4 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( 4 1 ( i I l i 1 ( 1 ( 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 11 I 1 1 R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 �.1 _1 1 115 l 1 1 1 f R 1( 1 i I l: c (.: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1( 1 1• 1 1 1 1 (( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1( 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 I j 1 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 9'" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i. 1 1 1 1 1 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 � 22'-8" +/- V.I.F. 1 i ( 1 R i 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1' 1 ! ! 11111 1111 1 i II R i 1 T.O. (E) PARAPET (1= -� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 11 'I `� 1 i• 1= 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 ( 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 R 1 1 I ( I ( 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 4 1( 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 ( 4 1 I 1 1 (I 4 1 ( 14 i I 1 1 J i 1 1 4 1 1411111111 ,1 . 1\ �/ 1 i �... i•.i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1• f° if 1 1 1 1 1 1 t���f•" 1 1 1 1 11111111111111W WIWIIIWII NNW 1111)��Iili WIWIWr =rl�niii(Iiiiii I 1111III11111■1�■II■ItIIIIII I PROJECT INFORMATION —��—I. UMW" ����liiii� „>'��� VIEW= 11111W111111111111111111111 ��ME� ,. . - ' :<. _ L-.. • PROJECT NO. 1899-17 EWE ` = I����. 1.���1� 1�■1��.�111111111111111111.111 MN���.�► ■I�liiii��iiiiii� 111.11111•111•111 WWI ; \. 41111111111111111111111 EWE 111111111111111. - :. ,:. a�Is..�. r■.�i.1�11�1i��11. � �...• �' �..�i�I�r. �Iiiiiir�iiiiii���� � • . � .• • ._: :�.., .. tt • ����>�� I I I IIl ,r B Tukwila WA 002 — — CEIV`D 2,964 S.F. CITY OF T U K W I L A 1 f a van `° I�� 4 e a� `� 4� E� PERMIT CENTER ( 11(1 I y`. ••t : i I i 1 1 1 ( i 1 1 i i 1 1 1 i 1 i I 1 i ;• s •. "• \ ' • i 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I • \' o_,Y: ... G 1 1 1 1 1 ( 1 R 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I' . e. • A ..: {•.+ '\"`' i 1 1 i R 1 1 i I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 I i.......4. ,.. " \ >`� i 1 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 I 1 1 1 I i Iii i 1 I I ..' .. : �. x•r ' - ,.. = ,.•, • :. • � ��� imn i i. • :., ' -t _ �. fi ■Lli�s�. a�li�liiii� �' �' ,�' s>��Ii�iri■i ����i.. :: _ • . , �.. : . _ , > IIV ENV MN \ h ' , '•".:wr 10' 0 +/" V.LF.�ril■■I■I■ri _ : •' \... , • \ •• . '� 1V s.:• '° . •ti. ';• 1 ) :��� ��.• « : :i . .:` •: ,•... �' x �1�_�_=1• �l�_�_�_� •. j i ` ' • - e • O` • ; : t -c• • —NIS S NIIIIIIIIIUMI �_�' • • • • ' ' 1' •4• • • •• 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111 1111111111111111111111111111111 NI I�I�I■..[■Irlrll ' ti•' •• •,• - , •' h „- 'L •,.'f' fir/ IV _—__ •• ••• •t•`. ` :<' •, %•,... • <• • S i. :C'• .. v.I 1 •'• • •.t •• =IIllill-11111•_I �li_�_I.. •« ••••r••: •',_, t . ti '.. i .• tJ.• .. • �. • • . • -• -\•; ••\• �l�■r■I■r■rrr III mielim�■ mi •'• * • :\ • \ ..• • .'\ _ }• - .i • SHEET TITLE i.=lr�.�i1■ _I�_II�_ . ••. e' 7v .' $111111111111111111111111111111 INN 11111111111111111111111111n11111 . ., 7i EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS , 14/ =MIMI MEM. = II■�■��.111 MI INN _ . .. :.. , i • •. •. i , .•, . .. • •• 11111111111111•11111111111111111 11111111111111111111111111111111111 • • 0' 0" A.F.F. II ° : FINISH FLOOR LVL. • • •. . , O . , . r O • • . •. O ADJACENT TENANT TENANT SPACE SHEET NUMBER A200 EXTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 2 1 /4" = 1'-0" 10'-6" A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CEILING 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR WB1 0 N 0 BACK WALL MOULDING u 3" HB -2 P-2 11 (WB -D -- H B-2 P-2 23'-3" 11 0 CW B-1) -- �I I 11 HB-2 P-2 11 E E 00 00 TA -1 HB -1 VM -1 TA -1 0 0 PT -6) 4J LF -2 0 P-1 A (NB-1)-- 10'-6" WB-i)-- 10'-6" A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CEILING 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR T LOCATION OF (N) PENDANT LIGHT (TYP) 000 00 OPEN TO BEYOND 0 00 i--�I'--I 00 0 o❑ o0 0 ( TA -1 HB -1 TA -1 TA -1 HB -1 TA -1 TA -1 HB -1 TA -1 1 HB -1 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENT! STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL INTERIOR SALES ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" INTERIOR SALES ELEVATION SCALE 1/4'1.= 1 '-0" 30'-0" A.F.F. V.I.F. B.O. (E) VESIBULE CEILING A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CEILING 8'-6' A.F.F. B.O. (N) WOOD VALANCE 7'-9" A.F.F. B.O. (E) VESTIBULE SOFFIT 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR CPT -2 PT� LF 2 CPT -1 PAINTED VALANCE TYP. CVJB-D- HB-1 PT -1 BEHIND DRAPERY TYP. TT P5 BEHIND DRAPERY TYP. PAINTED VALANCE TYP. ( PT -1) BEHIND DRAPERY TYP. LOCATION OF (N) PENDANT LIGHT (TYP) HB -1 HB -1 P5 CNB -1) - BEHIND DRAPERY TYP. iT HB -1 (WB -1) / t' 0 PT DOOR (WB -1) -CPT �OOR AND AND FRAME FRAME 30'-0" A.F.F. V.I.F. B.O. (E) VESIBULE CEILING 10'-6" A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CEILING 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR P-6 0 B-' - (E) STOREFRONT GLAZING TO REMAIN (TYP) LF -2 // // // // // // // // OBLIQUE ANGLE // K • sss • • // // 1 30'-0" A.F.F. V.I.F. B.O. (E) VESIBULE CEILING LINE OF VESTIBULE BEYOND PT -2) • // // // 7-9" A.F.F. B.O. (E) VESIBULE SOFFIT (E) STOREFRONT GLAZING AND DOOR TO REMAIN (TYP) CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET INTERIOR SALES ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" INTERIOR SALES ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" 10'-6" A.F.F. B.O. (N) GYP. BD. CEILING 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR -(R P -D P,0 (WB_D- HI LO ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN ::I :'1 :.I I CEILING ABOVE CT -1) PAINTED WOOD VALANCE LINE OF DRAPERY Q -AB -D WALL SURFACE /// 6" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AECEIVED 2,964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA U 24 ' 17 PERMIT CLZNiE ; SHEET TITLE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER NOT USED SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" INTERIOR SALES ELEVATION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" DRAPERY VALANCE DETAIL SCALE 1-1/2" = 1 '-0" A300 9 N /„//i j /c//r4-, 5'-0" • 1%2' 1 5'-0" LINE OF DRYWALL BLOCKING AS REQ'D. • • 3" NOTE: THIS SHEET IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRM EXACT FIXTURES AND DESIGN WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. DO NOT USE THIS SHEET FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES. ANY QUESTIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. ALL INFORMATION RELATED TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION SHOULD BE CONFIRMED WITH THE INSTALLATION MANUAL FROM THE FIXTURE VENDOR. 4'-0" FIXED LEDGE P -1A LG PILLOW PLAN SCALE 3"= 1'_0" 1 P -1A DETAILED SECTION SCALE 3" = 1'-0" 1D P-2 TOP OF BED FIXTURE PLAN SCALE 3" = 1 '-0" 2 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM t O CV O O • • GRAPHIC A.F.F. METAL FRAME PROVIDE ABILITY FOR SLIP IN GRAPHICS PAINT METAL SHELF SUPPORT - PEGS @ 1 1/2" O.C. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PT -3 1 1 BLOCKING AS REQ'D. METAL FRAME FOR GRAPHICS BY OTHERS METAL FRAME FOR GRAPHICS BY OTHERS PAINTED BACK PANEL METAL SHELF SUPPORT PEGS @ 1 1/2" O.C. ('7 PROVIDE NOTCH IN SHELF TO SEAT ON SUPPORT PEGS PROVIDE METAL ANGLE BAR OR SIMILAR TO PREVENT SHELF BOWING N 3Y4, 1.-5" FIXED LEDGE O U) Q A.F.F. SECURE TO BACK WALL AS REQ'D. ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE P -1A LG PILLOW FRONT ELEVATION SCALE 3" = 1 '-0" 1A P -1A LG PILLOW FRONT SECTION SCALE 1-1/2" = 1 '-0" 1B P -1A DETAILED SECTION SCALE 1-1/2" = 1 '-0" 1C P-2 T.O. BED FIXT. ELEV. SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 2A P-2 T.O. BED FIXT. SECTION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 2B DATE 08/11/17 SUBMISSION CD SET 4'-3" 1%2 1%2 4" 4„ II II II II II IN W D-� II. 6-0" /3/ FACE OF DRYWALL 12"x 12"x 12"TEMPUR FOAM SAMPLES P-5 ROOM DIVIDER PLAN SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 3 P-6 SLIPPER BOOKCASE PLAN SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 4 P-8 WELCOME WALL PLAN SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 5 IMO "Y J 08 A500 0 \ r � O N 0 / • GRAPHIC • MINNIE METAL FRAME PROVIDE ABILITY FOR SLIP IN GRAPHICS PAINT ADJUSTABLE SHELVES A.F.F. \ • 0 0 / • 0 • cJ w 0 AREA FOR BRAND WELCOME MESSAGE 43" HD MONITOR ACC -1 A.F.F.\ �\ PART LINES IN PANEL TYP. PT -3) • APROVIDE FOR POWER AND SIGNAL AS REQ;D. (PT -1) MONITOR BRACKET REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 12"x 12"x 12"TEMPUR FOAM SAMPLES cJ w • N (Y) tql\\\\ P-5 ROOM DIVIDER FRONT ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 3A P-6 SLIPPER BOOKCASE ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 4A P-8 WELCOME WALL FRONT ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 5A P-8 WELCOME WALL SECTION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 5B PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 ARE:ECEIVED 2,964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG2517 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE FIXTURE DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A301 A.F.F. Z 0 1%2 1j2 1%2' 1j2" ✓ 2'-4" yy EQUAL vieEQUAL 1.,..EQUAL I 1 �_ _ PT -3 _ _ WD -1 3 A301 �� \ _ — "Y J 08 A500 0 \ r � O N 0 / • GRAPHIC • MINNIE METAL FRAME PROVIDE ABILITY FOR SLIP IN GRAPHICS PAINT ADJUSTABLE SHELVES A.F.F. \ • 0 0 / • 0 • cJ w 0 AREA FOR BRAND WELCOME MESSAGE 43" HD MONITOR ACC -1 A.F.F.\ �\ PART LINES IN PANEL TYP. PT -3) • APROVIDE FOR POWER AND SIGNAL AS REQ;D. (PT -1) MONITOR BRACKET REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 12"x 12"x 12"TEMPUR FOAM SAMPLES cJ w • N (Y) tql\\\\ P-5 ROOM DIVIDER FRONT ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 3A P-6 SLIPPER BOOKCASE ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 4A P-8 WELCOME WALL FRONT ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 5A P-8 WELCOME WALL SECTION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 5B PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 ARE:ECEIVED 2,964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG2517 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE FIXTURE DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A301 CW -1 CASHWRAP PLAN TOP 12'-0" r 4'-2$" 1 n 3'-73/4" 1 / 4'-21/8" / / I / I u 2" A302 g 2" /4" 4 i—J I I CLEAR I la lc II II II II . I I I I N 30"X48" ADA FLOOR AREA I A302 A302 I I I 1 I I I 1 JL 3" DIA. GROMMET N N I 1 IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II -1r II II II II II r T r I I I I I ..... Os N r — , / \ "7 : I F 7 I I 1 , -'----- . I I L J I I L J 1r II II II II I it —I I I I I I r I I i I I —Ir —I 11 I II I 11 I 11 I II I TOP RECESSED EQUIPMENT 1 b WELL 4130 ,6.. CST -1) A302 J 11'-0" b" 1/8" REVEAL 3'-73/4 ACCESSIBLE COUNTER (3-0" MIN) dr N �..._.. I Ic U L-- L� WD -1 u u 2" A302 g 2" /4" 4 i—J I I 1 i *.1,1;1- . II II II II II II II II . I I I I N • • II ' I I I 1 I I I 1 JL JL N N /` IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II -1r II II II II II GRAIN DIRECTION r I I I I I ..... Os N ACCESSIBLE COUNTER (2'-10" MAX) JL JL \ "7 : l' N• F 7 I I 1 , -'----- . BASE WD1 CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION TOP I SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" SCALE 3/4" = l'-0" 1 TOP PROVIDE NOTCH - CUTOUT PULL AND MAGNETIC PUSH OUTLINE OF POS SCREEN OPEN FOR TRASH NOTE: THIS SHEET IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRM EXACT FIXTURES AND DESIGN WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. DO NOT USE THIS SHEET FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES. ANY QUESTIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. ALL INFORMATION RELATED TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION SHOULD BE CONFIRMED WITH THE INSTALLATION MANUAL FROM THE FIXTURE VENDOR. CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION TOP GROMME ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PROVIDE FOR POWER & DATA BASE PT3 II - �..._.. I Ic U L-- L� ( u u A302 /4" 4 i—J I I 1 i *.1,1;1- . II II II II II II II II . I I I I N • • II ' I I I 1 I I I 1 JL JL J /` IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II -1r II II II II II ri I I I I I r I I I I I ..... L JL JL JL 7 "7 : JL J F 7 I I 1 , -'----- . --...„ . , / 1r II II II II I it —I I I I I I r I I i I I —Ir —I 11 I II I 11 I 11 I II I CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION TOP GROMME ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PROVIDE FOR POWER & DATA BASE PT3 II - rir II w 11 II I- I 1.-4" /4" 4 dr 1 i *.1,1;1- . II II II II II II II II . I I I I N • • II ' I I I 1 I I I 1 JL JL J /` IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II 1 CASHWRAP SECTION 5-6" • N` 5-0" TABLE EDGE CPT -1) OPP. SIM. INSET LAMINATE TABLE TOPS („F L -j TABLE EDGE CV • ✓ 6'-6" 3'-113/8" / 205/s / ✓ LL SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" OPP. SIM. 1C • TOP 1/8" REVEAL J GRAIN DIRECTIO W121 BASE SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 1B 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION 1/8" PAINTED QUIRK 1D RECESSED KICK •�]fig rir II w 11 II —I I 1.-4" /4" 4 dr 1 i *.1,1;1- . II II II II II II II II . I I I I // • • II CV v v L JL JL JL J /` IL J r I —Ir II II II II II 11/2"O.C.ADJ. SHELF PINS W/ NICKEL GROMMET - TYP. OF ALL SHELF PINS PROVIDE NOTCH UNDE SHELF TO SEAT SHELF PINS - TYP. OF ALL SHELVES. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE LEVELERS LF -2 NESTING TABLE PLAN SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 2 NOT USED SCALE N.T.S. 2C I LF -3 SHEET FIXTURE SCALE 3/4" = l'-0" 3 LF -3 SIDE ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 3B LF -3 SECTION SCALE 3/4" = l'-0" 3C TABLE EDGE LF -2 FRONT ELEVATION PROVIDE GLIDES/LEVELERS AS REQ'D. SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 2A TABLE EDGE SHELF PROVIDE GLIDES/LEVELERS AS REQ'D. LF -2 SIDE ELEVATION rir II —Ir II 11 II —I I rIr I -I 11 I I I I I II II II II II II II II II 11 II II I I I I // 1 I I I CV v v L JL JL JL J /` IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II -1r II II II II II ri I I I I I r I I I I I ..... L JL JL LF -2 FRONT ELEVATION PROVIDE GLIDES/LEVELERS AS REQ'D. SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 2A TABLE EDGE SHELF PROVIDE GLIDES/LEVELERS AS REQ'D. LF -2 SIDE ELEVATION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 0 r I rir II —Ir II 11 II —I I rIr I -I 11 I I I I I II II II II II II II II II 11 II II I I I I 00 CV 1 I I I II I I Il I II I L JL JL JL J L IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II -1r II II II II II ri I I I I I r I I I I I II I II I L JL SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 0 r I rir II —Ir II 11 II —I I rIr I -I 11 I I I I I II II II II II II II II II 11 II II I I I I 1 I I I II I I Il I II I L JL JL JL J L IL J r I —Ir II II II II II --ir II II II II II -1r II II II II II ri I I I I I r I I I I I II I II I L JL JL JL J L JL J r I I I I I 1r II II II II II 1r II II II II II 1r II II II II I it —I I I I I I r I I i I I —Ir —I 11 I II I 11 I 11 I II I L JL JL j42" 2B 1 LF -3 FRONT ELEVATION JL - PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE LEVELERS OUTLINE OF PACKAGE PAINT CPT -T) RECESSED KICK SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 3A 1/8" PAINTED QUIRK (PT -J • LF -3 REAR ELEVATION Q21q 2" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. AREA: 2,964 S.F. -RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA A302 3D 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM 9314 ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL NOT USED SCALE 1 /2" = 1 '-0" 1 NOT USED SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" 2 NOT USED SCALE 1/4" = 1 '-0" 2A NOT USED SCALE DECK OR CEILING z N COORDINATE WITH STOCKROOM SHELVING VENDOR 2'-0" w v//////r ,,,,,,,/1 1 Q w • 0 w • • v/////// -l///////1 Z/////7 ///////7 v/7zz1. 7r /� STOCKROOM SHELVING UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT STOCK SHELVING (FOR REFERENCE ONLY- COORDINATE WITH STOCKROOM SHELVING VENDOR) • '-0" WALL STANDARD • DECK OR CEILING • CN • • / / 1"X4" F.R.T. BLOCKING 9' 0" A.F.F. HOLD TOP OF STANDARD 16" DEEP X 3/4" THICK WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES -FINISH ALL EDGES ECONOCO KNIFE BRACKET #G14 W/LKC CENTER SHELF REST (TYP.) SURFACE -MOUNTED WALL STANDARD 10' LENGTHS HEAVY DUTY 1" SLOTS @ 2" O.C. 12 OUTLET POWER STRIP SURFACE MTD. / c N cn w 0 CZ w z • / / / / / 5-3" A.F.F. TOP OF SHELF 0 1- 28"D MELAMINE CLAD WORK SURFACE WITH FINISHED EDGES 1"X4" WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D WORK STATION BRACKET (BEYOND) REFER TO PARTITION TYPES WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED FINISHED FLOOR MANAGER'S DESK • 4'-0" WALL STANDARD • • DECK OR CEILING • 0 CN • c / i / / 1"X4" WOOD BLOCKING 9'-0" A.F.F. HOLDjk TOP OF STANDARD 16" DEEP X 3/4" THICK WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES -FINISH ALL EDGES KNIFE BRACKET W/ CENTER SHELF REST (TYP.) 1'-4" i • BREAK COUNTER SURFACE -MOUNTED WALL STANDARD 10' LENGTHS HEAVY DUTY 1"SLOTS @2"O.C. 5-3" A.F.F. TOP OF SHELF 0 12 OUTLET POWER STRIP SURFACE MTD. 24"D MELAMINE CLAD WORK SURFACE WITH FINISHED EDGES 1"X4" WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D '"""'"'4, 4 WORK STATION BRACKET (BEYOND) REFER TO PARTITION TYPES WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED FINISHED FLOOR PLAN SECTION 1/4" = V-0" 3 CONSULTANTS PLAN TUBE DETAIL- PLAN VIEW SCALE 1-1/2"= 1`-0" 7A DATE ISSUE DATE 08/11/17 SUBMISSION CD SET t • CN co z O 10 NOTE: UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW BLUEPRINT SET FOR THE COMPLETED STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL) AND PLACE BLUEPRINTS INTO THE TUBE HOLDER. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR LOCATION. 4'-0" A.F.F. HOLD TOP OF DRAWING TUBE 0 A ♦♦ ELEVATION PROVIDE AND ATTACH A LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: THIS TU13E CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 STOCK SHELVING SECTION SCALE 3/4" = l'-0" 4 MANAGER'S DESK SECTION SCALE 3/4" = 1 '-0" 5 BREAK COUNTER SECTION SCALE 3/4" = l'-0" 6 PLAN TUBE DETAIL- SECTION VIEW SCALE PROVIDE BLKG. FOR WIRE ATTACHMENT WITHIN (E) STUD WALL WHEN STRAPS REQ'D BY CODE FASTEN 9 GA. STRAPS ANCHORED TO WALL USING (2) #12 SHEET METAL SCREWS (MIN.) THRU CEILING G.C. SHALL FASTEN 6"x20 GA. STEEL BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS IN EXIST. WALL W/ (3) #10 S.M. SCREWS PER STUD PRIOR TO APPLYING GYP. BOARD WALL FINISH AT EACH STRAP (TYP.) WHEN REQ'D BY CODE. "KEMLITE FRP" WALL BD. ON 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD FIRE TREATED AND WATER RESISTANT. MATCH WALL COLOR. SCREW DOWN AS REQUIRED PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED P O WATER HEATER 0 • ti BOTT. OF CEIL. SEE CEILING PLAN WHEN REQUIRED, STRAPS SHALL BE LOCATED IN UPPER 1/3 AND LOWER 1/3 OF WATER HEATER TOP OF PLATFORM 9'-0" A.F.F. FRP. ON 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. INSIDE AND OUT (TYP.) 3" DEEP GALV. METAL OVER -FLOW PAN W/ DRAIN 9 L 6" - 20 GA. STL. JOISTS DOUBLE @ 12" O.C. GYP. BD./ DBL. 6" x 20 GA. DROP HEADER (BEYOND) 5/8" WATER RESIST. TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. "KEMLITE FRP" WALL BD. ON 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED AND WATER RESISTANT. MATCH WALL COLOR. SCREW DOWN TO JOISTS AS REQUIRED. #6 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. 5-0" A.F.F. 3 5/8" x 20 GA. STL. STL. STUDS @ 12" O.C. FOR PLATFORM SUPPORT. 18 GA. CLIP ANGLE W/ #12 SCREWS TO WEB #12 SCREWS TO LEDGER 5/8" GYP. BD. 0 METAL STUD TYP. 0 1-1/2" = 1 '-0" "KEMLITE FRP" WALL BD. ON 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED AND WATER RESISTANT. MATCH WALL COLOR. SCREW DOWN TO JOISTS AS REQUIRED. 6" DEEP GALV. METAL OVER -FLOW PAN W/ DRAIN 7B 0 6" x 20 GA. STL. JOISTS @ 12" O.C. TYPICAL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2417 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 16 GA. LEDGER W/ #12 ( .215 ) DIA. AT 16" O.C. STAGGERED COPPER OVER -FLOW DRAIN PIPE PER PLUMB. DWG.S 0229 AREA: 2,964 S.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUS 242017 TYPICIAL WATER HEATER PLATFORM PLAN VIEW SCALE 1" = l'-0" 8A TYPICIAL WATER HEATER PLATFORM SECTION VIEW SCALE 1" = 1'-0" 8B WATER HEATER PLATFORM - EDGE SCALE 3" = 1'-0" 9 WATER HEATER PLATFORM - WALL SCALE 3" = 1'-0" 10 A400 76 S/ l R G E ARCH I T ECaT 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 0 4 3 808 . 8 2 0 3 TEL E L WWW.SARGARCH.COM S / q 60" MIN / CP T 1 1'-1" 1'-6' �PT-1 16-18" �el(c) f1100 10 i, 18" O FRP-1 / I / 12" 1 2'-0"/ I 1 / ♦ \ \ (RP-) ► ► L4/�' > > O 48" MAX / , / ���, ,'/ j 00+00.. j `1 4 FRP 1 ...' e � O 4 - > > O 4'-6/54" MIN 3'-6" ©© { I� > © 1 ' MIN. 4" MIN. �-"- - { I 48" X 30" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE /�.. STT _ ��._ {. AT DOOR o o o / N 1 �I :: I .: i 1: I: `. `. `. ``. I u t ♦ o , .�. o o oma, m• O o rz LU X w Iii- Q, J ..� v o X o� m LU 1.. �--s•( I=mo 2\ (' : /; 9314 REGI . D ROBERT J. SARGENT, STATE OF WASHINGTON co ¢ O REFLECTIV A40' I /46.10,1 :::• CT r) 0 °` t - Q o . /�- A401 \� { : TOILET RM. T8'MIN� : • 16"-18" to �. •` +•••• QB1 48"X30"CLEAR FLOOR 4-63/a 3' 0" 9 " / SPACE AT DOOR 8-33/4' / ARCHITECTURAL SEAL / / SCALE 1 TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE 2 TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE 3 TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE 4 ENLARGED TOILET ROOM FLOOR PLAN 1/2 =1-0 1/2"=1-0 1/2 =1-0 1/2 =1-0 n t TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES CONSULTANTS COMPONENT MANUFACTURER/ NO. O PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER RUBBERMAID 2364 \ . PT -1 �RP (PT \ V PT 02 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER RELOCATED (PT -1) FRP-1 O 0 GRAB BARS EXISTING;(1) NEW VERTICAL GRAB BAR TO BE ADDED. 1� -1 PT -1 54" MIN. / 04 MIRROR (24" X 36") BOBRICK B 290 2436 05 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL NOT USED 0 SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK B 5050 39"-41" / / / 07 COAT HOOK IVES 574 - B26D 42" MIN. 12" (FRP,, 0\ / 15" MIN 5 MIN, / . `.. \ .� \�.. . `. DATE ISSUE / /MAX./ 90 O8 SHELVES AND STANDARDS REFER TO NOTE D u: DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET O F.R.P. PANEL W/ MOLDING REFER TO NOTE C 00`q aO . 10 LAVATORY REFER TO MEP DWGS. 0 - -*A— 24" MIN. Ns / •\ 11 O WATER CLOSET ELONGATED SEAT REFER TO MEP DWGS. REFER TO MEP DWGS.• • _ _ 71_. m ¢ HI LO H.C.DRINKING FOUNTAIN.SEE SHEET _, 1111k `• .© `` f l �, �4°� � G003 P�- �� /� —r \ o, -,7. w "? w 'o.� atr4 J HI -LO H.C.DRINKING Z wd T `v) O i � :c% ' �� 12 DRINKING FOUNTAIN NOT USED , - O FOUNTAIN.SEE3SHEET ,�13 Q x p r15 . -, v ' MOP SINK REFER TO MEP DWGS.:��� : . " • 0 iI lir 41611"--\ 14 SEAT COVER DISPENSER NOT USED O :. :.: ::::::: - Ao �� a A. PROVIDE IN -WALL NON -COMB. BLOCKING AS REQ'D. FOR ALL SCHEDULED ACCESSORIES. B. INSTALL ACCESSORIES PER MFR INSTRUCTIONS. C. F.R.P. PANELS: F.R.P. PANELS TO 4'-0" A.F.F. W/ TOP EDGE AND VERTICAL. MOLDINGS AS REQ'D. REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE. D. TOILET ROOM STORAGE SHELVES: (2) 30" LONG SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS AND KNIFE BRACKETS (2) 30" LONG X 14" DEEP MELAMINE CLAD SHELVES W/ CLIPPED CORNERS. \ \ 12 12 VB �VB 2'-0" MAX B-3 B-3 -1 4'-13/8 / / 48" CLEAR / FLOOR / / / TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE 5 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY SCHEDULE SCALE 6 NOT USED SCALE 7 NOT USED SCALE 8 N.T.S. 1/2"= 1 -0 1 /2 = 11-0" 1/2" = 1 -0 s6 PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 A400 WATER HEATER, SEE PLUMBING DRGS. MINIMUM MOUNTING HEIGHT FOR BOTTOM OF 1 1 L - - I 1 - - J SEMI -GLOSS PAINT OVER WATER RESISTANT 5/8" GYP. BD. PLATFORM @ 9'-0" A.F.F. P-3 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 METAL STUD WALL PER PLAN JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREARECEIVED 2,964 S.F. 2X BLOCKING 1y2, CITY OF TUKWILA 2 °y0' $:yep PERMIT CENTER 1-1/2" O.D. GRAB BAR WITH REVIEWED FOR l CONCEALED MOUNTING O1 CODE COMPLIANCE € APPROVED i -e--4 �� I ¢ � NOTE: ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE SEALED NOTE: (CLEAR SEALANT) AT THE FINISH SURFACE TO PROTECT STRUCTURAL SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila SHEET TITLE ROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS ELEMENTS FROM MOISTURE PER IBC BUILDING DIVISION SECTION 1210.2 \./ n 02i: 13 SHEET NUMBER A401 NOT USED SCALE 12 NOT SCALE 1 1 ELEVATION SCALE 10 SCALE 9 GRAB BAR DETAIL 3"=1'-0" N.T.S. USED N.T.S. MOP SINK 1 /2"=1'-0" USE UNISTRUT P1003, W/ WIDE BASE FLANGE, AT CONDITIONS WHERE SOFFIT CROSSES TRUSSES. 1 1 I CONT. SLOTTED DEEP LEG TRACK ATTACH TO STRUT ABOVE. #10 SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS @ 16" O.C. UNISTRUT P1003 at 48" o.c. CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNI -STRUT BEAM CLAMP #P1386. 1/2" MIN. FOR DEFLECTION. #8 SCREW EA SIDE, EA STUD EXISTING BEAM 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TOP OF NON -LOAD BEARING WALL PARALLEL TO JOIST/BEAM EXISTING METAL PAN DECK VERIFY EXACT CONDITION. UNISTRUT P1003 CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNI -STRUT BEAM CLAMP #P1386. SLIP TRACK W/ 1" MIN OVERLAP. (1) # TEK SCREW @ EA. STRAP BRACING. (VERIFY EXACT COND. @ 48" O.C.) EXISTING TRUSS BEYOND. VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS. EXTEND GYP. TO DECK WHEN REQUIRED 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.C. ICC ESR 4943p REV 7/11 & ICC ESR 1663 (HILTI FASTENERS (LARR #25464) TOP OF NON -LOAD PERPENDICULAR TO BEARING WALL JOIST/BEAM ED EXISTING METAL PAN DECK VERIFY EXACT CON DITION. UNISTRUT P1003 CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNI -STRUT BEAM CLAMP #P1386. CONT. 3 5/8" TOP TRACK. SCREW TO UNISTRUT EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE. VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS. EXTEND GYP. TO DECK WHEN REQUIRED 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.C. ICC ESR 4943p REV 7/11 & ICC ESR 1663 (HILTI FASTENERS (LARR #25464) SOFFIT TO STRUCTURE 3 5/8" DIAG. BRACING AT 48" O.C. TO STRUCTURE, TYP. UNISTRUT P1003 CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMP #P1386. 2 #10 SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION. EXISTING BEAM L2x2x16 GA.x8" LONG w/ 4-# 10 TEKS TO STRUT and 4-#10 S.M.S. TO BRACE DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE EXISTING METAL PAN DECK VERIFY EXACT CONDITION. TOP TRACK ATTACHED TO D W/ 2 #8 SCREWS M IL wofft� SCREW - 5/8" STUD TO SLIP TRA USING #10 SCREWS @ 18" •.C. (Li cS</ `O� ICC ESR 4943p RE /11 & ICC ESR 1663 ( 1 FASTENERS (LARR #2546 SLIP TRACK W/ 1" MIN OVERLAP. (1) 10 TEK SCREW @ EA. STRAP BR ING. (VERIFY EXACT COND. @ 48" O.• .) EXISTING TSS BEYOND. VERIFY EXACT CON 1 IONS. EXTEND GYP. TO REQUIRED. 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16" CK WHEN WALL TO METAL DECKING TYPICAL WALL/SOFFIT/BRACING CONNECTION DETAILS SCALE N.T.S. DOUBLE - AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL FRAME JAMB 0 w L.1-1 DOUBLE DOUBLE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS STIFFENER SCEWS @ 24" O.C. PROVIDE ANCHORS (3) PER JAMB CV REFER TO PARTITION TYPES FOR WIDHT DOUBLE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS HOLLOW MTL. FRAME HEAD DOOR - AS SCHEDULE 1/4" SHIM SPACE 12X TREATED WOOD BLKG. DOUBLE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 1" X 1 3/4" FACE TRIM SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME 1/2" X 1 1/2" STOP 0 w w w 0 >- REFER TO PARTITION TYPES FOR WIDHT GLUE AND PIN NAIL HEAD. NO SCREWS FILL NAIL HOLES WITH MATCHING PUTTY DOUBLE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 2X FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 1/4" SHIM SPACE 1" X 1 3/4" FACE TRIM SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME CONTINUOUS TOP TRACK ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE NO. 6 SCREWS EACH STUD FLANGE WHERE NO WALL COVERING OCCURS METAL STUDS, SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE FOR SIZE GYPSUM BOARD ON ONE SIDE PIECE OF TRACK OR STUD SAME GAUGE AS STUDS AS BLOCKING AT EACH END OF WALLS AND AT 8'-0" MAX. O.C. BETWEEN CONTINUOUS STRAP CONTINUOUS BOTTOM TRACK (ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE) HOLLOW METAL DOOR JAMB SCALE 3" = 1 '-0" HOLLOW METAL DOOR HEAD SCALE 3" = 1'-0" WOOD DOOR JAMB SCALE 3" = 1'-0" WOOD DOOR HEAD SCALE 3" = l'-0" STUD BRACING SCALE N.T.S. EXISTING STRUCTURE CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A103 FOR INFO EXIST. DEMISING WALL PATCH, FLOAT, OR REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD ON DEMISING WALL WHERE GYPSUM BOARD IS DAMAGED UNSIGHTLY OR MISSING FOR "LIKE -NEW" FINISH SURFACE. TAPE/CAULK AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED FLOOR EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL N.T.S. DEFLECTION TRACK; ATTACH TO TOP CHORD EXISTING DEMISING WALL STRUCTURE. EXISTING STRUCTURE PATCH, FLOAT, OR REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD ON DEMISING WALL WHERE GYPSUM BOARD IS DAMAGED UNSIGHTLY OR MISSING FOR "LIKE -NEW" FINISH SURFACE. TAPE/CAULK AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING SCHEDULED BASE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT PERIMETER AND ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SCHEDULED FLOOR G.C. TO PROVIDE TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO B.O. DECK ON TENANT'S SIDE OF DEMISING WALL TO MEET UL #419. EXISTING DEMISING WALL N.T.S. CONTINUOUS MEAL STUD TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM (TYPICAL) DEFLECTION TRACK; ATTACH TO TOP CHORD. GYP. BD. TO RUN 6" ABOVE A.C.T. (WHERE OCCURS) CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A103 FOR INFO 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD. SCHEDULED BASE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A� PERIMETER AND ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SCHEDULED FLOOR 11 EXISTING STRUCTURE II1 CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A103 FOR INFO 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD. 3-5/8" - RE: TO SCHEDULE FOR GAUGE SIZES FOR MEAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. - SEE DETAIL 1/A500 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONNECTIONS. SCHEDULED BASE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT PERIMETER AND ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SCHEDULED FLOOR 4 G.C. TO PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYP BOARD AT ALL RESTROOM WET WALL SURFACES (TYPICAL) Ov 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL N.T.S. CONTINUOUS MEAL STUD TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM (TYPICAL) SECURE BOTTOM TRACK TO CONCRETE SLAB USING POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145 AT 18" O.C. DEFLECTION TRACK; ATTACH TO TOP CHORD. VOID SPACE EXISTING STRUCTURE 4 -J CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A103 FOR INFO 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD. 3-5/8" - RE: TO SCHEDULE FOR GAUGE SIZES FOR MEAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. - SEE DETAIL 1 /A500 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONNECTIONS. SCHEDULED BASE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT PERIMETER AND ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SCHEDULED FLOOR CONTINUOUS MEAL STUD TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM (TYPICAL) SECURE BOTTOM TRACK TO CONCRETE SLAB USING POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145 AT 18" O.C. 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL W/ GYP. BD. ONE SIDE ONLY N.T.S. EXISTING DEMISE WALL OR VOID SPACE GC TO RETAIN ALL RATINGS GC TO PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IF RESTROOMS SHARE WALL WITH SALES AREA OR MGR'S OFFICE DEFLECTION TRACK; ATTACH TO TOP CHORD. EXISTING STRUCTURE _ GYP. BD. TO RUN 6" ABOVE A.C.T. (WHERE OCCURS) CEILING AS SCHEDULED, SEE A103 FOR INFO G.C. TO PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYP BOARD AT ALL RESTROOM WET WALL SURFACES (TYPICAL) 4 J 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD. 6" - RE: TO SCHEDULE FOR GAUGE SIZES FOR METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. - SEE DETAIL 1/A500 FOR TYPICAL WALL CONNECTIONS. SCHEDULED BASE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT PERIMETER AND ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SCHEDULED FLOOR CONTINUOUS METAL STUD TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM (TYPICAL) SECURE BOTTOM TRACK TO CONCRETE SLAB USING POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145 AT 18" O.C. 6" METAL STUD WALL W/ GYP.BD. ONE SIDE ONLY N.T.S. PARTITION TYPES SCALE N.T.S. 362S162-33 DIAG. BRACE EA. END • (2) #10 SMS �-1 �-1 PIECE OF 600S162-43 GYP. BOARD OR ACT. CEILING -0*----P-5 WOOD FIXTURE S.A.D. INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS L 4x4x20 GA. w/ (2) #10 SMS EA. FLANGE 362S162-33 DIAG. BRACE PIECE OF 600S162-43 CEILIN P-5 WOOD FIXTURE S.A.D. INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS /7, METAL STUD CHART STUD SIZE SPACING STUD SPACING FINISH WALL MATERIAL UNSUPPORTED HEIGHT LIMIT U U O O N FLEXIBLE MATERIAL BRITTLE MATERIAL �L� L/240 W/5# PSF 1 5/8" X 25 GA. 0 - 8.50' - - - 7.10' 9 - 6.96' - - - 6.20' 1 5/8" X 20 GA. 0 - 11.09' - -0 - 8.80' - 0 0 - 9.69' - - - 7.69' 2 1/2" X 25 GA. - 11.32' - -0 - 9.78' - 0 0 - 9.24' - - - 8.58' 2 1/2" X 20 GA. - 16.88' - - 0 - 13.40' 0 - 14.75' - - 0 - 11.71' 2 1/2" X 18 GA. 9 - 16.88' - - 0 - 13.40' 0- 14.75' - 0 - 11.71' 35/8"X 25 GA. 0 - 13.71' - - - 13.03' 0 - 11.20' - -0 - 11.20' 3 5/8" X 20 GA. 0 - 20.54' - - - 17.61' 0 - 17.62' - - 0 - 15.39' 35/8"X 18 GA. 0 - 22.57' - - - 17.92' 0- 19.72' - -0 - 15.65' 3 5/8" X 16 GA.0 0 9 - 24.21' - - - 19.22' - - 21.15' - - - 16.79' 4" X 25 GA. - 14.18' - -0 - 14.16' 0- 11.58' - -0 - 11.58' 4"X 20 GA. 0 - 22.20' - -0 - 17.61' 0- 18.85' - - - 15.39' 4"X 18 GA. o - 24.40' - - - 17.61' 0 - 22.89' - -0 - 18.15' 4„ X 16 GA. o - 26.18' - - - 20.78' 0 - 22.87' - -0 - 18.15' 6" X 20 GA. 0 - 20.71' - - - 24.37' 0- 25.09' - - - 21.29' 6' X 18 GA.- - 33.79' - - 0 - 26.92' - 29.35' - - 0 - 23.43' 6" X 16 GA. 0 - - 30.29' - - 0 - 28.80' 0 - 31.70' - - - 25.16' REMARKS 1. THE SPACING OF STUDS IS MAXIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. 2. THE DIMENSIONS AND GAUGE OF THE STEEL STUDS ARE MINIMUM. THE HOURLY RATINGS APPLY WHEN THE STEEL STUDS ARE OF A HEAVIER GAUGE AND/ OR LARGER DIMENSIONS THAN SPECIFIED. 3. IF THE PARTITION CALLS FOR A FIRE RESISTIVE ASSEMBLY, THE JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD MUST BE TAPED WITH JOINT COMPOUND. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION P-5 BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE 3/4"=l' P-5 BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE 3/4"=l' NOT USED SCALE 10 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA!ECEIVED 2,964 S.F. CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 4 A 7 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE COSNTRUCTION DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A500 MAIN TEES 1" x 1 9/16" x 1" KNURLED S A ! �1 ARCH ARCHITECTS 1 1 1 N ( CHANNEL MOLDING`' I Ii N #10 X 1-1/2" WOOD SCREW #10 X 1-1/2" WOOD SCREW SPLICE CLI'. N 448 S . HILL S T . LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM �= ��� "HILT!" �� " STEEL STRAP 1" WIDE Xµ CEILING CLIP OR EQUAL 13 GA. X3/4" WIDE. 12 12 GA. HANGER WIRE @ I IF 45° 2" LONG X 12 GA. MIN. NI. f MAIN RUNNER 1/2" i III 0 I M NI CROSS TEE / �I MAX. 4'0'O.C.ALONG MAIN �� 12 GA. HANGER WIRE @ 4' 0" O.C. RUNNER TURNS MIN) � (--�� —_ /i, ,• �� / \-___.„MIN) II (3 ALONG MAIN RUNNER (3 TURNS SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE. -� �- 5/8" GYP. BOARD CEILING A VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ATTACHMENT B SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT GYPSUM PANEL USG 093 CONTROL ' =_..,v ! LAY -IN PANELS, SEE SPECS JOINT PAINTED METAL ACCESS DOOR 9314 REGI D CT ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON CROSS TEE DETAIL ALE SCALE 10 DRYWALL SUSPENSION DETAIL SCALE 6 WIRE ATTACHMENT SCALE 14 ACCESS DOOR DETAIL SCALE 8 1 -0 = 1 -0 1'0"=1'0" 6"- 1'0" N.T.S. r 12 GA HANGING WIRE ARCHITECTURAL SEAL \--- / 24" ACCESS DOOR .--\ r J ... A 12.-0" A.F.F. - B.O. (E) GYP. BD. SOFFIT I I I I 4 N 362S162-33 VERTICAL METAL ' 5/8" GYP. BOARD ON CEILING SYSTEM STUD FRAMING BRACING @16" O.C. DIAGONAL @ 48"/O.C. L.3625162-33 I I I I I - a ` ,. 3625162-33 VERTICAL METAL STUD FRAMING @16" O.C. CONSULTANTS �- OFF -MODULE CROSS TEE CROSS TEES 12 GA HANGING WIR h X X X �— __ - MAIN TEE DATE ISSUE 5/8" GYP. BOARD ON 362T1 S0-33 BOTTOM TRACK DATE SUBMISSION �- CD SET CORNER BEAD08/11/17 CEILING SYSTEM ,, . , .,• ,. , , 1 10'-0" A.F.F. B.O. (E) GYP. BD. SOFFIT RAISED CEILING DETAIL SCALE 13 NOT USED SCALE 12 DRYWALL SUSPENSION SCALE 12 3"=1'-0" N.T.S. DETAIL 1„_1,0„ /\ NOTE: LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED USING EARTHQUAKE CLIPS. o N • E.M.T. DIA. MAX LENGTH - MTL. ANGLE MAX. LENGTH - U O + + + 1 /2" 3' 9" L 2 x 2 x 1 /8 LESS THAN 6'-6" :fr.,' 362 CJS 20 VERTICAL STRUT AT 8'-0" O.C. MAX. EACH WAY WITH FIRST STRUT TO BE WITHIN 4'-0" OF EACH WALL FASTENED TO MAIN RUNNER AND STRUCTURE ABOVE / # /% \/ 8" MAX. b THAN GREATER6.-6" �, ' % 362 CJS 20 VERTICAL STRUT 4' 0" EACH WAY / / / - FACE OF WALL - SCREWS AT EACH STUD 12 WIRE MAIN OR CROSS RUNNER [3TURNSIN 1 MAX ,z1- 3/4" 5'-2" L 3 x 3 x 3/16 \ (TYP.) + + • �` �, \� 2 1 7 DIAGONAL BRACING (TYPICAL) 50 S 3 33 GO C G ( C L) / // ✓� 3/4" MAX ,i -, 1 • 12 GA PERIMETER HANGER WIRE @ 4.-0" EA WAY 1" 6-6" \ �,, \ 4" 4" 3/ `��: 362 CJS 20 @ 16" O.C. CEILING MAIN RUNNERS �= � ` MSX 3/4" MIN. CLR. CROSS OR 362 CR 20 @ 48" O.C. CROSS RUNNERS FLAT) MAIN RUNNER l/SELF-TAPPING //. ��� � , (LAID r `r° 362CJS20 VERTICAL STRUT � <> \\ r NOTE: cn z 0 ? w ONLY APPLY TO HT. > 4' BETWEEN STRUCTURAL DECK AND CEILING -�--- „ 5/8 TYPE X GYP PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 42" MIN. L OVER 7/8" METAL FURRING @ 24" O.C. #8 SELF TAPING SCREWS 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 CEILING ON SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM / ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING PER PLANS , TO PREVENT SLIPAGE OF WIRE TIES. POP RIVET 1/2" EMT TIGHT TO ABOVE STRUCTURE 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE COMPRESSION STRUT EACH EMT TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SEISMIC BRACING FOR ACT CEILING AT WALL (A) SCALE„ 1 2 SCALE z REQUIRED AT SEISMIC RESTRAINT, 12'-0" O.C. EACH WAY o- GYPSUM CEILING DETAIL I L REVIEWED FOR 3" = 1'0" 12 3"-10 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED $EP 1 - City of BUILDING �y -y 9 2011 Tu ila DIVISION `r a_ 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT & LOCK NUT AFTER CEILING IS LEVELED. Z_ �� 11 0 �I� COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT, 12' O.C. EACH WAY. 3/4" EMT NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER PROJECT INFORMATION ° ,���i aw%/ 4 12 GA. SPLAY WIRES. � NOTE: LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED USING EARTHQUAKE CLIPS. PROJECT NO. 1899-17 �' _1111.4111 � � ♦ • `�� r a�.� 1I, DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT & LOCK NUT AFTER CEILING IS LEVELED. JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. #12 WIRE �� / MAIN RUNNER @ 48" O.C. TYPE 'X' i ►� ` 5/8" GWB. ATTACHED TO CEILING FRAMING W/ #8 BUGLE HEAD SCREWS @ 12" O/C e / 3/4" MAX 6 12 GA PARIMETER HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" EA.WAY 8" MAX CROSS TEE MIN. 1 /4" THROUGH METAL FRAMING STRUT BAR RECEIVE D CITY OF TUKWILA a,� 24 nu PERMIT CENTER CROSS FURRING CHANNEL SCREW TO MAIN BEAM W/ A BUGLE HEAD SCREWS -MIN. 1/4" THROUGH METAL FRAMING AND SECURE ENDS TO WALL 3/4" CLEAR - NOTES: 1. ALL WIRES TO BE SECOND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 2. GRID CONNECTION TO PERIMETER ATTACHED ON TWO WALLS. 3. ALL WIRE BRACING TO BE ATTACHED TO SUSPENSION MEMBER WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 TURNS 4. PERIMETER TEE ENDS TIED TOGETHER 5. LATERAL FORCE BRACING IS REQUIRED FOR CEILINGS OVER 144 SQUARE FEET. 6. PROVIDE 1" WIDE (MIN.) SEISMIC SEPARATION WHERE CEILING AREAS EXCEED 2,500 SF. IN AREA. ANGLES WITH POSITIVE ATTACHMENT. SEE ALSO SPECIFICATION SHEET AS02 AND USG TYPICAL INSTALLATION• / / 1 �� ) J SHEET TITLE AMIIIIII1111 CEILING DETAILS 11.11111111111111.1 - 7. PROVIDE VERTICAL STRUT AT 12'-0" O.C. EA. WAY AND WITHIN 4'-0" OF PERIMETER WALLS WHERE CEILING AREAS EXCEED 1,000 J --\ r SF IN AREA. BRACING WIRES NOT TO EXCEED 12.-0" IN EACH DIRECTION. 8.LIGHT FIXTURE (ALL TYPES) MECHANICALLY ATTACHED TO GRID PER NC410 16 (TWO PER FIXTURE UNLESS INDEPENDENTLY. SUPPORTED). E.M.T. DIA. MAX LENGTH MTL. ANGLE MAX. LENGTH NOTE: INSTALL BRACING AT 12'-0" O.C. EA. WAY AND WITHIN 4' 0" OF PERIMETER WALLS w 6d RING SHANK NAIL 1/8" POP RIVET AT ALL MEMBERS ATTACH ONE END PERIMETER ANGLE 5 /8" TYPE X GYP.BD. OVER 7 b 1/ /8" METAL FURRING @ 24" 0.0.#8 SELF TAPING SCREWS TO PREVENT SLIPAGE OF WIRE TIES 9. PENDANT HUNG FIXTURES DIRECTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE WITH 9 GA WIRE (OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE). 10. LIGHT FIXTURES 10 LBS OR LESS SUPPORTED BY ONE WIRE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (MAY BE SLACK); 10 TO 56 LBS SUPPORTED BY TWO WIRES AT OPPOSITE CORNERS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (MAY BE SLACK); 56 LBS AND OVER SUPPORTED DIRECTLY TO 1/2" 3.-9" L 2 x 2 x 1/8 LESS THAN 6-6" SHEET NUMBER STRUCTURE ABOVE BY 4 WIRED OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE 11. AIR TERMINALS: 20LBS OR LESS TO BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO GRID -20 LBSTO 56 LBS TO BE POSITIVELY ATTATCHED TO GRIDAND TWO WIRES TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (MAY BE SLACK) 56 LBS OR OVER TO BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY 4 3/4" 5' 2" L 3 x 3 x 3/16 GREATER THAN 6'-6" . A501 WIRES OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. 12. SPRINKLER HEAD AND OTHER PENETRATION CLEARANCE TO BE MIN 2" DIAMETER OR A SWING JOINT. 1" 6'-6" SEISMIC SUSPENDED ACT GEEING SCALE 13 SEISMIC SUSPENDED GYPSUM WALL BOARD CEILING SCALE 13 SEISMIC BRACING FOR ACT CEILING AT WALL (B) SCALE 12 GYPSUM CEILING DETAIL SCALE 12 1/4"=1'-0" 1-0" 3 -10 3„- 1'0” C�NERAL NOTES I UES * THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR & SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL EXISTING STE CONDI11ONS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BiDS. ANY DISC IES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS & SITE SHALL BZ BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION TO EITHER THE ARCHITECT AND O E OWNERS REPRESEN iATIVE PRIOR TO BID. THE ARCHITECT & NT NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS DUE TO ACTU L SI CONDITIONS. TENA ARE 1. THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED EXCLUSIVELY USING INFORMATION SUPPUED TO MPU -PEDIC BY THE LANDLORD. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY TO HIS SATISFACTION ALL EXISIING FIELD INFORMATION. 2. WHEN DRAWINGS REFER TO THE OWNER OR THE TENANT, THEY REFER TO TEMPUR-PEDIC. 3. WHEN DRAWINGS REFER TO THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER, THEY RLINt TO ARCVISION INC. 4 WHEN DRAWINGS REFER TO THE LANDLORD, THEY REFER TO THE OWNER, MANAGER, OR TENANT COORDINATOR OF THE RETAIL CENTER WHERE THE STORE IS LOCATED. 5. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ABIDE BY LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. 6. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY AND REQUIR D PERMITS, FEES, DEPOSITS, ETC. 7. TENANT NERAL CONTRACTOR TO INFORM TEMPUR-PEDIC OF ANY CHANGES AND//OR SUBSTITUTIONS. 8. THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE A SUPERINTENDENT ON SITE DURING ALL PHASES OF WORK. 9. SIGN MANUFACTURER TO SUPPLY SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL NE THF ' + ARE TO AS PART OF TENANT'S' 0+pis ' °, OR' IES' BY EIDER ON 1F E ORA �* O I N A SEPARAi 1. TENANT AGREES5 THAT APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR PART OF ANY CO TRACT B FETWEEN TENANT AND ANY OFOTNENANT'SSECONTRACTORS FOR�THEUCONSTRUC11ON OF THE A LEASE AGR ENT. 2. ALL TENAN S WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A FIRST CLASS, WORKMANUKE MANNER ACCORDING TO BEST TRADE PRACTICES. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHA BE NEW AND ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN GOOD AND USABLE CONDITION AT THE DATE OF COMPL 11ON AND/OR OPENING OF THE DEMISED PREMISES FOR BUSINESS. TS WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IIS ACCORDANCE WITH ALI_ FEDERA STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES 3. ALL TENAN OR AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TENANT DE GN GUIDE AND TENANTS DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BEARING LANDLORD'S FINAL APPROVAL AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 4 SPECIFICATIONS SHALL INCLUDE THE COMPLETE DESCRIP11ON AND IDENTIFICAiION OF ALL ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL_ ELECTRICAL, AND SPRINKLER MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS EITHER SEPARATELY OR INCORPORA D WITHIN THE DRAWINGS. 5. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT'S PREMISES SHALL CONTAIN A GUARANTEE THAT THE WORK PERFORMED BY SAME SHALL BE FREE OF ANY AND ALL DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF 11ME CUSTOMARY IN THE TRADE BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN ONE (1)Y YEAR AFTER COMPLE11ON OF TENANTS WORK. DEFECTIVE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN GUARANTEES TO Btt ITTEN TO THE BENEFIT OF THE LANDLORD AND TENANT SO THAT THEY CAN BE DIRECTLY ENFORCED BY EITHER. 6. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ALL TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS VISIT THE SITE TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT BEFORE SUBMITTING THEIR BID. 7� DAMAGE INSURANCE TO OTHE IJMITOS REQUIRED BY TEMPUR PEDIC OR TTHE UMITSPSET BY THE LANDLORD, OWHICHHEVER IS HIGHER, AND PAY FOR SAME. CO. UC . ST • IREME A. APPROVALS 1. TENANTS GENERAL'CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE BEEN ISSUED BUILDING PERMITS FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES OR AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICiION. ALL PERMITS AND FEES TO BE PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUC11ON A MEETING SHALL BE ARRANGED BETWEEN TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE LANDLORD'S CONSTRUC11ON COORDINATOR FOR THE PURPOSE OF REVIEWING AND APPROVI G ALL THE VARIOUS LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS EFFECTING THE CONSTRUCTION WORK. AT THIS 11ME, THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE IN HIS POSSESSION A COPY OF THE LATEST CORRECTED CONSTRUC110N DRAWINGS AS APPROVED BY THE TENANT REVIEW ARCHITECT. ALL BLDG. PERMITS AND UST OF SUBCONTRACTORS. B. �CCNSIRUCIION GU ' ' TO TIE S1rART OF C110I� iIE COII1RAC1OR SHALL TIE TO RS 1� TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AT THE JOB AND INCLUDE THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND FIXTURE WORK NOT RELEVANT TO NEW STORE DESIGN. 2. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONS. PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUC11ON THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE OVERALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, AND ALL EXISTING CONDI11ONS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ARCVISION AND TEMPUR-PEDIC AT ONCE. 3. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTENCE OF ALL EXISTING UTILITY LINE, AIR DUCTS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, LOCA11ONS. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHOULD BE REPORTED TO ARCVISION AND TEMPUR-PEDIC AT ONCE. 4 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING WILL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. THE TEMPORARY SERVICE MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLLE CODE AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. WATER AND SEWER SERVICE SHALL BE TERMINATED WITHIN EACH TENANTS SPACE BY LANDLORD. ANY TEMPORARY USE OF LANDLORD'S UTILITIES SHALL ONLY BE AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD. ALL CHARGES FOR SUCH USE, INCLUDING CONNEC11ON, MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL COSTS SHAD_ BE PAID FOR BY TENAN S CONTRACTORS. 5. TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR REMOVAL USE OFOFTEMPORARY FACIUNI S, AND OTHER SUCHR OPERA11ONS IINAADVANCEL PROTECTION, TRASH COQ I La ES I 1. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE STARTING TO BUILD, SHALL COMPLETE THE LAYOUT OF THE SPACE AND VERIFY THAT ALL PROPOSED CONSTI UC110N DIMENSIONS CAN BE PERFORMED IN THE ASSIGNED SPACE. 2. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROP%% LY PROTECT THE WORK FOR PUBLIC SAFETY AND AGAINST BARRICADE AS DIRECTEED BY THE LANDLORD L ANDLORD SP AYUINTTEND ON EERRECTNGUTHEIR OWN BARRICADE A GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. 3. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO UNLOAD ALL TEMPUR-PEDIC SUPPUED MATERIALS. 4. NOTE DELETED 5. STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE SECURED TO LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL FRAMING ONLY. NO ATTACHMENT TO RETAIL CENTER CEILING SYSTEM OR DECKING SHALL BE PERMITTED. 6. AL1 DELIVERIES OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE MADE THROUGH THE TENAN I S RECEIVING DOOR. IF TENANT DOES NOT HAVE REAR ACCESS OR IF ITEMS NEED TO BE BROUGHT THROUGH THE MAIN BUILDING, SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS NEED TO BE MADE WITH THE COORDINATOR OR RETAIL CENTER OFFICE. 7. AL1 CONSTRUCTION WORKER VEHICLES ARE REQUIRED TO PARK IN THE AREAS DESIGNATED IN THE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING. 99.. A FIRE EXT1N SLUISHER IRS SREQUIREMDUDURINGKTiHE CONSiRUC11ON AND ALL PERSONNEL SHOULD BE MADE AWARE OF ITS LOCATION AND OPERATION. 10. WHEN SPRINKLER SYSTEM NEEDS TO BE SHUT DOWN REQUEST MUST BE SCHEDULED 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE WITH LANDLORD S CONSTRUC11ON COORDINATOR VERIFY HITT CENTERS MANAGEMENT. 11. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A TRASH CONTAINER FOR USE BY ALL TRADES FOR REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROM CONSTRUCTION START UN11L FIVE DAYS AFTER THE STORE IS OPEN. LOCATION OF CONSTRUCiI N TRASH CONTAINERS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. 12 THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHAD_ BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR AL TRASH REMOVAL FROM THE DEMISED PREMISES AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY. 13. CLEANUP: THE FOi1 OWING ITEMS MUST RE COMPLETE BEFORE THE STORE IS TURNED OVER. 1. AL1 DEBRIS REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES. 2. AL1 GLASS IS TO BE CLEANED. 3. ENURE SPACE IS TO BE CLEANED. N R _S 1. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ARE TO BE MODIFIED BY THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUC11ON AND ALL APPUCABLE LOCAL CODES AND RULES. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO SUBMIT ALL NECESSARY DRAWINGS AND DATA TO THE APPROPRIATE LOCAL OFFICIALS FOR REVIEW AND/OR APPROVAL AS REQUIRED. 2. FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF AN ASSEMBLY OF PIPING FOR WHICH THE DESIGN, DRAWINGS, AND CALCULATIONS SHALL HAVE BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMIIILI/ TO AND APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER, AND ALL OTHER APPUCABLE GOVERNING AGENCIES. THE IENANTS FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE SERVED BY A SINGLE CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD S FIRE PROTECTION MAIN PIPING SYSTEM AT A POINT AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD'S CQNSTRUC11ON REPRESENTATIVE. ALLINSTALLA11ON AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. COMPLY WITH THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE OVERALL PROJECT DEVELOPMENT, AND BE CONSISTENT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS AS OUTLINED IN THE LEASE EXHIBITS AND DOCUM TS. 3. SPRINKLER HEADS AT STOREFRONT, IN SHOWCASE WINDOWS, IN HARD SURFACE CEILING AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD ARE TO BE CONCEALED TYPE. SEMI -RECESSED OR CONCEALED TYPE HEAD ARRE TO BE USED IN LAY -IN OR IN OTHER NON -HARD SURFACE CEIUNG WHICH ARE VISIBLE BY THE CUSTOMER, AND/OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD SURFACE MOUNTED HEADS ARE PERMITTED IN AREAS NOT VISIBLE BY CUSTOOMERS, AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. 4. EXTRA HEADS& DROPS A SNECESSARY BALL AS IS REQUIRED BAY TILE Wl RK OF TH SR CONTRACTSYSTEM' ADDING CO SIR • F RULE -F' E -E r t � 1. AIL MATERIAL SHALL ENTER VIA SERVICE ENTRANCES EITHER BEFORE OR AF ILR BUSINESS HOURS NO ACCESS WILL BE AVAILABLE THRU PUBLIC ENTRANCES OR DURING BUSINESS HOURS. 2. DOORS ARE NOT TO BE WEDGED IN AN OPEN POSITION. 3. NO JACKHAMMERING, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PRODUCING HIGH NOISE LEVEL DURING BUSINESS HOURS. 4 CONTRACTOR AND EMPLOYEE VEHICLES WILL BE PARKED IN DESIGNATED PARKING AREAS OR AS DIRECTED BY BW. MANAGEMENT. 5. CONTRACTORS MUST PROVIDE OPEN TOP CONTAINER TO DISPOSE OF ALL WASTE MATERIALS. LOCATION AND PLACEMENT OF CONTAINER WILL BE PROVIDED BY LL ABSOLUTELY NO WASTE MATERIAL IS TO BE DISCARDED IN ADJOINING OR OTHER VACANT SPACES OR IN THE BUILDING COMPACTORS. 6. FOLLOW DIRECTION OF THE BLD. MANAGER, MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR OR SECURITY IMMEDIATELY. 7. APPROVAL SHALL BE REQUESTED THROUGH THE MANAGEMENT OFFICE BEFORE ENTERING ANY SYSTEMS ROOMS, I.E., SPRINKLER, ELECTRICAL, ETC. 8. NO SYSTEMS SHALL BE SHUT DOWN WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM THE LL/ BLD. MANAGEMENT OFFICE. 9. USE CARPETED MATS TO CLEAN SHOES BEFORE ENTERING BUILDING 10. NO MATERIALS MAY BE STORED IN THE BLD. CORRIDORS. 11. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY FASHION. 12. ALL ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS MUST BE APPROVED BY BY THE LANDLORD TABLE OF CO NTS MATERIALS GENERAL: P 1- - L CONFORM TO THIS PROJECT SHA L ALL REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. DESCRIP11ON OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS JOB CONDITIONS PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES SELECTIVE DEMOU11ON PART 2- 05400 UGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 06100 06200 06240 06250 CARPENTRY, GENERAL FINISH CARPENTRY PLASTIC LAMINATE SLAT WALL 06400 MILLWORK / CASEWORK N/A? OWNER SUPPUED? DOES CONTRACTOR 07250 FIREPROOFING 07270 FIRE STOP INSULA11ON AND SEAUNG 07900 CAULKING AND SEALANT 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08305 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 00300 CERAMIC TILE N/A? 09511 ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS 096410 WOOD FLOORING? 09651 CEMEMTiTOUS UNDERLAYMENT 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING 09675 RESIDENT BASE 00680 CARPETiNC N/A? 09720 WALLCOVERING? 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING 10430 SIGNS 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 10900 ITEMS FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. PART 3 INSTALLATION GENERAL PLASTIC LAMINATE MILLWORK / CASEWORK SLAT WALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES GLASS AND GLAZING FINISH HARDWARE DRYWALL WORK ACOUSTICAL CEIUNGS RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE CARPETING PAINTING AND FINISHING MATERIALS GENERAL HITECTU} _ ) PART 1 THE TYPES AND APPLICATION OF WORK INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 05400 LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 06100 06200 06240 06250 CARPENTRY, GENERAL H CARP FINIS ENTRY PLASTIC LAMINATE SLAT WALL 06400 MILLWORK / CASEWORK 07250 FIREPROOFING 07270 FIRE STOP INSULATION AND SEALING 07900 CAULKING AND SEALANT INSTALL? N/A? OWNER SUPPUED? DOES CONTRACTOR INSTALL? 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08305 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS 09300 CERAMIC TILE 09511 096410 09651 09660 09675 ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS WOOD FLOORING? CEMEMT1TOUS UNDERLAYMENT RESIUENT FLOORING RESIDENT BASE 09720 WALLCOVERING? 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING 10430 SIGNS 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 10900 ITEMS FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. ALRY AS ` CE: N/A? N/A? OBTAIN MATERIALS FROM REPUTABLE MANUFACTURERS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE PRODUCTION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS FOR THE INTENDED USE. QUALITY STANDARDS: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: STRUCTURAL STEEL • AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS, LATEST EDITION, INCLUDING SUPPLEMENTS THERE TO AS ISSUED". AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL STEEL WELDING CODE". QUALIFICA11ONS FOR WELDING WORK: QUALIFY WELDING PROCESSES AND WELDING OPERATORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS "STANDARD QUALIFICA11ON PROCEDURES". MILLWORK/CASEWORK: ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWT) "QUALITY STANDARDS". WOOD DOORS: NWMA INDUSTRY STANDARD I.S.I. - WOOD FLUSH DOORS. FIRE RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: PROVIDE FIRE RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES INVESTIGATED AND TESTED AS A FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. IDENTIFY FIRE RATED FRAMES WITH RECOGNIZED U.L TESTING LABORATORY LABELS, INDICATING APPLICABLE FIRE RA11NG OF FRAME PER NFPA STANDARD NO. 80 AND ASTM E152. FIRE RESISTANT DRYWALL ASSEMBUES: COMPLY WITH FIRE RESISTANT RATINGS AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND CODES. PROVIDE MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES AND APPUCAT1ON PROCEDURES WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED BY UL OR TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 119 FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUC11ON INDICATED. DRYWALL FASTENERS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C1002, OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. UL FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: ACOUSTICAL CEIUNGS TO COMPLY WITH A FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION FOR FLAME SPREAD, INCLUDING FUEL CONTRIBUTION AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS SPECIFIED, PROVIDE 11LE WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED, RATED AND LABELED BY UL CERAMIC TILE WORK: TCA "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC 11LE INSTALLATION". CARPETING: CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE "CRI 104" N/A? VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (V.O.C.): PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS CONTROWNG USE OF V.O.C.'S. SUBMIT CERTIFICATION BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER SHOWING THAT EACH PRODUCT SUPPLIED FOR THE PROJECT COMPLIES WITH LOCAL V.O.C. REGULATIONS. COORDINATION: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AMONG THE VARIOUS SUBCONTRACTORS AND WITH THOSE OF OTHER PRIME CONTRACTORS, OTHER ENTITIES INVOLVED WITH THE PROJECT AND WITH REQUIREMENTS OF, AND WORK PERFORMED BY, THE OWNER TO ASSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF THE WORK. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS INCLUDED UNDER THE DIFFERENT SUBCONTRACTS, INCLUDED UNDER OTHER PRIME CONTRACTS AND PERFORMED BY OTHER ENTITIES INVOLVED WITH THE PROJECT AND BY THE OWNER, THAT DEPEND ON EACH OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, CONNECTION AND OPERATION. MAKE PROVISIONS TO ACCOMODATE ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR LATER INSTALLATION EITHER AS WORK OF THE CONTRACT OR AS WORK OF OTHER PRIME CONTRACTORS, EN1111ES INVOLVED WITH THE PROJECT OR OF THE OWNER. ALL WORK MUST BE PERFORMED IN COOPERATION WITH THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE AND ACCESS TO AREAS OF WORK. CONTRACTOR MUST EXAMINE THE SPACES IN WHICH, AND THE SUB- STRATES TO WHICH THE WORK REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT IS TO BE INSTALLED. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING OF ANY CONDI11ONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND 11MELY COMPLE11ON OF THE WORK. STARTING INSTALLATION OF WORK REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF THE SPACES AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLETED WORK. DELIVER ALL FINISHED MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS, BUNDLES OR PACKAGES, FULLY IDENTIFIED WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME, BRAND, TYPE AND GRADE. PROTECT FROM SOILING AND DAMAGE USING HANDUNG EQUIPMENT AND STORAGE TECHNIQUES RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ALL PREFINISHED ITEMS SHALL BE SHIPPED, DELIVERED AND STORED IN PROTECTIVE WRAPPING. CUT OPENINGS IN WRAPPINGS AS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONDENSATION. PROTECT LUMBER AND FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK AGAINST DAMPNESS AND INJURY DURING AND AFTER DELIVERY, AND STORE UNDER COVER IN WELL VENTILATED POR11ONS OF THE BUILDING NOT EXPOSED TO HUMID CONDITIONS AND MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE OF AT LEAST 70'F. STORE HOLLOW METAL WORK UNDER COVER ON THE BUILDING SITE ON WOOD SILLS OR ON FLOORS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT RUST AND DAMAGE. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID CREATING A HUMIDITY CHAMBER BY USING A PLASTIC OR CANVAS SHELTER AND NOT VENTING THE AREA COVERED. CARPETING: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING, UNLOADING, HANDUNG, STORING, DISTRIBUTING MATERIALS, AND INSTALLAiION. AL cam' PATCH, REPAIR AND REFINISH EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN, TO THE SPECIFIED CONDITION FOR EACH MATERIAL, WITH A SMOOTH, LEVEL AND NEAT TRANSITION TO ADJACENT NEW ITEMS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE PARTITIONS ARE REMOVED, PATCH FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEIUNGS WITH FINISH MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. WHERE REMOVAL OF PARTITIONS RESULTS IN ADJACENT SPACES BECOMING ONE, REWORK FLOORS AND CEILINGS TO PROVIDE SMOOTH PLANES WITHOUT BREAKS, STEPS, OR BULKHEADS. WHERE EXTREME CHANGE OF PLANE OF TWO INCHES OR MORE OCCURS, REQUESTINSTRUCiiONS FROM OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AS TO METHOD OF MAKING TRANSI11ON. PATCH AND REPLACE ANY PORTION OF AN EXISTING FINISHED SURFACE WHICH WAS REMOVED, FOUND TO BE DAMAGED, LIFTED, DISCOLORED, OR SHOWS OTHER IMPERFECTIONS AS A RESULT OF PERFORMING THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. USE MATCHING MATERIALS. WHEN NEW WORK ABUTS OR FINISHES FLUSH WITH EXISTING WORK, MAKE A SMOOTH AND NEAT TRANSITION. PATCHED WORK SHALL MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WORK IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE SO THAT THE PATCH OR TRANSITION IS INVISIBLE AT A DISTANCE OF FIVE FEET. WHEN FINISHED SURFACES ARE CUTIN SUCH A WAY THAT A SMOOTH TRANSI11ON WITH NEW WORK IS NOT POSSIBLE, AND WITH PRIOR APPROVAL FROM OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, TERMINATE EXISTING SURFACE IN A NEAT MANNER ALONG A STRAIGHT LINE AT A NATURAL LINE OF DIVISION, AND PROVIDE TRIM APPROPRIATE TO FINISHED SURFACE. PROVIDE SAME PRODUCTS OR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION AS THAT IN THE gING STRUCTURE, AS NEEDED TO PATCH, EXTEND OR MATCH EXISTING GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WILL NOT DEFINE PRODUCTS OR STANDARDS OF WORKMANSHIP PRESENT IN THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION; CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE PRODUCTS BY INSPECTION AND ANY NECESSARY TESTING, AND WORKMANSHIP BY USE OF THE EXISTING AS A SAMPLE OF OPERATION. EXISTING WORK SHALL BE CUT, ALTERED, REMOVED OR TEMPORARILY REMOVED AND REPLACED AS NECESSARY FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK TO BE DONE. WORK REMAINING IN PLACE WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DEFACED BY REASONS OF WORK EXECUTED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED EQUAL TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION IN A NEAT AND SUBSTANTIAL MANNER. PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION OPERA11ONS AT NO COST TO OWNER/TENANT OR LANDLORD. USE MATERIALS THAT ARE IDENTICAL TO EXISTING MATERIALS. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED WHERE EXPOSED SURFACES ARE INVOLVED, USE MATERIALS THAT MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE WITH REGARD TO VISUAL EFFECT. USE MATERIALS WHOSE INSTALLED PER- FORMANCE WILL EQUAL OR SURPASS THAT OF THE EXISTING MATERIALS. PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING INTERIOR CONDITIONS OF STRUCTURE SURFACES, EQUIPMENT, AND ADJACENT IMPROVEMENTS THAT MIGHT BE MISCONSTRUED AS DAMAGE RELATED TO STORAGE, REMOVAL OPERATIONS, ETC. MUST BE FILED WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO START OF WORK. PROTECTION: ENSURE SAFE PASSAGE OF PERSONS AROUND AREA OF DEMOLITION. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO PREVENT INJURY TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, OTHER FACILITIES, AND PERSONS. PROTEC11ONS FURNISHED HEREIN WILL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND, AS SUCH, SHALL BE FURNISHED, ERECTED, CONNECTED, REPAIRED, MAINTAINED AND REMOVED FROM PREMISES BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UPON COMPLETION OF CONTRACT, OR EARUER IF SO DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. OPERATIONAL AND SAFETY LIMITATIONS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OPERATING ELEMENTS, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OR SAFETY RELATED COMPONENTS IN MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN REDUCING THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, OR RESULT IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE, OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE, SAFETY OR ITS STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. MAINTAIN FIRE PROTEC11ON SERVICES DURING SELECTIVE DEMOUTION OPERATIONS. FOR INTERIOR SLABS ON GRADE, USE REMOVAL METHODS THAT WILL NOT CRACK OR STRUCTURALLY DISTURB ADJACENT SLABS OR PARTITIONS. USE POWER SAW AT ALL 11MES. SAFEGUARDS: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ALL REQUIRED SAFEGUARDS SUCH AS BARRICADES, SIGNS, LIGHTS, ETC. REMOVE THEM WHEN WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS COMPLETED. PROVIDE LANDLORD APPROVED DUST PROOF AND SECURITY CLOSURES TO PROTECT CONTENTS OF EXISTING BUILDINGS FROM DAMAGE. EXECUTE WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO AVOID HAZARD TO PERSONS AND PROPERTY. WHEN CUTTING AND BURNING WITH OXY -ACETYLENE OR ARC TORCHES, THE AREAS IN WHICH WORK IS BEING PERFORMED SHALL BE MADE FIRE SAFE BY THE CONTRACTOR. DO NOT USE CUT11NG TORCHES FOR REMOVAL UN11L WORK AREA IS CLEARED OF FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. AT CONCEALED SPACES, SUCH AS INTERIOR OF DUCTS AND PIPE SPACES, VERIFY CONDITION OF HIDDEN SPACE BEFORE STARTING FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN PORTABLE FIRE SUPPRESSION DEVICES DURING FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. PROVIDE FIRE WATCH IN AREAS NOT VISIBLE TO FLAME CUTTER OPERATOR. U11UTY SERVICES: MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED TO REMAIN, KEEP IN SERVICE, AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOU11ON OPERATIONS. LOCATE, IDENTIFY, STUB OFF, AND DISCONNECT U11UTY SERVICES THAT ARE NOT INDICATED TO REMAIN. (SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.) DO NOT INTERRUPT EXISTING U11Ui1ES SERVING OCCUPIED OR USED FACIU11ES, EXCEPT WHEN AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDIC11ON AND LANDLORD. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES DURING INTERRUPTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES, ACCEPTABLE TO LANDLORD. PROVIDE BYPASS CONNEC11ONS AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICE TO OCCUPIED AREAS OF BUILDING. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS ADVANCE NOTICE TO THE OWNER AND LANDLORD IF SHUTDOWN OF SERVICE IS NECESSARY DURING CHANGEOVER. NOISE CONTROL: CONDUCT WORK WITH A MINIMUM OF INCONVENIENCE TO THE LANDLORD AND OTHER TENANTS. CLEANING: CLEAN ADJACENT IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOUTION OPERATIONS, AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OR GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXISTING PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. REMOVE FROM THE SITE ALL DEBRIS, RUBBISH, AND OTHER MATERIALS RESULTING FROM DEMOU11ON OPERA11ONS. PART2- 1:i/ LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE HIGH STRENGTH, COLD -FORMED STEEL SEC11ONS DESIGNED AND FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) STANDARDS AND AS PUBLISHED IN LATEST EDI11ON OF AISI UGHT GAUGE COLD FORMED STEEL DESIGN MANUAL SHAPES, DIMENSIONS, GAUGES AND PROPERTIES OF SECTIONS SHALL BE AS SHOWN AND/OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS. FORM COMPONENTS FROM STEEL HAVING G-90 GALVANIZED COATING. GALVANIZED STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A446, GRADE A FOR 18 AND 20 GAUGE AND ASTM A611, GRADE D FOR 14 AND 16 GAUGE. ALLOWABLE BENDING STRENGTH (FB) SHALL BE 30,000 PSI. STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS (STUDS, JOISTS, TRACKS, BRIDGING, AND NON -LOAD BEARING STUDS) OF TYPE AND SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHAD_ BE MANUFACTURED BY UNIMAST, INC. OR OTHER APPROVED. CATALOG NUMBERS, IF INDICATED, ARE THOSE OF UNIMAST, INC. TRACKS AND BRIDGING SHALL BE STANDARD (SOLID) MEMBERS, FURNISHED BY UNIMAST, INC. OR OTHER APPROVED. CLIENT SPECIFIC? UGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHAD_ BE ERECTED AS SHOWN AND/OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS, IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICA11ONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF BOTH FABRICATOR AND AISI, AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED TO INSURE STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY OF BUILDING AND COMPLETE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS THEREABOUT, BOTH DURING INSTALLA11ON AND THEREAFTER. TOUCH UP FIELD ABRASIONS AND WELDS IN FIELD AFTER ERECTION WITH ZINC -CHROMATE PRIMER OR LIQUID GALVANIZING COMPOUND. MEMBERS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: STUDS (JOISTS) AND TRACK. ACCESSORIES: STRAPPING, BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING, PLATES AND CLIPS. FASTENING: SELF -DRILLING, SELF -TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. ITEMS SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED ASTM A135 OR ELECTRO -PLATED ASTM 164 OR 165. ANCHORAGE DEVICES SHALL BE POWER DRIVEN OR POWDER ACTUATED, DRILLED EXPANSION BOLTS OR SCREWS WITH SLEEVES. WELDING PROCEDURES AND MATERIALS: AWS D1.1 DESIGN LOAD COMBINA11ONS SHALL BE DL + LL LIVE LOAD DEFLECTIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED L/240 FOR DRYWALL AT STUD FRAMING AND L/360 FOR JOIST FRAMING. F =- A FABRICATE AND ASSEMBLE STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. FABRICATE ITEMS OF STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC SPECIFICATIONS AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS. PROPERLY MARK AND MATCH -MARK MATERIALS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY. CONNECTIONS: WELD OR BOLT SHOP CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED. BOLT FIELD CONNECTIONS, EXCEPT WHERE WELDED CONNECTIONS OR OTHER CONNECTIONS ARE INDICATED. HOLES FOR OTHER WORK: PROVIDE HOLES REQUIRED FOR SECURING OTHER WORK TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, AND FOR PASSAGE OF OTHER WORK THROUGH STEEL MEMBERS. CUT, DRILL OR PUNCH HOLES PERPENDICULAR TO METAL SURFACES. DO NOT FLAME CUT HOLES OR ENLARGE HOLES BY BURNING. SHOP PRIMER: REMOVE SCALE, RUST, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS FROM METAL SURFACE BEFORE APPLYING SHOP PRIMER. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION, BRUSH OR SPRAY ON PRIMER AT A RATE TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 2.0 MILS. 1: 1 1 ALS DEFINITION: MISCELLANEOUS METALS INCLUDE ITEMS MADE FROM IRON AND STEEL SHAPES, PLATES AND BARS, WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR OTHER METAL SYSTEMS SPECIFIED. METALS: PROVIDE STEEL PLATES, SHAPES AND BARS COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 36. FASTENERS: PROVIDE TYPE, SIZES, MATERIALS AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICA11ON INDICATED. THREADED FASTENERS: ASTM A 307, GRADE A, REGULAR LOW CARBON STEEL PRIMER: ALKYD BASE, LOW VOC, FAST -CURING, LEAD AND CHROMATE FREE, UNIVERSAL PRIMER. USE MATERIAL OF SIZE AND THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE STRFNC,TH AND DURABILITY IN FINISHED PRODUCT FOR USE INTENDED. WORK TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN, USINGPROVEN DETAILS OF FABRICATION AND SUPPORT. FORM EXPOSED WORK TRUE TO UNE AND LEVEL WITH ACCURATE ANGLES AND SURFACES AND STRAIGHT SHARP EDGES. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO A RADIUS OF APPROXIMATELY 1/32" UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. FORM BENT METAL CORNER TO SMALLEST RADIUS POSSIBLE WITHOUT CAUSING GRAIN SEPARATION OR OTHERWISE IMPAIRING WORK. WELD CORNERS AND SEAMS CONTINUOUSLY, COMPLYING WITH AWS RECOMMENDATIONS. AT EXPOSED LOCATIONS, AND GRIND EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH AND FLUSH TO MATCH AND BLEND WITH ADJOINING SURFACES. PROVIDE ANCHORAGE OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR A SECURE AND COMPLETE INSTALLA11ON, COORDINATED WITH THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. FABRICATE AND SPACE ANCHORING DEVICES TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT FOR INTENDED USE. SHOP PRIMER: REMOVE SCALE, RUST, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS FROM METAL SURFACE BEFORE APPLYING SHOP PRIMER. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SURFACE PREPARATION, BRUSH OR SPRAY ON PRIMER AT A RATE TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 2.0 MILS. C , MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER: LUMBER AND PLYWOOD FOR SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER WORK INCLUDING NAILERS, BLOCKING, FURRING, AND SIMILAR MEMBERS. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER: S4S, 19% MOISTURE AT TIME OF DRESSING. GRADE: "STANDARD" GRADE, ANY SPECIES, FREE FROM KNOTS, OR OTHER DEFECTS THAT MIGHT IMPAIR THE STRENGTH OR THE FINISHED APPEARANCE. STRUCTURAL LUMBER: FOR MEMBERS 2" TO 4" NOMINAL THICKNESS AND MORE THAN 4" NOMINAL WIDTH, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING GRADE AND GRADE: NO. 2 GRADE OR BETTER, S4S AND KILN DRIED. SPECIES: DOUGLAS FIR OR YELLOW PINE. STRENGTH: FIBER STRESS RA11NG OF NOT LESS THAN 1350 PSI. PLYWOOD PANELS: PROVIDE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD WITH GRADE DESIGNATION, APA A -D INT WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, IN THICKNESS INDICATED, OR IF NOT INDICATED, NOT LESS THAN 3/4". ROUGH HARDWARE (NAILS, SCREWS, BOLTS, ETC.): PROVIDE TYPE, SIZE, MATERIAL AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICATIONS INDICATED. SCREWS FOR THE ATTACHMENT OF PLYWOOD PANELS SHALL BE SELF - DRILLING, SELF -TAPING SCREWS WITH COUNTERSUNK TYPE HEADS. FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT: ALL LUMBER AND PLYWOOD PERMANENTLY INSTALLED WITHIN THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WITH HOOVER "PYRO-GUARD", OR APPROVED EQUAL SYSTEM CONTAINING NO AMMONIUM PHOSPHATES. PROVIDE UL LABEL ON EACH PIECE OF FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD. - - s, C ENTRY DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS: SEE "RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE" FOR ITEMS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FOIC). MATCH RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE? CODES AND STANDARDS: AWT, QUALITY -STANDARDS AND GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL RE CONTENT, KILN DRIED, NOT MORE THAN 9% WHEN DEUVERED. 2. FLAME SPREAD RATING AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. FRIISHED LUQ 1. INTERIOR PAINT GRADE WOOD MISC. TRIM: POPLAR, CONFORM TO AWI QUAUTY STANDARDS, "PREMIUM" GRADE, AWI GRADE I. 11.. PAINT GRADE PLYWOOD APA GROUP 1, GRADE A -C EXTERIOR PLYWOOD. INA1E SUBSTRATE 1. PARTICLE BOARD: WESTERN PINE CABINET GRADE, MINIMUM 45 LB. FIRE RETARDANT FIRE 1REA (FRTh 1. ASTM E84, CLASS A FLAME SPREAD RATING, WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES. RECOMMENDED FRT PRESERVATIVE - "DRYCON" VEHICLE FOR PRESERVATIVE COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH SPECIFIED. INSTALLATION: 1. BACK PRIME WORK AND INSTALL PLUMB, LEVEL AND STRAIGHT WITH TIGHT JOINTS, SCRIBE WORK TO FIT. TERMINATE TRIM WITH SELF EDGED RETURN MITERS. ALL JOINTS SHOULD BE BACKED AND SPUNED PER AWI STANDARDS. VISIBLE END GRAIN IS UNACCEPTABLE. 2. ALL RUNNING TRIM ONE PIECE UP TO 10'-0". MATCH GRAIN AND COLOR PIECE TO PIECE. DENSITY. 3. USE FINISH NAILS EXCEPT WHERE SCREWS INDICATED. ALL FASTENERS _ TO BE HIDDEN OR SET FOR PUTTY. WHERE THERE IS A TOILET ROOM ON A LEVEL OVER ANOTHER OCCUPIED LEVEL G.C. TO PROVIDE A ELASTIC, WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN THE SAID TOILET ROOM TO PREVENT MOISTURE PENENTRAT1ON TO THE SPACE BELOW, PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. :y1'E FURNISH ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS, LABOR AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF LAMINATED PLASTIC AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. PRODUCTS/GENERAL PURPOSE GRADE: FORMICA, WILSONART, NEVAMAR OR PIONITE BRAND NOMINAL THICKNESS 0.050" FOR APPUCATiON WHERE SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR BOTH VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LOCATIONS. COLORS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. ONLY PIONITE CALLED OUT IN FINISH SCHEDULE PRODUCTS/FIRE RATED GRADE: FORMICA, WILSONART, NEVAMAR OR PIONITE BRAND CLASS 1(A) AND 2(B) RATINGS. AVAILABLE IN BOTH SHEETS OR PANELS. FOR APPLICA11ONS WHERE SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR BOTH VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LOCATIONS. COLORS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. / ..ti 1 T ALL N/A? SLA M: FURNISHED AND INSTAI I �') BY CON CONTRACTOR SHALL �"""" WNG'(r� STORING, AND FURNI NOT USED H IN 1 1 1 C NLOADING, TRIM MOLDINGS, COMPLETE TYPES OF FINISH MILLWORK/CASEWORK INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: OWNER SUPPLIED FIXTURES HERE? G.C. TO INSTALL? FASTENERS: PROVIDE FINISHING NAILS FOR ATTACHING HARDWOOD SLATS TO PLYWOOD BACKUP. - APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: FIREPROOFING OF NEW STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS, AND PATCHING AND REPAIRING OF EXISTING FIREPROOFING SYSTEM WHICH IS REMOVED TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, OR DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. FIREPROOFING SYSTEM: PROVIDE FIREPROOFING OF SAME MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURER AS USED ON THE EXISTING STEEL 07 - APPLICATIONS FOR FIRE STOP INSULATION AND SEALING INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: SEALING PIPE, DUCT, CONDUIT AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS AND FLOORS. SEALING RATED PARTITIONS AT TOPS WHERE PART111ONS JOIN STRUCTURE OR OTHER RATED CONSTRUCTION. SEALING EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS IN RATED PARTITIONS. ONE -PART FIRE -STOPPING SEALANT: TO BE USED FOR SEALING OPENINGS AROUND CABLES, CONDUIT, PIPES AND SIMILAR PENETRAiIONS THROUGH WALLS AND PARTITIONS: BIOTHERM FIRESTOP SEALANT; BIO FIRESHIELD, INC. DOW CORNING FIRE STOP SEALANT; DOW CORNING CORP. 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP -25; ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS DIV/3M SPECSEAL SEALANT; S11, INC. MINERAL WOOL SAFING INSULATION: "THERMAFBER FIRE SAFING INSULATION" BY UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. OR OTHER APPROVED. 1 '11 CA APPLICATIONS OF CAULKING AND SEALANT INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY UMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: ALL CAULKING AND SEALANT WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN OTHER SECTIONS, BUT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A NEAT APPEARING CONSTRUCTION. ACRYLIC -LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C834. PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: TREMCO "TREMCO ACRYLIC LATEX CAULK" PECORA COND "AC 20 ACRYLIC LATEX" SONNEBORN "SONOLAC" ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS (INCLUDING SANITARY SEALANTS): ASTM C920. SANITARY SEALANT SHALL BE USED FOR JOINTS BETWEEN TOILET FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, WATER COOLERS, ETC. AT TOILET ROOM. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: PROVIDE PRIMER/SEALERS, BOND BREAKER TAPE AND BACKER ROD AS RECOMMENDED BY THE RESPECTIVE CAULKING AND SEALANT MANUFACTURERS FOR USE WITH THEIR PRODUCT AND SUBSTRATES TO WHICH THEY ARE APPLIED. DOORS: FLUSH DESIGN DOORS, 1-3/4" THICK, SEAMLESS HOLLOW METAL CONSTRUCTION, WITH SMOOTH SURFACES WITHOUT VISIBLE JOINTS OR SEAMS ON EXPOSED SURFACES OR S11LE EDGES, EXCEPT AROUND GLAZED INSERTS. FACE SHEETS: 18 GAUGE, COLD ROLLED STEEL INTERNAL REINFORCING: CHANNEL SHAPED SECTIONS OR CONTINUOUS TRUSS FORM LINER CORE REINFORCEMENT WELDED TO BOTH FACE SHEETS. REINFORCE TOPS, SIDES AND BOTTOMS OF DOORS WITH 1/8" CHANNELS. SOUND DEADENER: NON-COMBUSTIBLE. FRAMES: FULL -WELDED UNIT CONSTRUCTION, WITH CORNERS MITERED, REINFORCED, AND CONTINUOUSLY WELDED FULL DEPTH AND WIDTH OF FRAME. ALL WELDS SHALL GROUND SMOOTH AND FLUSH. KNOCK DOWN TYPE FRAMES ARE ACCEPTABLE. ALL CUT-OUTS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH METAL DUST COVERS, WELDED TO FRAME, AT BACK OF FINISH HARDWARE CUTOUTS. GAUGE: 16. FLOOR ANCHORS: SECURELY WELDED INSIDE EACH JAMB. ANCHORS SHALL BE PROPERLY PUNCHED FOR ANCHORING TO FLOOR. JAMB ANCHORS: PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 4 DOUBLE STUD ANCHORS PER JAMB FOR USE WITH STEEL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS. ANCHORS SHALL BE STANDARD TYPE USED BY FRAME MANUFACTURER FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF WALL AND PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. WHERE FIRE RATED ASSEMBUES ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE ANCHORS REQUIRED TO MEET UL RA11NG. MORTISE, REINFORCE, DRILL AND TAP AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL MORTISED TEMPLATE HARDWARE. HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT: NOT LESS THAN 1/8" THICK AT HINGES AND STRIKE PLATE CLIPS. SPREADER BARS: PROVIDE REMOVABLE SPREADER BARS ACROSS BOTTOM OF FRAMES, TACK WELDED TO JAMBS. STOPS AND MOLDINGS: FORM FIXED STOPS INTEGRAL WITH FRAMES. PROVIDE REMOVABLE STOPS AROUND GLAZED PANELS; SECURE WITH MACHINE SCREWS SPACED UNIFORMLY NOT MORE THAN 12" O.C. FINISHES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER. A DOORS PAPE 8 FLUSH PANEL DOORS NOT LESS THAN 14 GAUGE SHEET STEEL WITH CONCEALED SPRING HINGES OR CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE SET TO OPEN 175 DEGREES, AND 1 INCH WIDE, 16 GAUGE FRAMES AROUND PERIMETER, EXCEPT FOR NON -RATED UNITS INSTALLED IN DRYWALL. FOR NON -RATED DRYWALL APPLICATIONS, FURNISH FRAMES WITH GALVANIZED METAL DRYWALL BEADS WELDED TO PERIMETER OF FRAME. FOR RATED UNITS, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSULATED FLUSH/PANEL DOORS, WITH CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE AND SELF-CLOSING MECHANISM. LOCKING DEVICE: FLUSH SCREWDRIVER -OPERATED CAM LOCKS. PROVIDE NUMBER OF LOCKS AS REQUIRED TO HOLD DOOR IN FLUSH, SMOOTH PLANE WHEN CLOSED. FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FACTORY APPLIED PRIME PAINT ON ALL SURFACES. GENERAL: REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR HARDWARE GROUPS. t tL CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS: ASTM C 1048, CONDI11ON A (UNCOATED SURFACES), TYPE 1 (TRANSPARENT GLASS, FLAT), CLASS 1 (CLEAR), QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT), KIND AND THICKNESS INDICATED BELOW: KIND: FT (FULLY TEMPERED). THICKNESSES: AS INDICATED. GLASS EDGES: EDGES NOT CONCEALED BY STOPS OR MOLDINGS SHALL BE GROUND AND POLISHED FLAT, WITH EDGES SUGHTLY EASED. GLAZING SEALANTS: PROVIDE GLAZING SEALANTS AND PREFORMED GLAZING TAPES SELECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH SURFACES CONTACTED IN THE INSTALLATION. SETTING BLOCKS: SIUCONE OR EPDM, 70-90 DUROMETER HARDNESS, WITH PROVEN COMPATIBILITY WITH GLAZING SEALANTS USED. SPACERS: SILICONE OR EPDM, 40-50 DUROMETER HARDNESS, WITH PROVEN COMPATIBIUTY WITH GLAZING SEALANTS USED. FRAMING SYSTEM FOR 1/2" GLASS: FABRICATE FROM 16 GAUGE 302/304 STAINLESS STEEL TO PROFILE INDICATED, WITH NO. 8 MIRROR FINISH. SIZE SHALL BE 3-5/8" HIGH X 1-3/4" WIDE. FORM FRAMES IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AND KEEP JOINTS TO A MINIMUM. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, COMPLETE FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY, AND OTHER WORK BEFORE SHIPMENT TO PROJECT SITE. DISASSEMBLE COMPONENTS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. Q oarwaLL s�rsre�s GYPSUM BOARD: PROVIDE GYPSUM BOARD OF TYPES INDICATED IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE TO MINIMIZE END-TO-END JOINTS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 36. THICKNESS: 5/8", UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. EDGES SHALL BE TAPERED. GYPSUM BOARD USED IN CONJUNC11ON WITH FIRE RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE TYPE "X". PROVIDE 5/8" THICK WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 630 AT LOCATIONS INDICATED. STUDS AND RUNNERS: SCREW TYPE, ROLL FORMED, CHANNEL SHAPED SECTIONS, ASTM C 645, WITH FLANGE EDGES OF STUDS BENT BACK 90 DEGREES AND DOUBLED OVER TO FORM 3/16" MINIMUM UP (RETURN), 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH CUTOUTS FOR UTILITY RUNS. INCLUDE 25 GAUGE TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS AND ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ALL ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE A GALVANIZED COATING. TOP RUNNER TRACK FOR PARTITIONS EXTENDING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE DEEP LEG TYPE. FURRING CHANNELS: 7/8" DEEP, 25 GAUGE ROLL FORMED GALVANIZED HAT SHAPED SEC11ONS. CARRYING CHANNELS (MAIN RUNNERS): COLD ROLLED, 1-1/2" STEEL CHANNELS WEIGHING 475 LBS. PER M UN.FT., AND COATED WITH RUST INHIBITIVE PAINT FINISH. COLD ROLLED FURRING CHANNELS: 3/4" STEEL CHANNELS WEIGHING 300 LBS. PER LIN.FT.,AND COATED WITH RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER. DIRECT HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. ASTM C645 - DIRECT HUNG GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM CONSISTING OF MAIN BEAMS AND CROSSFURRING MEMBERS THAT MECHANICALLY INTERLOCK TO FORM A MODULAR SUPPORTING NETWORK. FASTENERS: SELF-DRIWNG, SELF -TAPPING SCREWS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C1002. HANGER WIRES: 9 GAUGE GALVANIZED ANNEALED WIRE. T1E WIRES: 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED ANNEALED WIRE. FURRING CHANNEL CUPS: HEAVY GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE CUPS BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FURRING CHANNELS USED. METAL TRIM AND REINFORCEMENT: CORNER BEADS: UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "DUR-A-BEAD", OR OTHER APPROVED. CASING BEADS: UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "NO. 200A", OR OTHER APPROVED. REVEAL TRIM: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM OF SIZES AND SHAPES INDICATED. INSULA11ON: SEMI-RIGID MINERAL FIBER WITHOUT MEMBRANE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "THERMAFIBER SOUND ATTENUA11ON BLANKETS", FRICTION FIT (SELF-SUPPORTING). JOINT TREATMENT: UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "PERF -A -TAPE" JOINT SYSTEM OR OTHER APPROVED. JOINT COMPOUND: READY -MIXED VINYL TYPE FOR INTERIOR WORK. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT (FOR USE WITH SOUND RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS): PROVIDE NON-DRYING, NON -SHRINKING SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY THE DRYWALL MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE SEALANT WHICH IS PAINTABLE WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. 1 •-_ . N/A? : REFER TO "FINISH LEGEND" FOR TYPE, SIZE, COLOR AND MANS CTURER. GROUT: P PORTLAND CE GROUT (UNSANDE ARCHITECT FROM MA RIETARY PRE -BLENDED COMPOUND COMPOSED OF T AND ADDITIVES FOR FLOOR FILE, AND DRY T OR WALL TILE. COLOR AS SELECTED :Y THE ACTURER'S STANDARD COI IRS SETTING BEDS: �)0 THIN SET PORTLAND CEMENT MORT (• \ LATEX ADDITIVE, ANSI A118.4, FOR APPUCA11ON OF 11LE TO CP' S SUBSTRATES. WATER RESISTANT ORGANIC A OF 11LE TO GYPSUM DRYW _SIVE, ANSI A •.1, FOR APPLICA11ON SEALANT: MILDEW-• ISTANT SILICONE SEALANT COMPL G WITH THE REQUIREMENTS 1 � ASTM C920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS USE ONE OF THE FO • "' NG: DOW NING "786 - MILDEW RESISTANT SIUCONE SEALANT". NERAL ELECTRIC "SCS 1700 SANITARY SIUCONE SEALANT". ACOUSTICAL LAY -N ACOUSTICAL PANELS: REFER TO "FINISH LEGEND" FOR TYPE, SIZE, PATTERN AND MANUFACTURER. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: REFER TO "FINISH LEGEND" FOR TYPE AND MANUFACTURER. SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH UBC 47-18 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS, 1988; AND ASTM E 580-91 STANDARD PRACTICE FOR APPLICATION OF CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL 11LE AND LAY -IN PANELS IN AREAS REQUIRING SEISMIC RESTRAINT, 1989. (OMIT UBC 47-18 WHEN SEISMIC DETAIL IS NOT REQUIRED.) CLASSIFICA11ON: ASTM C 635, INTERMEDIATE DUTY. FINISH: PAINTED WHITE TO MATCH CEILING PANELS. EDGE MOLDINGS: METAL OF TYPE AND PROFILE INDICATED, WITH FINISH MATCHING GRID SYSTEM, AND HEMMED EDGES. PROVIDE WITH MATCHING INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM. HANGER WIRES: MINIMUM 12 GAUGE, GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED, MILD STEEL WIRE. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE SPUCES, HOLD DOWN CUPS,AND OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED AND DESIGNED FOR SUSPENDED SYSTEM USED. 096410 - WOOD FLOORING GENERAL: REFER TO RESPONSIBIUTY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. ALL EDGE CONDI11ONS AT TRANSITIONS TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH EVEN TRANSITION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL TRANSITION STRIPS. TRANSI11ON STRIPS MUST BE NEW MATERIALS AND MUST CONFORM TO ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND INDUSTRY QUALITY STANDARDS. ALL SUB -FLOORS TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. ANY PROBLEMS DUE TO MOISTURE TESTING TO BE REPORTED TO THE PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. INSPECT SUB -FLOOR CAREFULLY. SUB -FLOOR MUST BE RIGID, FINISHED SMOOTH, FLAT, LEVEL, DRY, CLEAN, AND FREE OF ALL FOREIGN MATERIALS SUCH AS DUST, PAINT, GREASE, OILS, SOLVENTS, CURING AND HARDENING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, ASPHALT AND OLD ADHESIVE RESIDUE. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL MINOR CRACKS AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS WITH LATEX CEMENT PATCHING COMPOUND. FLOORING AND ADHESIVE SHALL BE STORED A MINIMUM OF "12 HOURS IN THE INSTALLATION AREA. EACH PLANK MUST BE FIRMLY SEATED IN ADHESIVE. ROLL THE FLOOR WITH A ROLLER OF SUITABLE WEIGHT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UN11L ALL CONDITIONS ARE SATISFACTORY. ADHESIVE SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. PROTECT FLOOR COVERING AGAINST DAMAGE FROM ROWNG LOADS, SHARP OBJECTS AND OTHER ABUSE. FLOOR MUST BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND BUFFED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. INS I ALLA I ION: COMPLY WITH FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLA11ON INSTRUCTIONS, BUT NOT LESS THAN APPLICABLE RECOMMENDATIONS IN NWFA'S "INSTALLA11ON GUIDELINES: WOOD FLOORING.'" PROVIDE EXPANSION SPACE AT WALLS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS OF FLOORING OF NOT LESS THAN 3/8 INCH. VAPOR RETARDER. COMPLY WITH NOFMA'S "INSTALLING HARDWOOD FLOORING" FOR VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION AND THE FOLLOWING: WOOD FLOORING INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON CONCRETE: INSTALL A LAYER OF POLYETHYLENE SHEET ACCORDING TO FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. _, • _ DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM: 1. REPAIR AND LEVEL LARGE AREA OR ENURE EXISTING FLOORS TO WITHIN ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES (IF REQUIRED). ADVISE OWNER AND ARCHITECT IF CONDI11ONS WARRANT EXTENSIVE LEVELING. 2. LEVEL AREA UNDER ROWNG SHELVING TO MANUFACTURER'S TOLERANCES. COORDINATE WITH ROLLING SHELVING OVER CONCRETE: 1. NON -ASPHALTIC, RESISTANT TO INDENTATION; 11GHTLY ADHERING, NON- INJURIOUS TO ADHESIVES. INSTALLA11ON: MIX AND APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. 1. BRING TO PERFECTLY TRUE, LEVEL, AND SMOOTH SURFACES. 2. NO HUMPS OR DEPRESSIONS. 3. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES: (+/-) 1/4" OVER ENTIRE LENGTH AND WIDTH OF ROOM WITH (+/-) 1/8" IN ANY 20'-0" SPAN. 4. ALLOW TO CURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUC11ONS. FL RESIUENT TILE: REFER TO "FINISH LEGEND" FOR TYPE, PATTERN, COLOR AND MANUFACTURER. ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH HIS PRODUCT AND SUBSTRATE TO WHICH IT IS APPLIED. EDGE STRIPS: 1/8" THICK VINYL WITH TAPERED OR BULLNOSE EDGE. PROVIDE WHERE 11LE EDGES ARE EXPOSED IN THE FINISHED WORK. LEVEUNG AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 5 BASE: VINYL BASE, 0.125" GAUGE BY HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. STYLE SHALL BE COVED. COLORS: AS SCHEDULED. ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE RESILIENT BASE MANUFACTURER. 1' .;x:11 C N/A? C ' • . NG: CARPETING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRAC :' REDUCER STRIPS: 0��1�0 CARPET TO VCT: #64,TILE "'' N _. ER BY FLEXCO OR OTHER APPROVED. COLOR SHALL .,LACK. MISCELLANEOU RIALS: PROVIDE THE TYPE OF ACCES ITEMS RECOM D FOR THE CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION AND USE, T FAILURE DURING THE LIFE OF THE CARPET. 09720 - WALLCOVERING REFER TO THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND RESPONSIBIUTY SCHEDULE. VERIFY QUANTITY TAKE -OFFS. UNROLL AND CHECK WALL COVERING FOR DEFECTS IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY. DO NOT HANG DEFECTIVE PRODUCT. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS BY SKILLED WORKMEN IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SEAL DRYWALL BEFORE APPUCATION OF WALL COVERING WITH LATEX PRIMER. WALLCOVERING ADHESIVES TO BE PREMIXED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER FOR THE SPECIFIC SURFACES. LEAVE FINISHED INSTALLATION FREE OF BUSTERS, WRINKLES OR OTHER DEFECTS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE 11GHTLY CLOSED. MATCH ADJACENT STRIPS AS REQUIRED, CONSISTENT WITH PATTERN SELECTED. IF CLEANING IS REQUIRED, USE ONLY MATERIALS AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF WALL COVERING USED. 1''11 P COLORS: AS SCHEDULED. COLORS SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS. ALL PAINTS, VARNISHES, STAINS, PASTE FILLERS, THINNERS, COLORS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BE DEUVERED IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS WITH SEALS UNBROKEN AND LABELS INTACT. ONLY BENJAMIN MOORE CALLED OUT IN FINISH SCHEDULE PAINTS, ENAMELS AND STAINS: PROVIDE THE BEST QUALITY PRODUCTS OF FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS: DEVOE, 3ENJAMIN MOORE, CUDDEN, PORTER, PRATT AND LAMBERT (P&L), SHERWIN-WIWAMS ALL MATERIALS SUCH AS THINNERS, DRYERS, ETC., SHALL BE OF SAME BRAND AS THAT OF PAINTING MATERIALS OR OF BRAND RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE BRAND OF PAINTING MATERIALS USED. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE USED AS DELIVERED, FROM THE CANS, WITHOUT THINNING OR ADULTERATION, WHENEVER POSSIBLE TO DO SO. ALL PRIMERS AND UNDERCOATS OF PAINT SHALL BE 11NTED SLIGHTLY UGHTER THAN SHADE OF FINISH COAT. INTERIOR PAINTING: EXISTING PAINTED METAL SURFACES: TWO (2) COATS P&L "PRO -HIDE PLUS OIL BASE SA11N". SPOT PRIME DAMAGED AREAS OF EXISTING FERROUS METAL SURFACES WITH P&L "INTERIOR TRIM PRIMER". WOOD (PAINTED): ONE (1) P&L "INTERIOR TRIM PRIMER AND TWO (2) COATS P&L "PRO -HIDE PLUS LATEX SA11N". SATIN FINISH ON ALL WALL SURFACES: ONE (1) COAT P&L "PRO -HIDE PLUS PVA PRIMER/SEALER," AND TWO (2) COATS P&L "PRO -HIDE PLUS LATEX SA11N." EXISTING PAINTED WALLS AND CEIUNGS: SPOT PRIME REPAIRED AREAS, AND APPLY FINISH SYSTEMS OF THE TYPES AND NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIED FOR DRYWALL SURFACES. NATURAL FINISHED WOOD: ONE (1) COAT P&L "SANDING SEALER", AND (2) GOATS P&L "38 CLEAR FINISH SA11N". SAND LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS. STOREFRONT SIGN(S) SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT, ELECTRICAL CONNEC11ON(S) SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AFTER SIGN IS INSTALLED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ARRANGE FOR SIGN INSTALLATION & SCHEDULING. (SEE ALSO NOTES ON DRAWINGS.) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: MULTI-PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL TYPE, UL RATED 4A:40B: C, 10 LB. NOMINAL CAPACITY, IN ENAMELED STEEL CONTAINER, FOR CLASS A, B, AND C FIRES. WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS: FIRE EXTINGUISHER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. BY AL I R BY GSC. ITEMS USTED UNDER THE COLUMN "ITEMS FURNISHED BY TENANT" ON THE COVER SHEET OF THESE DRAWINGS, AND ANY OTHER ITEMS SO NOTED. THROUGHOUT THE VARIOUS DETAILS AND NOTES IN THESE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE FURNISHED BY TENANT (OWNER) AND INSTALLED BY THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR (T.G.C.). THE T.G.C. SHALL RECEIVE SAME WHEN SHIPPED BY TENANT, PROTECTING ALL SUCH ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION ?? OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND PLACE AT THE PROPER POSI11ON IN THE WORK AT THE PROPER 11ME. SURFACES TO RECEIVE ITEMS FURNISHED BY THE TENANT AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PREPARED SUCH THAT THEY WILL ACCEPT THE ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE SAME MANNER AS IF THEY WERE TO RECEIVE ITEMS FURNISHED BY T.G.C.. ONCE DELIVERED TO THE JOBSITE AND ACCEPTED BY THE CONTRACTOR ALL ITEMS FURNISHED BY THE TENANT FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE COVERED BY CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE THE SAME AS MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE TENANT FOR CONTRACTOR INSTALLA11ON AFTER CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS DELIVERY OF SAME, AND CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS AND FINISH TOUCH-UPS AS REQUIRED TO LEAVE THE INSTALLED MATERIALS IN NEW AND FIRST CLASS CONDITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL MATERIALS RECEIVED FROM THE TENANT UPON RECEIPT. ANY MATERIALS RECEIVED IN DAMAGED OR UNACCEPTABLE CONDITION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT REPORTED WITHIN THREE (3) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT SHALL BECOME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AS PERTAINS TO NECESSARY REPAIRS. SOLE IMMEDIATELY. DAMAGED ITEMS NOT 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSU LTA NTS DATE ISSU E DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET L. PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 2,964 S.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA .UJ 2 11 2317 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER SP100 PART 3 ALLA 1 COMPLY WITH EACH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDA- TIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE VARIOUS WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. SET ALL WORK PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE TO LINE, AND IN CORRECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT WORK. SECURELY ANCHOR ALL WORK IN PLACE. ENSURE THAT OPERATING PARTS WORK FREELY AND FIT NEATLY. ADJUST HARDWARE AND CATCHES AS REQUIRED. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED MATERIALS, AS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PROPER LOCATION OF ROUGHING -IN SERVICES AND SERVICE CONNECTIONS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. SUBFLOORS: PRIOR TO START OF LAYING THE FINISH FLOORING, BROOM CLEAN AND VACUUM ALL SURFACES TO BE COVERED AND INSPECT THE SUBFLOOR. FINISHING FLOORING CONTRACTOR FOR EACH FLOOR MATERIAL SHALL INSPECT AND GIVE ACCEPTANCE/APPROVAL NOTIFICA- TION OF SUBFLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL. USE LATEX TYPE LEVELING COMPOUND FOR FIWNG CRACKS, DEPRESSIONS AND SURFACE IRREGULARITIES IN SUBFLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING, SHEET FLOORING, AND CARPETING. REMOVE COATINGS AND ADHESIVES FROM SUBFLOORS THAT WOULD PREVENT ADHESIVE BOND, OR TELEGRAPH THROUGH THE NEW FINISHED FLOOR SYSTEMS. REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS IN NEW AND EXISTING DRYWALL SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINISHES. APPLY TEXTURE ON REPAIRED AREAS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. PLASM ALL FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO INSTALLATION AREA AND ALLOWED TO PRECONDITION FOR 48 HOURS OR MORE. HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE TO BE TRIMMED WITH ROUTER EQUIPPED WITH EDGE TRIMMER. • GENERAL: COMPLY WITH THE "PREMIUM GRADE" REQUIREMENTS OF AWI 1700 - "INSTALLATION OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, INTERIOR" AS A MINIMUM LEVEL OF QUALITY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF MILLWORK AND CASEWORK. CONDITION FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK TO AVERAGE PREVAILING HUMIDITY CONDITIONS IN INSTALLATION AREAS PRIOR TO INSTALLING. INSTALL THE WORK PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. SCRIBE AND CUT WORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, AND REFINISH CUT SURFACES OR REPAIR DAMAGE TO FINISH AT CUTS. HARDWOOD SLATS (AT LID): INSTALL WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS PRACTICAL, USING FULL-LENGTH PIECES FROM MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF WOOD AVAILABLE. STAGGER JOINTS IN ADJACENT ROWS. USE SCARF JOINTS (MITERED) FOR END-TO-END JOINTS. DRILL PILOT HOLES IN HARDWOOD PRIOR TO NAILING TO PREVENT SPLITTING. FASTEN TO PREVENT MOVEMENT OR WARPING. COUNTERSINK NAIL HEADS ON EXPOSED WORK AND FILL HOLES. REPAIR DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS TO ELIMINATE DEFECTS FUNCTIONALLY AND VISUALLY; WHERE NOT POSSIBLE TO REPAIR PROPERLY, REPLACE ITEMS. ADJUST JOINERY FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE. CLEAN FINISH MILLWORK ON EXPOSED SURFACES. ELAT WAW N/A? INSTALLArrsysipi • NOT USED ACTURER'S INSTRUCTION KU_•,AL PLACING FRAMES: SET FRAME ACCURATELY IN POSITION, PLUMBED, ALIGNED, AND BRACED SECURELY UNTIL PERMANENT ANCHORS ARE SET. AFTER WALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE, REMOVE TEMPORARY BRACES AND SPREADERS LEAVING SURFACES SMOOTH AND UNDAMAGED. - • INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANY OTHER WAY, INSTALL EACH ITEM COMPLETELY AND THEN REMOVE AND STORE IN A SECURE PLACE DURING THE FINISH APPLICATION. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE FINISHES, RE -INSTALL EACH ITEM. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON THE SUBSTRATE. SET UNITS LEVEL PLUMB AND TRUE TO UNE AND LOCATION. ALL MORTISES SHALL BE SMOOTH AND TIGHT. ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR, PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OR OCCUPANCY OF AREA, TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. LUBRICATE MOVING PARTS WITH TYPE LUBRICATION RECOMMENDED BY THE HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS (GRAPHITE -TYPE IF ANOTHER NOT RECOMMENDED). CLAM GENERAL COMPLY WITH COMBINED RECOMMENDATIONS AND TECHNICAL REPORTS BY MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS AND GLAZING PRODUCTS AS USED IN EACH GLAZING APPLICATION, AND WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION "GLAZING MANUAL". SET GLASS PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE TO UNE AND IN CORRECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT WORK. UNIFY APPEARANCE OF EACH SERIES OF GLASS UTES 'BY SETTING EACH PIECE TO MATCH OTHERS AS NEARLY AS POSSIBLE. INSTALL SETTING BLOCKS OF PROPER SIZE IN GLAZING RABBETS, LOCATED 1/4TH OF GLASS WIDTH FROM EACH CORNER. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS WHICH IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED OR DAMAGED IN OTHER WAYS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. WASH AND POLISH GLASS UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. ALL GENERAL THE INSTALLATION REQUIRED FOR THE VARIOUS DRYWALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH USG "SYSTEMS FOLDER SA/923-1990", ASTM C754 FOR METAL SUPPORT INSTALLATION, AND ASTM C 840 FOR GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING. PARTITION FRAMING: ERECT FRAMING PLUMB AND TRUE WITHIN 1/8" IN 12'-0". ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE ALIGNED ACCURATELY ACCORDING TO PARTITION LAYOUT. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED 16" O.C. STUDS SHALL BE POSITIONED VERTICALLY IN THE RUNNERS, SPACED NO GREATER THAN 16" O.C. OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED. ANCHOR ALL STUDS LOCATED ADJACENT TO DOOR FRAMES, PARTITION INTERSECTIONS AND CORNERS TO RUNNER FLANGES WITH SCREWS OR OTHER POSITIVE ENGAGEMENT THROUGH EACH STUD FLANGE AND RUNNER FLANGE. USE FULL LENGTH STUDS BETWEEN FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS, SPLICING OF STUDS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ISOLATE STUD SYSTEM FROM TRANSFER OF STRUCTURAL LOADING TO SYSTEM BY USE OF DEEP LEG TOP RUNNERS. ALL DOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE DOUBLE STUDDED TO COMPLY WITH "GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK" PUBLISHED BY USG. DOUBLE STUDS SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE JAMB AND HEAD ANCHOR CUPS OF EACH DOOR FRAME BY SCREW ATTACHMENT. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING AND BRACING FOR SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT OF WALL MOUNTED CABINETS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, AND SIMILAR WORK. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF FRAMING, BLOCKING AND BRACING IN WALL AND PARTITIONS FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE FURNISHED BY TENANT. GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING: COMPLY WITH USG "SYSTEMS FOLDER SA/923" AND ASTM C840. INSTALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD WITH FACE SIDE OUT. DO NOT INSTALL IMPERFECT, DAMAGED OR DAMP BOARDS. LOCATE EITHER EDGE OR END JOINTS ON SUPPORTS. POSITION BOARDS SO THAT UKE EDGES ABUT, TAPERED EDGES AGAINST TAPERED EDGES AND MILL -CUT OR FIELD CUT ENDS AGAINST MILL -CUT OR FIELD CUT ENDS. DO NOT PLACE TAPERED EDGES AGAINST CUT EDGES OR ENDS. STAGGER VERTICAL JOINTS OVER DIFFERENT STUDS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS. SCREW ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD TO SUPPORTING MEMBERS. SPACE FASTENERS IN GYPSUM BOARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FINISHING: ALL JOINTS TO BE TAPED AND SPACKLED. ALL FASTENERS AND METAL TRIM SHALL BE SPACKLED. APPLY JOINT COMPOUND IN 3 COATS (NOT INCLUDING PREFILL OF OPENINGS IN BASE), AND SAND BETWEEN LAST TWO COATS AND AFTER LAST COAT. CASING BEADS: PROVIDED ON ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF DRYWALL AND WHERE DRYWALL MEETS DISSIMILAR MATERIAL. CORNER BEADS: PROVIDED AT ALL EXPOSED CORNERS. SOUND INSULATION: FILL ALL VOIDS IN PARTITIONS AND WALLS INDICATED USING BATT OR BLANKETS IN AS LONG OF LENGTHS AS POSSIBLE. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE SECURELY HELD IN PLACE BY FRICTION, OR BY TYING TO PREVENT SAGGING AND EVENTUAL GAPS. CUT AND PACK INSULATION CAREFULLY AROUND ALL OBSTRUCTIONS TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND CONTINUOUS SEAL. ACCU3TMAL GENERAL: INSTALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS, AND TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, INDUSTRY STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE WORK AND TO RESIST SEISMIC LOADING AS SET FORTH BY LOCAL BUILDING CODES. PROVIDE REINFORCING OR SUPPORTS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM SUFFICIENTLY STRONG TO SUPPORT ANY ADDITIONAL LOADS IMPOSED BY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS INSTALLED IN THE CEILING. WHERE CEILINGS CANNOT BE SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE DUE TO MECHANICAL DUCTS, ETC. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY SUPPORTS AND TRAPEZE SUPPORTS. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM METAL ROOF DECK. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE EXISTING STRUCTURE IN SOLID AND PERMANENT MANNER FULLY CAPABLE OF CARRYING ALL IMPOSED LOADS. DEFLECTION SHALL NOT BE IN EXCESS OF 1/360 OF THE SPAN OF ANY MEMBER. HANGERS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 6" FROM EACH END AND AT 4'-O" O.C. ALONG MAIN TEES AND AT CORNERS OF LIGHT FIXTURES. A HANGER SHALL ALSO BE INSTALLED AT END OF INTERRUPTED TEES. ALL SPLICES SHALL BE STAGGERED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT IN NO CASE WILL A SPLICE OCCUR DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO ANOTHER. DO NOT KINK OR BEND SUSPENSION SYSTEM HANGERS AS A MEANS OF LEVELING. ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE LEVEL TO A TOLERANCE OF NOT MORE THAN 1/8"IN12FT. MOLDINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE CEILINGS MEET WALLS, PARTITIONS OR VERTICAL SURFACES. ALL CORNERS: MITERED. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN COORDINATION WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM, AND WITH EDGES CONCEALED BY SUPPORT OF SUSPENSION MEMBERS. SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS TO FIT ACCURATELY AT BORDERS AND AT PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ALL CUT OUTS AND PERFORM ALL FITTING REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ITEMS WHICH PIERCE THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS, INCLUDING TRIM, EDGE MOLDINGS, AND SUSPENSION MEMBERS; COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP OF MINOR FINISH DAMAGE. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK WHICH CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED AND REPAIRED TO PERMANENTLY ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE. MATCH TILE FOR COLOR AND PATTERN BY USING TILE FROM CARTONS IN THE SAME SEQUENCE AS MANUFACTURED AND PACKAGED. CUT TILE NEATLY TO AND AROUND ALL FIXTURES. BROKEN, CRACKED, CHIPPED OR DEFORMED TILE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. TIGHTLY ADHERE TILE TO SUBFLOOR WITHOUT OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS, RAISING AND PUCKERING AT JOINTS, TELEGRAPHING OF ADHESIVE SPREADER MARKS THROUGH TILE, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN WITH GRAIN IN ALL TILE RUNNING IN THE SAME DIRECTION. CONSULT WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE DIRECTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION. AVOID USE OF CUT WIDTHS LESS THAN 1/2 TILE AT ROOM PERIMETER. PLACE RESILIENT EDGE STRIPS TIGHTLY BUTTED TO TILE AND SECURE WITH ADHESIVE. PROVIDE EDGING STRIPS AT ALL UNPROTECTED EDGES OF TILE. BASE: INSTALL IN AS LONG LENGTHS AS PRACTICABLE. TIGHTLY BOND BASE TO BACKING THROUGHOUT THE LENGTH OF EACH PIECE WITH CONTINUOUS CONTACT AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SURFACES. REMOVE ANY EXCESS ADHESIVE OR OTHER SURFACE BLEMISHES FROM TILE AND BASE, USING NEUTRAL TYPE CLEANERS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. PROTECT INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER/TENANT. C N/A? FIT SECTIO ' OF CARPET INTO EACH SPACE PRIOR TO APPLICA OF ADHESIVE. AP ADHESIVE UNIFORMLY TO SUBSTRATE IN CORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURE INSTRUCTIONS. BUTT CARPET % ES TIGHTLY TOGETHER TO FORM SEM WITHOUT GAPS. R01' _ GHTLY TO ELIMINATE AIR POCKETS AND ENSURE U SRM BONY ADHESIVE PROMPTLY FROM FACE OF CARPET. ALL FO . vS�� . TRAFFIC SHALL BE OFF OMITS FOR A TEN (10) H011° REMOVE DEBRIS, SORTING CES TO BE SAVED DISPOSED OF. VACUUM C ELEME S M SCRAPS TO BE T USING COMMERCIAL MACHINE WITH FACE -BEA . REMOVE SPOTS AND STAINS, AND REPLACE CARPET WH AND STAINS CANNOT BE REMOVED. NECA A r: FENMAL PAINTER AND PERSONS PERFORMING WORK UNDER THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL EXERCISE EVERY PRECAUTION AGAINST FIRE AND AGAINST POSSIBLE INJURY FROM FUMES AND VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS AND/OR DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. PAINT, STAIN, OIL RAGS, CANS, BRUSHES, ROLLERS, ETC., SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN COVERED METAL RECEPTACLES IMMEDIATELY AFTER USE AND REMOVED FROM JOB SITE AT CLOSE OF EACH WORKING DAY. FINISHING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE STORED IN A SINGLE PLACE DESIGNATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. STORAGE AREA MUST BE KEPT CLEAN, NEAT AND FREE FROM FIRE HAZARDS AND ALL HARMFUL VAPORS DUE TO IMPROPERLY STORED MATERIALS, TOOLS, RAGS, ETC. DAMAGE CAUSED BY PAINTER TO SURFACES WITHIN STORAGE AREA SHALL BE MADE GOOD AT PAINTERS EXPENSE. ACES REMOVE ALL LOOSE DIRT, OIL, GREASE, RUST, DUST, PAINT AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL BEFORE BEGINNING PAINTING AND FINISHING. REMOVE HARDWARE, HARDWARE ACCESSORIES, MACHINED SURFACES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN PLACE AND NOT TO BE PAINTED, OR PROVIDE SURFACE PROTECTION PRIOR TO SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING OPERATIONS. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF PAINTING OF EACH SPACE OR AREA, REINSTALL REMOVED ITEMS. REPAIR DEFECTS TO NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES TO AVOID FINISH FAILURES OR THE RECURRENCES OF PREVIOUS FAILURES. CUT OUT SCRATCHES, CRACKS AND ABRASIONS IN NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES, FILL WITH APPROVED MATERIAL, BRING FLUSH WITH ADJOINING SURFACE AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE TEXTURE. PATCHED AREAS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE IN THE FINISHED WORK. SEAL BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRIME COAT. EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES: REMOVE ALL LOOSE AND SCAUNG PAINT. MAKE CERTAIN THAT ALL PAINT REMAINING IS ADHERED WELL TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE ALL GREASE, OIL, AND OTHER SURFACE CONTAMINATES WHICH WOULD AFFECT ADHESION OF THE NEW PAINT FINISH. SAND SURFACES FOR PROPER PAINT ADHESION, AND TO REMOVE GLOSSY AREAS IN THE EXISTING PAINT FINISH. SAND ROUGH EDGES OF BARE AREAS TO FEATHER EDGE AT ADJACENT SOUND PAINT. PAINTING AND FINISHING OF PATCHED OR DAMAGED SURFACES OCCURRING OUTSIDE THE CONTRACT LIMIT AREA, SHALL BE CONTAINED TO THE NEAREST CHANGE IN PLANE OR INTERRUPTION OF SURFACE. MA- e - ----ARA MIX AND PREPARE PAINTING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. STIR MATERIALS BEFORE AND DURING APPLICATION TO PRODUCE A MIXTURE OF UNIFORM DENSITY. DO NOT STIR SURFACE FILM INTO MATERIAL. A APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS WHEN UNDERCOATS, STAINS OR OTHER CONDITIONS SHOW THROUGH FINAL COAT OF PAINT, UNTIL PAINT FILM IS A UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR AND APPEARANCE. PAINT SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACE. SAND LIGHTLY BETWEEN EACH SUCCEEDING ENAMEL COAT. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME BETWEEN SUCCESSIVE COATINGS TO PERMIT PROPER DRYING. RECOAT PRIMED AND SEALED SURFACES WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE OF SUCTION SPOTS OR UNSEALED AREAS IN FIRST COAT, TO ASSURE A FINISH. COAT WITH NO BURN -THROUGH OR OTHER SURFACE DEFECTS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT PRIMING OR SEALING. COMPLETED WORK: MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES FOR COLOR, TEXTURE AND COVERAGE. CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING, HOLIDAYS, LAPS, BRUSH MARKS, RUNS, SAGS, ROPINESS OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. REMOVE, REFINISH, OR REPAINT WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. CLEAN -4" NOTECTM DURING PROGRESS OF WORK, REMOVE FROM SITE DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS, RUBBISH, CANS AND RAGS AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. UPON COMPLETION OF PAINTING WORK, CLEAN WINDOW GLASS AND OTHER PAINT -SPATTERED SURFACES. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES, WHETHER TO BE PAINTED OR NOT, AGAINST DAMAGE BY PAINTING AND FINISHING WORK. CORRECT ANY DAMAGE AS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. PROVIDE "WET PAINT" SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT NEWLY -PAINTED FINISHES. AT COMPLETION OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES, TOUCH UP AND RESTORE ALL DAMAGED OR DEFACED PAINTED SURFACES. END OF MATERIALS GENERAL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 9 NIT • Cly f 11.11wita BU I LDiNG ENVISION :022/1 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ROBERT J. SARGENTI STATE OF WASHINGTON ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION I PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B Tukwila, WA_002 RECEIVED C&;QF TUKWILA2,964 S.F. ALIS 2 4 2017 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER SP101 A— 12 A-38 A-41 A-40 NOTE: WIRING/CABLING/CONDUIT FOR SECURITY SYSTEM, MUSIC AND TRAFFIC COUNTER TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICIAN PER VENDORS SHOP DRAWINGS. ELECTRICIAN IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. WIRING/CABLING/CONDUIT FOR IT TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY IT VENDOR. IT VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. GC TO COORDINATE VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND ALL LOW VOLTAGE WORK. VENDORS CONTACT INFO BELOW. BRYAN LINSKY WG SECURITY PRODUCTS, INC. NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER BLINSKY®WGSPI.COM (714)385-7191 DAN ALUISE SENSOURCE INC. SALES MANAGER DALUISE®SENSOURCEINC.COM (330)423-4368 JODY MCKINLEY SOUNDTRACK YOUR BRAND MANAGING DIRECTOR, NORTH AMERICA JODY@SOUNDTRACKYOURBRAND.OM (206)399-1359 A-24,26,28 A-25 9'-9" A-7 II 11 II II II I I II • 8'-11" V.I.F. A-42 cFp r �I 6)1 cD < DESK 11 „ a c A-14 WIRE GROMMET / ESCUTCHEON (TYP. OF 3) MANAGERS DESK WORK SURFACE n A-12 < DESK TYPICAL ELEVATION AT MANAGERS DESK SCALE: NONE SYMBOL LEGEND KVA T/C 0— N.L. VIA T/C UNIPLEX RECEPTACLE (SINGLE) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE QUADPLEX ISOLATED GROUND TELEPHONE OUTLET JUNCTION BOX DATA OUTLET DOORBELL PUSHBUTTON DOORBELL DOORBELL LOW—VOLT TRANS LOW—VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER DISCONNECT SWITCH TELEPHONE BOARD ELECTRICAL PANEL TRANSFORMER 24HR 7 DAY—TIME CLOCK WALL SWITCH WALL OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR 3 #12, 3/4"C (2 CKT WIRES, 1 NEUTRAL, 1 DEDICATED GROUND) CIRCUIT HOME RUN CONDUIT THRU/BELOW FLOOR CONDUIT STUBBED UP/DOWN NIGHT LIGHT TIMECLOCK CONTROLED CIRCUIT 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM POWER KEYED NOTES 1 E.C. SHALL INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR SIGNAGE CIRCUIT(S) AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C. 600. REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER OF CIRCUITS REQUIRED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER. O2 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING PER N.E.C. 210-62. O3 E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR SMOKE/FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. REUSE ANY EXISTING DETECTION SYSTEM. REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE DEVICES. IF THERE IS NOT AN EXISTING SYSTEM, E.C. SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT (SMOKE DETECTORS, AUDIO/VISUAL ALARMS, FIRE ALARM PANEL, CONDUIT, WIRE, ETC.) FOR A NEW SYSTEM AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND/OR LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS IN SUPPLY OR RETURN DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE. ® THE CIRCUITS USED TO POWER THE ELECTRONIC CASH REGISTERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE. CIRCUITS ` SHALL NOT SHARE NEUTRAL OR GROUND WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. SEPARATE POWER, NEUTRAL, AND INSULATED GROUND WIRES, MINIMUM SIZE #12 AWG SHALL BE RUN TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD WHERE GROUND WIRE SHALL BE TIED TO THE GROUND TERMINAL. DO NOT USE CONDUIT FOR GROUNDING AS THIS MAY NOT BE CONTINUOUS. CASH REGISTER CIRCUIT SHALL BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE FOR POWER TO P.O.S. AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS TO BE LOCATED IN FLOOR BOX. ROUTE CONDUITS AS SHOWN ON PLAN DOWN WALL OR COLUMN IN CRAWL SPACE BELOW FLOOR. PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED. LEAVE A (12) TWELVE FOOT FLEX WHIP FOR EACH POWER CIRCUIT CONDUIT REQUIRED. COORDINATE EXACT CONFIGURATION WITH G.C. AND LANDLORD. E.C. TO INSTALL CONTINUOUS 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FOR PHONES FROM THE PHONE BOARD INTO THE FLOOR BOX AND LABEL "POS/PHONES" ON EACH END. E.C. TO INSTALL CONTINUOUS 1" CONDUIT FOR DATA WITH PULL STRING FROM THE PHONE BOARD INTO THE FLOOR BOX AND LABEL "POS/DATA" ON EACH END. RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED VERTICAL IN WALL AT 18" A.F.F. FOR GENERAL USE. INSTALL A DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM AS SHOWN, INCLUDING REMOTE PUSH BUTTON AT REAR DOOR AND PLUG-IN BUZZER IN SALES AREA AT SALES/STOCK ROOM DOOR. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANTS REPRESENTATIVE AS TO LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED TO SOFFIT WALL IN BACK OF ENTRY VESTIBULE. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE FOR POWER TO FLOOR QUAD RECEPTACLE TO BE LOCATED IN FLOOR BOX. ROUTE CONDUITS AS SHOWN ON PLAN DOWN WALL OR COLUMN IN CRAWL SPACE BELOW FLOOR. PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED. LEAVE A (12) TWELVE FOOT FLEX WHIP FOR EACH POWER CIRCUIT CONDUIT REQUIRED. COORDINATE EXACT CONFIGURATION WITH G.C. AND LANDLORD. E.C. TO INSTALL CONTINUOUS 1" CONDUIT FOR DATA WITH PULL STRING FROM THE PHONE BOARD INTO THE FLOOR BOX AND LABEL EACH END. G.F.C.I. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED AT 42" A.F.F. FURNISH AND INSTALL "TRIPP LITE" #PS3612 (36" LONG, 12 OUTLET) POWER STRIP ON WALL AT MANAGER'S DESK AND BREAK ROOM TABLE AT 54" A.F.F. VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH TENANTS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED VERTICAL IN WALL AT 40" A.F.F. TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL. RUN A 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT, WITH (PULLWIRE), BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE WIRE AND #RJ14C JACK FOR TWO , LINE TELEPHONE. MOUNT TELEPHONE OUTLET AT 36" A.F.F. 20 AMP, 120V, 10 DEDICATED CIRCUIT AND (2) TWO HUBBELL #IG -5362 RECEPTACLES WITH ISOLATED THIRD WIRE GROUND IN A 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL MOUNT RECEPTACLES AT 36" A.F.F. TO I BOTTOM. FURNISH AND INSTALL SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX AND DATA OUTLET AT 36" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED VERTICAL IN WALL FOR REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH PROJECT MANAGER. NOT USED. EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD TO REMAIN AS—IS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. VERIFY IN FIELD. EXISTING PANEL "A". REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE. RECEPTACLE FLUSH MOUNTED IN FLOOR FOR GENERAL USE. NOT USED. WEATHERPROOF G.F.C.I. RECEPTACLE PROVIDED BY E.C. TO BE INSTALLED PER N.E.C. 210-63. NEW 208, 30, 60 AMPS DISCONNECT SW. FUSED AT 45 AMPS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS. NEW 120, 10, 30 AMPS DISCONNECT SW. FUSED FOR WATER HEATER. PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION b (7 0/v7 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. ALL CONDUITS ARE TO BE CONCEALED IN WALLS •R ABOVE CEILINGS. CONDUITS IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS SHALL E S AS CLOSE TO ROOF/FLOOR STRUCTURAL DECK AS POSSIBLE. PE 3. ANY EXISTING MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT NOT COMPLETELY REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF PR LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED AND APPROVED HAULER. COMPONENTS MAY BE ABANDONED WITHOUT WRITTEN PE LANDLORD. 4. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS NEED TO BE APPROPRIATELY FIRE STOPPED TO RETAIN THE WALL'S RATING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE LOADS BETWEEN PHASES ON PANEL BOARDS ARE BALANCED WITHIN 10%. 6. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CEILING PLENUM (INCLUDING TELEPHONE. DATA, ALARM AND TEMP. CONTROL WIRING) SHALL BE UL LISTED TEFLON PLENUM CABLE. PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B Tukwila, WA_002 0,000 S.F. AREA: C`*r AN -A AUG 2 4 2017 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER E1.0 1 DD DD A-9 (c) l DD A-13 (b) ii EM2 EM2 EE •P' EE AA C.` EE L EEE:C EEE:E EEE EEE DD M DD DD DD 1 E2 EM2 EM2 E2 T-2 El (EX) DD A-11 REG -3 k\) n D ) CON -TECH CURRENT LIMITING DEVICES REG -1 120W 1A REG -3 300W 2.5A REG -4 480W 4A GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. ALL CONDUITS ARE TO BE CONCEALED IN WALLS OR ABOVE CEILINGS. CONDUITS IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS SHALL EXIT WALLS AS CLOSE TO ROOF/FLOOR STRUCTURAL DECK AS POSSIBLE. 3. ANY EXISTING MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE REUSED MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF PROPERLY THROUGH THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED AND APPROVED HAULER. NO EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENTS MAY BE ABANDONED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LANDLORD. 4. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS NEED TO BE APPROPRIATELY FIRE STOPPED TO RETAIN THE WALL'S RATING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE LOADS BETWEEN PHASES ON PANEL BOARDS ARE BALANCED WITHIN 10%. 6. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CEILING PLENUM (INCLUDING TELEPHONE. DATA, ALARM AND TEMP. CONTROL WIRING) SHALL BE UL LISTED TEFLON PLENUM CABLE. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE LAMP SCHEDULE QTY SYMBOL TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NO. DESCRIPTION NOTES VOLTS REC SUR PEN WAL LAMP/ WATTS/LAFIXTURE W TfS MCATALOGUNO / -- O M LZF LK -SP -E26 -UL LINK SUSPENSION LIGHT SMALL 1,3,4 120 X 1 15 15 CFL GLOBE -- 0 DD QUATTROBI KR127-8030 -M-02 RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH LED LIGHTING SYSTEM 1,3,4 120 X 1 26 26 L.E.D. -- a EE QUATTROBI MM001-BIC-W ADJUSTABLE PROJECTOR WITH LED LIGHTING SYSTEM 1,3,4 120 X 1 15 15 L.E.D. -- JJ CONTECH LPL1-2430KI-P STANDARD OUTPUT LINEAR LED LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 120 X 1 8 8 L.E.D. -- PP QUATTROBI LM061-280- 8030 -SL -01 RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH LED LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 120 X 1 40 40 L.E.D. I 1 -- RR MERCURY MM -132 -OCT -ELB-UNI 4' FLUORESCENT OPEN LAMP STRIPLIGHT 1,2,3,4,5 120 X 1 32 32 SYLVAN IA F032/835 1 -- TT NUTONE ARN8OL FAN COMBINATION LIGHT AND EXHAUST 1 120 X 1 75 180 SYLVAIA 75A/HAL/RP a -- ® El ASTRALITE ELX-UNVRC- 1 -RC -W -EM UNIVERSAL MOUNT L.E.D. EXIT WITH INTERNAL BATTERY 1 120 X -- -- 3 L.E.D. --+1, E2 LIGHT ALARMS UQLXN500R2SQR UNIVERSAL MOUNT L.E.D. EXIT W/ LIGHTS AND INTERNAL BATTERY 1 120 X 2 5.4 12 INCLUDED -- EM2 EVENLITE APR -25 -LC -UI RECESSED EMERGENCY WITH 90 MINUTE LEAD CALCIUM BATTERY 4,7 ' 120 X 2 25 50 -- • • -- 0 LT -2 DWELL STUDIO DWL 10963 TABLE LAMP 1 120 1 60 60 L.E.D. 1. FIXTURES AND LAMPS SUPPLIED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. EQUIP NEW FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES WITH ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. 3. FIXTURES SHOWN WITH CROSS -HATCH ARE TO BE NIGHT LIGHTS WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST. 4. FIXTURES USED FOR EXIT, EMERGENCY, OR NIGHT LIGHTING TO BE ON LOCKOUT CIRCUIT. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CHAIN HUNG AT 10'-0" A.F.F. WHEN NO CEILING IS PRESENT. SURFACE MOUNT IF CEILING PRESENT. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND RELAMP EXISTING FIXTURES TO REMAIN TO LIKE -NEW CONDITION. FIELD VERIFY LAMP TYPE. 7. ALL FIXTURES USED FOR EXIT, OR EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO HAVE 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK UP. LIGHTING KEYED NOTES 1 CONNECT FIXTURE TO UNSWITCHED LEG OF CIRCUIT INDICATED TO RENDER. OPERATIONAL 24HRS A DAY. ® LIGHT FIXTURE TO HAVE (1) AC BALLAST AND (1) EMERGENCY BALLAST. AC BALLAST TO BE CONNECTED TO LOCALLY CONTROLLED LEG OF CIRCUIT. EMERGENCY BALLAST TO BE CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED LEG OF CIRCUIT. ® TRACK IS TO BE CUT TO LENGTH IN FIELD. ®CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CURRENT LIMITERS TO LIMIT THE AMPERAGE AVAILABLE FOR THE TRACK. CONTRACTOR TO UTILIZE CON -TECH LIGHTING LA -23-R (TITLE 24 COMPLIANT -CALIF. ONLY) CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE OR EQUIVALENT. O5 TABLE LAMPS TO BE PLUGGED INTO NEAREST QUAD FLOOR RECEPTACLE. SEPgqq� pERMIT,�yp REQUIREAPPROVD 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL 8/15/2017 CONSULTANTS THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0:214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: R.T. CHK OFUKWILA AUG 2 4 au PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SHEET NUMBER E2.0 E.C. SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WIREWAY AND REPLACE IT WITH A PANEL 'M'. NEW PANEL TO BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING FEEDER. IF NEEDED EC SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENTS. NOTE: (EX)=EXISTING (VIF)=VERIFY IN FIELD ETR=EXISTING TO REMAIN IF NOT FOUND EXISTING, E.C. SHALL PROVIDE MINIMUM 1 #8 ISOLATED GROUND. IF NOT FOUND EXISTING, E.C. SHALL PROVIDE MINIMUM 1 #8 ISOLATED GROUND. BOND ISOLATED GROUND WITH GROUNDING ELECTRODE AT THE TRANSFORMER XO LUG. (EX) PANEL A 225A, 200A MCB 120/208V, 3PH/4W (VIF) PREVIOUSLY LP1 J WHEN REUSING EXISTING PANELS, E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE CONDITION AND QUANTITY OF ALL EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS. REPLACE DAMAGED BREAKERS WITH NEW. PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL OR BREAKERS OF DIFFERENT AMPERAGE OR POLE AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE END RESULT INDICATED IN THE PANEL SCHEDULE. NEW BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MFG AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EXISTING. THE SUBMISSION OF THE BID PROPOSALS SHALL BE CONSIDERED EVIDENCE THAT THE CONTRACTORS HAVE VISITED THE SITE. NO EXTRA PAYMENTS WILL BE ALLOWED TO THESE CONTRACTORS ON ACCOUNT OF EXTRA WORK MADE NECESSARY BY HIS FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE. EXIST. PAEU3OARD SCHEDULE A LOCATION TENANT'S SPACE (VIF) DESIG NATION WIRE SIZE LOAD VA POLES /AMPS C K. P' H. C POLES /AMPS LOAD VA WIRE SIZE. DESIGNATION 0 WATER H EATE R 10 3000 1/30 1 A 1/20 0 12 REC-POS (IG)**** R O DRINKING FOU NTAIN 12 1/20 3 B 4 1/20 0 12 REC-SHOW WINDOW**** R L. LTG -SALES: STRIP/EIWN L**** 12 71 1/20 5 C 6 1/20 4.0 12 REC-GENERAL RIGHT R O SIGNAGE **** 12 200 1/20 7 A 8 1/20 20 12 REC-GENERAL LEFT R LTG -SALES DOWNLIGHT 12 1/20 9 10' 1/20 0 12 REC-RESTROOM R L LTG -SALES TRACK 12 1 /20 11 C 12 1/20 1 12 REC-MANAGERS DESK *"* R L. LTG -SALES PENDANT 12 05 1 /20 13 A 14 1/20 6 12 REC-COMPUTER *** R L LTG BOH**** 12 w� �. 1/20 15 16' 1/20 0 12 REC-GE NERAL MIDDLE R O IT BACKBOARD 12 1/20 17 C 18 1/20 00 12 REC-MICROWAVE R O TIMECLOCK 12 1/20 19 A 20 1/20 12 REC-REFRIG R R REC-GENERAL BACK 12 1/20 21 B 22 1/20 1.2 REC-WORK DESK R L LTG -LINEAR 12 k0 1/20 23 C 24 3/45 ,0 4 RTU -2 A R HVAC RECEPT. 12 0 1/20 25 A 26 A R REC-SHOW WINDOW**** (1) 12 1/20 27 B 28 0 A R REC-SHOW WINDOW*"** (2) 12 1/20 29 C 30 3/45 0 4 RTU -1 A R REC-SHOW WINDO **** (3) 12 480 1/20 31 A 32 3840 A R. OFFICE GEN RECEPT 12 1/20 33 B 34 840 A R VALENCE RECEPT 12 1/20 35 C 36' 1/20 80 12 REC-SHOW WINDOW**** (4) R SPARE 1/20 37 A 38 1/20 12 REC-MONITOR/FLOOR BOX R SPARE 1/20 39 B 40 1/20 12 TELECOMS. CLOSET RECEPT R R (EX) TELEPHONE BOARD 12 10 1./20 41 C 42 1/20 0 12 REC-FLOOR BOX R 15189 CATEGORY CONN. KVA L R M K A H 0 LIGHTING RECEPTACLE: MOTORS: KITCHEN EQUIPMENT: AIR CONDITION: HEAT (ELECTRIC): OTHER LOAD: 2.17 19.40 0.00 0.00 23.04 0.00 5.70 LOAD AMPS 6 54 0 0 64 0 16 DEMAND FACTOR 1 10+:5x 9. 1 0.65 1 1 1 DE;MA KVA 2.17 14.70 0.00 ND LOAD 0.00 23.04 0.00 5.70 AMPS 6 41 0 0 64 0 16 SUB TOTAL 50.31 140 45.61 127 SPARE CONTINUOUS LARGEST MOTOR: 25% 0.25 11.40 32 2 TOTAL: 50.31 140 1.1332 57.01 158 35120 MOUNTED SURFACE VOLTS: 120/208 PHASE/WIRE: 3/4 MAIN SIZE: 225 AMPS MAIN TYPE: 200 MCB BUS TYPE: COPPER SERIES RATE: REMARKS: * PROVIDE HACR BREAKER ** CONTACTOR (C#) ***DEDICATED RECEPTACLE **** LOCK -ON DEVICE PHASE LOADING PHASE 'A': 17925 PHASE 'B': 15714 PHASE 'C': 16670 % UNBALANCE 0.06 0.06 0 PROVIDE. GRD RATED BUS \\\\Tdp-svr05\1cIpSargentWerripur-Sealp17-487 Tukwila, WA\\06 MEP\\Current CD's\\Panels\\[Tukwila, Tempi Tue Aug 15., 2017 10:36 ROOF LINE i (EX) 4#3/0, 1#6G IN 2"C (VIF) LM) (EX) UTILITY METER (VIF) L (EX) 200A, 120/208V, 3PH DISCONNECT SW.(VIF) TO EXISTING SERVICE ETR �--LEASE LINE INTERIOR__ FLOOR LINE 1. ALL WIRE SHALL BE COPPER ONLY, THW, THWN, THHW, OR NEC APPROVED EQUAL OR BETTER. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. WIRE AMPACITY BASED ON NEC 110-14c AND TABLE 310-16. 2. E.C. SHALL FURNISH ALL NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIP. (PANELS, TRANSFORMER, CONDUITS, WIRE, METERS, SERVICE FEEDERS AND CONDUIT, DISC SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, TIMECLOCKS, ETC) AS REQUIRED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (PANELS, TRANSFORMER, LIGHTS, DEVICES, CONDUIT, WIRE, ETC.) NOT BEING USED SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. DO NOT ABANDON IN PLACE. 4. E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ALSO FIELD VERIFY THAT ANY EXISTING ELEC. EQUIPMENT TO BE REUSED IS OF ADEQUATE SIZE AND CONDITION TO MAINTAIN SAFE OPERATION. IF DISCREPANCIES ARISE CONTACT PROJECT REP. 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. ALL CONDUITS ARE TO BE CONCEALED IN WALLS OR ABOVE CEILINGS. CONDUITS IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS SHALL EXIT WALLS AS CLOSE TO ROOF/FLOOR STRUCTURAL DECK AS POSSIBLE. 3. ANY EXISTING MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE REUSED MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF PROPERLY THROUGH THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED AND APPROVED HAULER. NO EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENTS MAY BE ABANDONED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LANDLORD. 4. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS NEED TO BE APPROPRIATELY FIRE STOPPED TO RETAIN THE WALL'S RATING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE LOADS BETWEEN PHASES ON PANEL BOARDS ARE BALANCED WITHIN 10%. 6. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CEILING PLENUM (INCLUDING TELEPHONE. DATA, ALARM AND TEMP. CONTROL WIRING) SHALL BE UL LISTED TEFLON PLENUM CABLE. -7 022? SEPARATE RPERAt4 EQ R� urAND 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL W W W.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL CONSULTANTS THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: R.T. AUG 2017 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL DETAIL & PANELS SHEET NUMBER E3.0 THE GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT INCLUDING ANY GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THE WORK IN THIS SECTION. BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID, EXAMINE ALL MECHANICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, AND/OR STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS, VISIT THE SITE AND GET ACQUAINTED WITH ALL CONDITIONS THAT MAY IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT. TAKE MEASUREMENTS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EXACT SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. FIGURED DIMENSIONS ARE REASONABLY ACCURATE AND SHOULD GOVERN IN SETTING OUT WORK. WHERE DETAILED METHOD OF INSTALLATION IS NOT INDICATED OR WHERE VARIATIONS EXIST BETWEEN DESCRIBED WORK AND APPROVED PRACTICE, DIRECTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ON JOB SITE SHALL BE FOLLOWED. THE CONTRACT INCLUDES ALL ITEMS OF MATERIAL AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND FULL OPERATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER. ANY DEFECTIVE ITEMS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. PERFORM WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT IN CLOSE HARMONY WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS SO COMPLETED WORK SHALL PRESENT A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE INSTALLATION. EXPOSED FINISHED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CAREFULLY CLEANED AND WIPED TO REMOVE GREASE, SMUDGES, DUST AND OTHER SPOTS AND LEFT SMOOTH AND CLEAN. DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK, THE ELECTRICAL SUB—CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY CLEAN UP AFTER HIS MEN AND SHALL LEAVE THE PREMISES AND ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH HE IS WORKING FREE OF DEBRIS AND IN A CLEAN AND SAFE CONDITION. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS, INCLUDING SCREWS AND BOLTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE TIGHTENING VALUES FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTORS. WHERE MANUFACTURER'S TORQUING REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT INDICATED, TIGHTEN CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS TO COMPLY WITH TIGHTENING TORQUES SPECIFIED IN APPLICABLE UL AND NEC STANDARDS. WHENEVER THE WORDS "CONTRACTOR", "THIS CONTRACTOR", ETC. APPEAR ON DRAWINGS OR IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK, IT SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SUB—CONTRACTOR. WHENEVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" APPEARS IN THESE DOCUMENTS, IT SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO MEAN "FURNISH & INSTALL". OUTLET MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE TO BE USED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. THE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF OUTLETS SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD WITH RELATION TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE OUTLET LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLET PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WITHIN A 15 FOOT LIMIT AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE IN CONTRACT PRICE. ALL FASTENERS, HANGERS AND METHODS OF HANGING EXPOSED WORK IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLATION. IF DURING CONSTRUCTION IF BECOMES APPARENT THAT CERTAIN MINOR CHANGES IN LAYOUT WILL EFFECT A NEATER JOB OR BETTER ARRANGEMENT, SUCH ALTERATIONS SHALL BE MADE AS PART OF THE CONTRACT. ENGINEER'S APPROVAL SHALL BE OBTAINED BEFORE MAKING SUCH CHANGES. WORKMANSHIP THROUGHOUT SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS OF BEST PRACTICE. MARKS, DENTS OR FINISH SCRATCHES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED ON ANY EXPOSED MATERIALS, FIXTURES OR FITTINGS. INSIDE OF PANELS & EQUIPMENT BOXES SHALL BE LEFT CLEAN. THE SYSTEM SHALL RING ENTIRELY FREE FROM GROUND WHEN TESTED OUT IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER INSTRUCTION OF EACH SYSTEM TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. UPON COMPLETION OF THE JOB, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER WITH A COMPLETE SET OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS INSTALLED. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT THE PLANS OF ALL OTHER TRADES IN ALL INSTANCES BEFORE INSTALLING HIS WORK SO THAT HIS PIPING WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH THOSE BRANCHES. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT ONCE AND DO NO FURTHER WORK TO BE INSTALLED UNTIL A SATISFACTORY ARRANGEMENT IS DECIDED UPON. ANY WORK DONE, OR EQUIPMENT PLACED IN POSITION BY THIS CONTRACTOR, CREATING A CONFLICT IN VIOLATION HEREOF, SHALL BE READJUSTED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE DECISION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE FINAL IN REGARD TO CHANGES DUE TO CONFLICTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ONLY FOR ITEMS OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT DIFFERENT THEN THOSE ALREADY CALLED FOR WITHIN THESE DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO PURCHASE ANY MATERIAL UNTIL SUCH APPROVAL IS OBTAINED. A MINIMUM OF SIX SEPARATE SETS OF DRAWINGS IS REQUIRED AND WILL BE DISTRIBUTED AS FOLLOWS: 1 COPY FOR ENGINEER'S FILE; 1 COPY FOR ARCHITECT'S FILE; 2 COPIES FOR THE OWNER'S FILE; 2 COPIES FOR THE CONTRACTOR. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE NEATLY BOUND IN A FLAT RING BINDER HAVING JOB NAME AND CONTRACTOR'S NAME ON COVER. A SINGLE SUBMISSION IS PREFERRED HAVING ALL ITEMS INCLUDED. LOOSE SHEET OR INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. ALL ITEMS OF MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED WHICH DO NOT REQUIRE SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION SUCH AS CONDUIT, WIRE, BOXES, ETC., SHALL BE LISTED AS SEPARATE MATERIAL SHOWING MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND CATALOG NUMBER AND TYPE AND SHALL BE INCLUDED WITH SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL TWO SETS OF MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS RECORD DRAWINGS WHICH SHALL BE SEPARATE, CLEAN, SEPIA REPRODUCIBLES RESERVED FOR THE PURPOSE OF SHOWING A COMPLETE PICTURE OF THE WORK AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL ALSO SERVE AS WORK PROGRESS REPORT SHEETS AND THE ELECTRICAL SUB—CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY NOTATIONS, NEAT AND LEGIBLE THEREON DAILY AS WORK PROCEEDS. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE KEPT AT THE JOB AT A LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THESE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE ELECTRICAL SUB—CONTRACTOR, DATED AND RETURNED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. FINAL PAYMENT OF CONTRACT WILL NOT BE MADE UNTIL RECEIPT AND REVIEW OF SAID DRAWINGS. PROVIDE TWO NEATLY BOUND (WITH TABBED SECTIONS) COPIES OF MAINTENANCE AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS, PARTS LIST PERTAINING TO ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL. FINAL PAYMENT WILL NOT BE MADE UNTIL DRAWINGS FOR RECORD, MAINTENANCE AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS ARE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE SHALL BE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR ALL WORK. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIALS USED IN THIS WORK AND ALL WORKMANSHIP AND TESTS PERFORMED THEREIN, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SPECIFIED SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST RULES AND REGULATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS, LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND UTILITY COMPANY. EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PREVAILING CODES, REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES AND BASE BID AND WORK ACCORDINGLY. ANY MINOR DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS/SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES AND REGULATIONS SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL REIMBURSEMENT. MAJOR DISCREPANCIES SHALL IMMEDIATELY BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER (IN WRITING), PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, ALONG WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSED COST FOR CORRECTION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS OR CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL REQUIRED FOR THIS BRANCH OF THE WORK. OWNER SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH CERTIFICATES OF FINAL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS BRANCH OF THE WORK. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCOMPANYING DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO DESCRIBE THE SCOPE OF ALL ELECTRIC/MECHANICAL WORK. THE DRAWINGS ARE AN OUTLINE TO INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF RACEWAYS, WIRING AND EQUIPMENT. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE IN EXECUTING OF THE WORK. SHOULD THERE BE A CONFLICT BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER THE MATTER TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR A DECISION AS TO METHOD OR MATERIAL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO DRAWINGS OF ALL OTHER TRADES FOR DETAILS, DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF OTHER WORK AND ROUTE HIS WORK SO AS NOT TO CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER BRANCH. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING QUANTITIES OF EQUIPMENT MENTIONED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS WITH THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE NOTED, PROVIDE THE GREATER OF THE QUANTITIES OR THE BETTER OF THE QUALITIES AS APPLICABLE. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW. ALL MATERIALS, APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES INC., LABEL WHERE REGULARLY SUPPLIED. CERTAIN MANUFACTURERS OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ARE SPECIFIED AND PLANS ARE DETAILED ACCORDING TO THIS MATERIAL. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BASE HIS BID ON FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THIS MAKE OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. WHERE MORE THAN ONE MAKE OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT IS SPECIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STATE IN HIS BID WHICH MAKE HE PROPOSES TO FURNISH. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SELF—ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE NOT LESS THAN 3 MILS THICK BY 1-1/2" WIDE. WHERE APPLICABLE, INSTALL ON ALL CONCEALED RACEWAYS AT CONNECTION TO ALL JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, EQUIPMENT, WALL/FLOOR/, ETC. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS, PROVIDE ORANGE TAPE WITH BLACK LETTERS. PROVIDE CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION BANDS FOR ALL CABLES AND CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR CODING FOR CABLE/CONDUCTOR JACKET AND/OR INSULATION FOR ALL CABLES AND CONDUCTORS OF ALL SYSTEMS. MATCH IDENTIFICATION WITH MARKING SYSTEM USED IN EXISTING SYSTEMS (WHERE APPLICABLE), SHOP DRAWINGS, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SIMILAR PREVIOUSLY ESTABLISHED IDENTIFICATION FOR PROJECT'S ELECTRICAL WORK. PROVIDE ON ALL CONDUCTORS OF ALL SYSTEMS. INSTALL ENGRAVED PLASTIC—LAMINATE SIGN ON MAJOR UNITS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING CENTRAL OR MASTER UNIT OF EACH ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INCLUDING COMMUNICATION/CONTROL/SIGNAL SYSTEMS, UNLESS UNIT IS SPECIFIED WITH ITS OWN SELF—EXPLANATORY IDENTIFICATION OR SIGNAL SYSTEM. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE SINGLE LINE OF TEXT, 1/2" HIGH LETTERING, ON 1-1/2" HIGH SIGN (2" HIGH WHERE 2 LINES ARE REQUIRED), WHITE LETTERING IN BLACK FIELD. UNLESS DETERMINED OTHERWISE IN FIELD, PROVIDE TEXT MATCHING TERMINOLOGY AND NUMBERING OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS. SECURE TO SUBSTRATE WITH FASTENERS, EXCEPT USE ADHESIVE WHERE FASTENERS SHOULD NOT OR CANNOT PENETRATE SUBSTRATE. AS A MINIMUM PROVIDE SIGNS FOR EACH UNIT OF THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES OF ELECTRICAL WORK WHERE SUCH WORK EXISTS ON THE PROJECT ALL STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS; ALL REMOTE FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SWITCHING DEVICES (VIA ENGRAVED WALLPLATES); ALL SYSTEM DEVICES, PORTS, TAPS, J.B.'S, P.B.S, ETC.; PANELBOARDS, ELECTRICAL CABINETS ; ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED BY OWNER OR ENGINEER IN FIELD. ALL EQUIPMENT & SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION NOMENCLATURE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR LISTED HEREIN IS SHOWN FOR GENERAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION REFERENCE ONLY. THE ACTUAL NAMEPLATE, ETC. NOMENCLATURE FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE VERIFIED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN FIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND WHERE APPLICABLE, SHALL BE AN EXTENSION OF EXISTING NOMENCLATURE USED ON THE SITE AS DETERMINED IN FIELD BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, ALL LABELING FOR ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK (FOR ALL SYSTEMS) SHALL BE 3M DCI NO. 054007-11954 "SWD" WRITE—ON TAPE DISPENSER KIT WITH FACTORY PROVIDED SPECIAL FAST DRYING MARKER INCLUDED WITH KIT. ALL MARKINGS SHALL BE CLEAR AND LEGIBLE. AS DETERMINED IN FIELD, PROVIDE COLOR CODING FOR JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES AND ASSOCIATED PLATES TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARDS. THE FOLLOWING INSULATION COLOR CODE SHALL BE USED FOR SYSTEM AND VOLTAGE IDENTIFICATION FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. 277/480V SYSTEM — BROWN, ORANGE, YELLOW & GRAY (NEUTRAL) 120/208V SYSTEM — BLACK, RED, BLUE & GRAY (NEUTRAL) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING GREEN SYSTEMS — TO MATCH EXISTING — VERIFY IN FIELD. ALL METALLIC CONDUIT, SURFACE WIREWAYS, SUPPORTS, CABINET AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHOWN ON PLANS. THE GROUND TERMINALS OF RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS OF THE SOURCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM MECHANICAL INJURY. ALL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT OR CONDUIT SHALL BE MAKE WITH AN APPROVED CONDUCTOR AND SAME SHALL BE BOLTED OR CLAMPED TO EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT. ALL CONTACT SURFACES SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND BRIGHT BEFORE CONNECTIONS TO INSURE A GOOD METAL CONTACT. ALL NEW BRANCH CIRCUITING INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REDUNDANT INSULATED PARITY SIZED GREEN GROUND WIRE BY THIS CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 517. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD TEST ALL EXPOSED CONDUCTIVE SURFACES IN ALL NEW "PATIENT VICINITY" AREAS, AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CORRECTIVE WORK (IF ANY) TO COMPLY WITH GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 517. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION OF ALL TESTING RESULTS TO ENGINEER AND STATE ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR. ALL WIRING FOR DIFFERENT POWER VOLTAGES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RACEWAY SYSTEMS SEPARATE FROM EACH OTHER (I.E. 24V SEPARATE FROM 120/208V). ONLY VOICE AND DATA CABLES MAY SHARE RACEWAYS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN CONDUIT. THIN WALL EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE USED, SIZES 3/4" (MINIMUM) THROUGH 2-1/2". ALL CONDUITS LARGER THAN 2-1/2" SHALL BE HEAVYWALL. CONDUITS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND OR IN CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE PVC JACKETED FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT. SEALTITE SHALL BE USED IN WET AREAS AND ON ALL MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAY ONLY BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS. NO BX, ROMEX, ARMORED CABLE, ETC. SHALL BE ALLOWED. ALL VISIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE RIGID. ALL FITTINGS FOR SAME SHALL BE SET SCREW TYPE STEEL, WITH INSULATED THROATS. ALL WIRING OF ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE HEREIN OR ON DRAWINGS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE SECURELY SUPPORTED IN PLACE PER CODE BUT ON A MAXIMUM OF 10 FOOT INTERVALS, WITHIN THREE FEET OF EACH BEND, AT EVERY OUTLET OR JUNCTION BOX AND AT THE END OF EACH STRAIGHT RUN TERMINATING AT A BOX OR CABINET. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK OR PIPE WORK. CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL TO AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE BUILDING LINES. GENERALLY, CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN IN CONTACT WITH STRUCTURAL PARTS OF THE BUILDING SO AS TO AVOID SUSPENDED LENGTHS OF CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE AND GENERALLY, CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PERMIT DRAINAGE. CONDUIT RUNS EXCEEDING 100 FEET IN LENGTH OR HAVING IN EXCESS OF THREE 90 DEGREE TURNS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PULL BOXES. CONDUIT FILL SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 PERCENT. ALL CONDUIT SYSTEMS (INCLUDING J.B.'S, P.B.'S, ETC.) SHALL BE PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED. NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME—RUN CONDUITS SHALL BE NO LARGER THAN 1-1/4" DIAMETER. CONDUIT FILL SHALL NOT EXCEED NEC REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CLEANED INSIDE BEFORE ANY WIRES ARE PULLED. CONDUIT ENDS SHALL BE CAPPED AND PLUGGED WITH STANDARD ACCESSORIES AS SOON AS CONDUIT HAS BEEN PERMANENTLY INSTALLED. CONDUIT INSTALLED WITHOUT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SWEEP BENDS AND BALING WIRE FOR PULLING. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE MADE TIGHT WITH WATERTIGHT COUPLINGS MATCHING CONDUIT AND ALL CORNERS SHALL BE MAKE WITH LONG RADIUS. THE ENDS OF ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CUT SQUARE AND REAMED AND ALL JOINTS BROUGHT TO A SHOULDER. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BETWEEN OUTLETS TO MAKE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND TO EFFECT A CONTINUOUS GROUND. SUITABLE SUPPORTS AND FASTENING SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY APPROVED STRAPS, FASTENERS AND HANGERS. HANGERS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM RODS. PERFORATED STRAPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. FASTENERS SHALL BE LEAD EXPANSION SHIELDS IN BLOCK OR CONCRETE, TOGGLE BOLTS IN HOLLOW WALLS, MACHINE SCREWS ON METAL SURFACES AND WOOD SCREWS ON WOOD CONSTRUCTION. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY FROM ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS AND SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL FIRE WALL AND SMOKE PARTITION PENETRATIONS (SEALED ACCORDINGLY). ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE ENTIRELY FREE OF PLASTER, MORTAR, WATER AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. RACEWAYS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WITHOUT CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE BALING WIRE LEFT IN RACEWAYS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET FOR FUTURE PULLING OF CONDUCTORS. RACEWAYS OPEN ENDS SHALL BE PLUGGED OR CAPPED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. WHERE "FISHING" THROUGH EXISTING HOLLOW PARTITIONS IS MANDATORY, USE MINIMUM 3/4" "GREENFIELD" (STEEL) FOR LOW VOLTAGE CABLING AND METAL—CLAD/ARMORED CABLE (LISTED FOR USE IN HEALTH CARE FACILITIES) FOR POWER. OTHERWISE TYPE MC/AC CABLE MAY ONLY BE USED FOR 6' FIXTURE WHIPS, UNLESS CASE—BY—CASE PERMISSION IS GRANTED BY ENGINEER AND OWNER. IT IS PREFERRED A SEPARATE NEUTRAL BE USED WHEN POSSIBLE. PER THE NEC, IF A NEUTRAL IS SHARED, ALL UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS OF A MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT MUST BE SIMULTANEOUSLY DISCONNECTED TO REDUCE THE RISK OF SHOCK TO PERSONNEL WORKING ON EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY A MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT. FOR A SINGLE PHASE INSTALLATION, THE SIMULTANEOUS DISCONNECTION CAN BE ACHIEVED BY TWO SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH AN IDENTIFIED HANDLE TIE OR BY A 2 -POLE SWITCH OR CIRCUIT BREAKER. FOR A 3—PHASE INSTALLATION, A 3—POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR THREE SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH AN IDENTIFIED HANDLE TIE PROVIDES THE REQUIRED SIMULTANEOUS DISCONNECTION OF THE UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS. WHERE FUSES ARE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTION, A 2—POLE OR 3—POLE SWITCH IS REQUIRED. NEATLY DRESS ALL WORK. INSTALL ALL WORK PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACES OR EXPOSED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND FOLLOW SURFACE CONTOURS, WHERE POSSIBLE. KEEP CONDUCTOR SPLICES TO MINIMUM. INSTALL SPLICE AND TAP CONNECTORS WHICH POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION RATING THAN CONDUCTORS BEING SPLICED. USE SPLICE AND TAP CONNECTORS WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL. ALL WIRES SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET/FIXTURE TO FIXTURE. INSULATION VALUE OF JOINTS TO BE 100% IN EXCESS OF WIRE. PROVIDE ADEQUATE LENGTH OF CONDUCTORS WITHIN . ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES AND TRAIN THE CONDUCTORS TO TERMINAL POINTS WITH NO EXCESS. BUNDLE MULTIPLE CONDUCTORS, WITH CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN NO 10 AWG CABLED IN INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS. MAKE TERMINATIONS SO THERE IS NO BARE CONDUCTOR AT THE TERMINAL. BRANCH SUBFEEDER CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANS. WHERE OUTLETS ARE INDICATED BY LETTERS ON PLANS, THEY SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY CORRESPONDING SWITCHES. NO WIRE SIZE SMALLER THAN NO. 12 SHALL BE USED FOR ANY BRANCH CIRCUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS. LARGER SIZES SHALL BE USED WHERE REQUIRED AND/OR INDICATED ON THE PLANS. DISTANCES FROM PANEL TO FIRST OUTLET OF A 15 OR 20 AMPERE BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL REQUIRE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM WIRE SIZE TO THE FIRST OUTLET. UP TO 100 FEET: #12 100 TO 200 FEET: #10 MORE THAN 200 FEET: # 8 ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS MORE THAN 200 FEET IN LENGTH SHALL BE MINIMUM NO. 10 TO THE LAST OUTLET. CONTROL CIRCUITS SHALL BE NO. 14 EXCEPT FOR RUNS EXCEEDING 300 FEET WHERE THEY SHALL BE NO. 12. OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED APPROXIMATELY AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND SHALL BE WIRED TO PROVIDE CONTROL OF OUTLETS INDICATED. ALL WIRES OF ANY ONE CIRCUIT SHALL BE RUN IN THE SAME CONDUIT. ALL WIRES SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET. INSULATION VALUE OF JOINTS TO BE 100% IN EXCESS OF WIRE. MECHANICAL WIRE SPLICERS SHALL BE SCOTCHLOCK INSULATED TYPE, T&B STAKON OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE CONDUCTORS TERMINATING AT EACH WIRED OUTLET SHALL BE LEFT NOT LESS THAN 8" LONG AT THEIR OUTLET FITTINGS TO FACILITATE INSTALLMENT OF DEVICES OF FIXTURES. FRICTION AND RUBBER TAPE CONFORM TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS HH—T-11 AND HH—T-111. PLASTIC ELECTRICAL TAPE SHALL BE SCOTCH #33+ OR APPROVED EQUAL. TYPE MC CABLE SHALL BE FORMED FROM CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF SPIRALLY WOUND, INTERLOCKED ZINC—COATED OR GALVANIZED (INSIDE & OUTSIDE) STRIP STEEL ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE RATED FOR 90 DEG. C. MINIMUM. PROVIDE WITH FULL PARITY SIZED GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE COMPATIBLE STEEL FITTINGS WITH INTEGRAL RED PLASTIC INSULATED THROAT BUSHINGS, COMPLIANT WITH NEC 350-5. CABLES SHALL BE 90 DEG. C. RATED WITH ALL COMPONENTS AND FITTINGS LISTED FOR GROUNDING AND COMPLIANT WITH THE FOLLOWING. A) b) c) UL STD.4 AND UL STD. 83. ANSI E119 AND E814. NEC ARTICLES 250 AND 333. TYPE MC CABLE MAY BE UTILIZED ONLY IF NEC APPROVED AND IF APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND IF NCLUDED IN THE LIMITED APPLICATIONS DEFINED BELOW. 1) ALL NEW 15 OR 20 AMPERE BRANCH CIRCUIT WORK. THIS SHALL APPLY ONLY UNDER ALL OF THE FOLLOWING CIRCUMSTANCES AND CONDITIONS. a) ONLY WHERE CONCEALED (ALL EXPOSED WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT). b) ROUTE ALL CABLES PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE BUILDING ARCHITECTURAL LINES/SURFACES/STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, KEEPING OFFSETS TO A MINIMUM AND FOLLOWING SURFACE CONTOURS WHERE POSSIBLE. MAINTAIN A UNIFORM ELEVATION FOR ALL CABLE RUNS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ALL CABLES SHALL BE SUPPORTED/ANCHORED AT MAXIMUM 4 FOOT INTERVALS AND WITHIN 12" OF BOX OR OUTLET AND SHALL NOT SAG. INSTALL CABLES IN A MANNER THAT PREVENTS OVERHEATING. CABLES SHALL BE FASTENED DIRECTLY TO THE STRUCTURE USING FACTORY CLAMPS/CLIPS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE RESPECTIVE CABLE (CADDY OR EQUAL). c) ONLY WHERE INSTALLED FOR NORMAL UTILITY CIRCUITS; ALL WIRING FOR EMERGENCY SYSTEM FEEDERS AND RECEPTACLE BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT (EMT), NO EXCEPTIONS. GENERAL VOICE AND DATA CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN "J—HOOK" STYLE PATHWAY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ALL OTHER WIRING/CABLES OF VOICE/DATA SYSTEMS AND ALL OTHER SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, 3/4" MINIMUM. VERIFY ROUTE FOR "J—HOOK" WORK ABOVE CEILING IN FIELD IN ADVANCE WITH OWNER. PROVIDE OUTLET BOXES AND CONDUIT STUBS FOR SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CONDUIT STUBS SHALL BE TURNED OUT IN JOIST SPACE AND, WHERE LOCATED IN AREAS WITH DRYWALL CEILINGS, SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE NEAREST AREA WITH NO CEILING OR WITH ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING. PROVIDE CONDUIT, BRIDLE RINGS AND RACEWAYS AS REQUIRED. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SWEEP "L" 90'S AND INSULATED THROAT FITTINGS (OR BUSHINGS). TYPICAL OUTLETS SHALL CONSIST OF A FLUSH WALL MOUNTED 4" SQUARE X 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH A DOUBLE GANG PLASTER RING. MAXIMUM CONDUIT FILL FOR NEW WORK SHALL BE 40%, BASED ON MANUFACTURE'S PUBLISHED DATA OF CABLE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. CABLE, TERMINATIONS, JACKS, LABELING, HARDWARE, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A CERTIFIED COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY CONTRACTOR. CABLING SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED FOR A TURNKEY, COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEMS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS OF COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT, EQUIPMENT OUTLETS, ETC. IN FIELD. USE CAUTION NOT TO EXCEED THE ALLOWED BENDING RADIUS FOR RESPECTIVE CABLES AND NOT TO COMPROMISE THE INTEGRITY OF THE CABLES DURING INSTALLATION BY PULLING TIE—WRAPS T00 TIGHTLY, DAMAGING CABLES, ETC. RACEWAY/CABLING BENDING RADII SHALL BE MINIMUM AS DIRECTED BY CABLE MANUFACTURER. USE PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT, WHERE NECESSARY; COMPOUND MUST NOT DETERIORATE CONDUCTOR OR INSULATION. NEATLY DRESS ALL CABLE WORK. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH RESULTS IN MAINTAINING A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 24 INCHES FROM FEEDER/BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAYS AND FROM ANY BALLASTED LIGHTING FIXTURE. PROVIDE COLOR CODED JACKETS TO IDENTIFY RUNS OF DIFFERENT SYSTEMS. NEATLY ROUTE CABLES PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING ARCHITECTURAL LINES. GROUP CABLES BY SYSTEM TYPE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF TELEPHONE SWITCH,DATA SERVER(S), HEAD—END EQUIPMENT, EQUIPMENT OUTLETS, ETC. IN FIELD. REVIEW ALL TERMINATION AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER IN ADVANCE. ALL CABLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PERMANENT ADHESIVE LABELING IDENTIFICATION BY THIS CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE TRANSPARENT ADHESIVE COVERINGS OVER EACH LABEL, WRAPPED AROUND THE LABELS AT LEAST TWO TIMES. THE LONG AXIS OF THE LABELS SHALL INSTALLED BE PARALLEL TO THE LONG AXIS OF THE RESPECTIVE CABLE ASSEMBLIES. LABELS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 1-1/2" LONG BY 3/8" HIGH. INSTALL POWER CABLES IN A MANNER WHICH PREVENTS OVER—HEATING. OTHERWISE, WHEREVER POSSIBLE, BUNDLE CABLES OF THE SAME SYSTEM TOGETHER. ALSO PROVIDE COLOR CODED JACKETS, OR OTHER APPROVED LABELLING/IDENTIFICATION METHOD, TO IDENTIFY RUNS OF DIFFERENT SYSTEMS. ALL CABLES WHICH ARE NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT SHALL BE NEATLY BUNDLED, SECURED AT FOUR FOOT INTERVALS AND IDENTIFIED AT TEN FOOT INTERVALS. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, BUNDLE CABLES OF THE SAME SYSTEM TOGETHER. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WALL OUTLET BOXES AND ADDITIONAL WHIPS AS/IF REQUIRED AT SYSTEMS FURNITURE TO ACHIEVE SAME. "J—HOOK" PATHWAYS CABLE DISTRIBUTION BRIDLE RINGS SHALL BE EQUAL TO CADDY #4BRT64 OR MONO—SYSTEMS INC. "THE HOOK" (MINIMUM 4" DIAMETER OR 4" SQUARE USABLE INTERNAL AREA) CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM OR CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL WITH ROLLED EDGES OR EQUIVALENT TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO CABLE JACKETS AND INSULATION. PROVIDE SPLITS OR OPENINGS SO THAT CABLES CAN BE LAID IN THE RINGS RATHER THAN THREADED THROUGH. PROVIDE MAXIMUM 30% FILL (IN CROSS SECTION), BASED ON OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF CABLES. ACCORDINGLY, PROVIDE MULTIPLE SETS OF RINGS ALONG ANY ROUTES AS/IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE RINGS AT FOUR FOOT INTERVALS AND AT ALL OFFSETS. ROUTE RINGS THROUGH CORRIDORS AND SIMILAR OPEN AREAS WHEREVER POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE WALL PENETRATIONS. SECURELY ANCHOR (MECHANICAL — NOT ADHESIVE) ALL RINGS DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING. RINGS SHALL NOT BE ANCHORED TO DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, PIPING, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CEILING SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL RINGS SHALL BE FULLY AND READILY ACCESSIBLE AFTER INSTALLATION. NEATLY ROUTE BRIDLE RING PATHS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING ARCHITECTURAL LINES AND AT A CONSISTENT ELEVATION WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ROUTE ALL BRIDLE RING PATHS AND CABLES PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE BUILDING ARCHITECTURAL LINES, KEEPING OFFSETS TO A MINIMUM. INSTALL BRIDLE RINGS IN A UNIFORM PLANE/ELEVATION WHEREVER POSSIBLE, KEEPING VERTICAL OFFSETS TO AN ABSOLUTE MINIMUM. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, SUBMIT SCALED COORDINATION DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL PROPOSED ROUTING AND RING LOCATIONS FOR REVIEW BY OWNER. KEEP OFFSETS TO AN ABSOLUTE MINIMUM. BRIDLE RING PATHS SHALL BE ROUTED SO THAT A MINIMUM OF 24" EXISTS BETWEEN ANY CABLES AND ANY EMI SOURCE SUCH AS BALLASTS, MOTORS, POWER WIRING, ETC. GANG TYPE OUTLET BOXES SHALL NOT BE USED. THE OUTLET BOX LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE, AND THEREFORE, IT SHALL BE INCUMBENT UPON THIS CONTRACTOR TO STUDY THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WITH RELATION TO SPACES AND EQUIPMENT SURROUNDING EACH OUTLET. ALL OUTLET, SWITCH AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MADE OF CODE GALVANIZED STEEL COMPLETE WITH RINGS AND SCREW COVER PLATES AND LOCATED WHERE SHOWN AND NOTED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE CONDUIT IS CONCEALED, BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4" SQUARE X 1-1/2" DEEP. ALL BOXES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH PROPER COVERS TO BRING FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL SURFACE. WHERE OUTLET BOXES OCCUR IN BLOCK, CINDER, OR CONCRETE BLOCK, FACING TILE OR OTHER MATERIAL WHERE SUCH MATERIALS FORM THE FINISHED WALL SURFACE, THE OPENING FOR THE BOX SHALL BE CUT NEATLY AND OF THE SIZE THAT THE COVER PLATE WILL COVER ALL PARTS OF THE OPENING. CONDUIT SHALL BE USED ON EXPOSED RACEWAYS. IN GENERAL, JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, OF THE PROPER SIZES, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF #12 GAUGE STEEL WITH REMOVABLE FRONT FASTENED ON WITH COUNTER SUNK HEAD SCREWS OR OTHER APPROVED MEANS. FOR SPECIAL APPLICATION, JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE NOTED, DETAILED AND/OR SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE FIELD AS REQUIRED. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE THE CEILING IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. FIELD COORDINATE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY—IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN, VERIFY ALL BOX/DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS IN FIELD WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RELATIVE TO EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED AND RELATIVE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS WHERE APPLICABLE. IN GENERAL, WHERE NOT LOCATED AT COUNTER AREAS, THE HEIGHT OF BOXES FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER OF BOXES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS: SWITCHES TELEPHONE OUTLETS (WALL PHONE) FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATIONS FIRE ALARM A/V ALARMS DEVICES AT SPECIAL HEIGHTS 4'0" 4'0" 6' BASDIRECTED IN FIELD. RECEPTACLES TELEPHONE OUTLETS (DESK PHONE) DATA CABLE OUTLETS 1'3" 1'3" 1'3" FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CABLE OF THE SIZE AND TYPE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER. ALL WIRE SHALL BE COPPER. ALL WIRING SHALL BE NEW. NO WIRE SMALLER THAN #12 AWG SHALL BE INSTALLED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED. USE OF #14 COLOR CODED WIRE WILL BE ALLOWED FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS ONLY. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE HEREIN. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. PROVIDE STRANDED CONDUCTORS FOR ALL SIZES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE THHN/THWN INSULATION FOR ALL CONDUCTORS SIZE 500 MCM (KCMIL) AND LARGER, AND NO. 8 AWG AND SMALLER. FOR ALL OTHER SIZES PROVIDE THW OR THHN/THWN INSULATION AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE LOCATIONS WHERE INSTALLED. PROVIDE COLOR CODED INSULATION/JACKET FOR PHASE IDENTIFICATION. ALL WIRES SHALL BE RATED AT 600 VOLTS. PROVIDE TYPE XHHW-2 INSULATION FOR ALL WIRING SUBJECT TO MOISTURE, FOR ALL WIRING BELOW GRADE AND FOR ALL WIRING FED FROM ISOLATED POWER SYSTEMS. KEEP CONDUCTOR SPLICES TO MINIMUM. PULL CONDUCTORS SIMULTANEOUSLY WHERE MORE THAN ONE IS BEING INSTALLED IN SAME RACEWAY. USE UL LISTED PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT, WHERE NECESSARY. INSTALL SPLICE AND TAP CONNECTORS WHICH POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION RATING THAN CONDUCTORS BEING SPLICED. USE SPLICE AND TAP CONNECTORS WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL. INCREASE WIRE SIZES PER NEC TO OFFSET VOLTAGE DROP AS/IF REQUIRED. DEVICE COLORS: DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.. SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLES: DUPLEX 120VRECEPTACLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #5362 SERIES (NEMA 5-20R). CONTROLLED DUPLEX 120V RECEPTACLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #5362-S2 SERIES (NEMA 5-20R) GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DUPLEX 120V RECEPTACLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #8899 SERIES (NEMA 5-20R). DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND 120V RECEPTACLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #5362 -IG. SINGLE ISOLATED GROUND 120V RECEPTACLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #5361—IG (NEMA 5-20R). SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF THE SIZE, TYPE AND MANUFACTURER AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR AS DETERMINED IN FIELD. SWITCHES: SINGLE POLE 120/277 SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #1221-2 SERIES. PILOT LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUAL TO 1221—PL DOUBLE—POLE 120/277 SWITCHES SHALL BE _EQUAL TO LEVITON #1222-2 SERIES; PILOT LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUAL 1222—PL 3—WAY 120/277 SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUAL TO LEVITON #1223-2 SERIES; PILOT LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUAL TO 1223—PL OCCUPANCY SENSOR DEVICES SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WALL PLATES: PROVIDE SINGLE—PHASE AC FRACTIONAL HP MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS, OF SIZES AND RATINGS REQUIRED. EQUIP WITH MANUALLY OPERATED QUICK—MAKE, QUICK—BREAK TOGGLE MECHANISMS; AND WITH ONE—PIECE MELTING ALLOY TYPE THERMAL UNITS. EQUIP WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY WITH FIELD ADJUSTMENT CAPABILITY OF PLUS OR MINUS 10% VARIATION OF NOMINAL OVERLOAD HEATER RATING, FOR PROTECTION OF FRACTIONAL HP MOTORS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. STARTER SHALL BECOME INOPERATIVE WHEN THERMAL UNIT IS REMOVED. PROVIDE STARTERS WITH DOUBLE BREAK SILVER ALLOY CONTACTS, VISIBLE FROM BOTH SIDES OF STARTER; GREEN PILOT LIGHTS, AND SWITCH CAPABLE OF BEING PADLOCKED—OFF. MANUAL STARTERS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE FOLLOWING. MANUAL STARTER IN FINISHED AREAS: SQUARE D #2510 FLUSH MOUNTED, 2—POLE TOGGLE SWITCH TYPE WITH NEON PILOT AND NEMA 1 TYPE B ENCLOSURE FOR FLUSH WALL INSTALLATION. MANUAL STARTER FOR EXPOSED CONDUIT INSTALLATION: SQUARE D #8536 SURFACE MOUNTED, 2—POLE TOGGLE SWITCH TYPE WITH NEON PILOT AND NEMA 1 TYPE FG -2P ENCLOSURE FOR SURFACE WALL INSTALLATION. FUSES: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FUSES OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. ALL FUSES SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER: BUSSMAN, LITTELFUSE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE FUSES OF TYPES, SIZES, RATINGS, AND AVERAGE TIME—CURRENT AND PEAK LET—THROUGH CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED, WHICH COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DESIGN, MATERIALS, AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION, AND WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND CONFIGURATIONS. FUSES 1 AMPERE THROUGH 600 AMPERES SHALL BE REJECTION TYPE. FUSES 601 AMPERES THROUGH 6000 AMPERES SHALL BE HI -CAP, BOLT TYPE. PROVIDE FACTORY FUSE IDENTIFICATION LABELS, INSTALLED ON THE INSIDE OF THE DOOR OF EACH SWITCH INDICATING TYPE AND SIZE OF FUSES INSTALLED. FOR TYPES AND RATINGS REQUIRED, FURNISH ADDITIONAL FUSES, AMOUNTING TO 10 PERCENT OF FUSES SUPPLIED, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE SET OF 3 OF EACH KIND. EACH FUSE SHALL BE CLEARLY FACTORY MARKED WITH CLASSIFICATION, CHARACTERISTICS, AMPERE RATINGS, VOLTAGE RATINGS, ETC. FUSES SHALL NOT BE SHIPPED INSTALLED IN SWITCHES NOR SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED IN THE EQUIPMENT UNTIL THE EQUIPMENT UNTIL THE EQUIPMENT IS READY TO BE ENERGIZED. ALL ' FUSES SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. PRIOR TO INSTALLING FUSES FOR PROTECTION OF SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, ETC., VERIFY RECOMMENDED FUSE SIZE/TYPE IN FIELD FROM RESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. IF A CONFLICT IN FUSE SIZE/TYPE RESULTS BETWEEN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS, CONTACT ENGINEER. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED FUSES UNDER BASE BID. INSTALL FUSES IN FUSED SWITCHES. CONTACTORS & TIMECLOCKS: LIGHTING CONTACTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SQUARE D "TYPE L" SERIES FOR NON—MOTOR LOADS (I.E. FOR TUNGSTEN & BALLAST LIGHTING AND RESISTANCE HEATING LOADS), ELECTRICALLY OPERATED, ELECTRICALLY HELD, IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, WITH 120V COIL, 2 THROUGH 12—POLE VERSIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. DRY CONTACTS SHALL BE RATED AT 30A, 208V OR 600V AS REQUIRED. VERIFY ALL COIL VOLTAGE RATINGS IN FIELD.. MULTI—PURPOSE TIME CLOCK SHALL BE EQUAL TO INTERMATIC #T103 (USE TORK DTS400B IN CALIFORNIA ONLY). TIME CLOCK SHALL BE PROGRAMMABLE 365 DAY, 24 HOUR WITH OVERRIDE CONTROLS. UNIT SHALL BE 4 CHANNEL. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED EXTERNAL CONTACTORS, RELAYS, ETC. TO RENDER THE CONTROL SYSTEMS FULLY OPERATIONAL. VERIFY ZONE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. PROVIDE BATTERY BACKUP .EXTENDED POWER CARRYOVER. CUSTOM PROGRAMMING SHALL BE CONFIGURED AS SPECIFIED BELOW. OPERATING HOURS SHALL BE SET AS FOLLOWS: 1. VERIFY WITH LANDLORD AND OWNER FOR EXACT SETTINGS PANELBOARDS: TO SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PANELBOARD RATING OF PANELBOARD AND ENCLOSURE): SQUARE D COMPANY PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT, SAFETY TYPE, FURNISHED WITH BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTING DEVICES, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING BOX, MAIN BUS AND CABLE LUGS FACTORY ASSEMBLED, WITH ALL COMPONENTS IN PLACE, READY FOR INSTALLATION. CABINET SIZES ARE BASED UPON A 20" WIDE BY 6" DEEP PANEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH FLUSH TYPE LOCK AND CATCH. ALL LOCKS SHALL BE KEYED ALIKE, AND TWO KEYS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED WITH EACH LOCK. PROVIDE WALLPLATES WITH ENGRAVED LEGENDS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND/OR WHERE REQUIRED PER ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION. ALL DEVICE WALLPLATES SHALL BE STANDARD SIZE; "MIDWAY", "OVERSIZED" ("JUMBO") OR "EXTRA DEEP" WALLPLATES SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. CONSTRUCT WITH METAL SCREWS FOR SECURING PLATES TO DEVICES; SCREW HEADS COLORED TO MATCH FINISH OF PLATES. WALLPLATES COLOR TO MATCH DEVICE, WITH BEVELED EDGES, EQUAL TO LEVITON COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE NYLON UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR THE ADMISSION OF HIS WORK. ANY DAMAGE DONE BY THIS CONTRACTOR TO THE BUILDING DURING THE PROGRESS OF HIS WORK SHALL BE MADE GOOD AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE DONE BY A SKILLED CRAFTSMAN IN THAT RESPECTIVE TRADE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO SUPERVISE THE INSTALLATION OF, AND PAY FOR ALL ADDITIONAL MEMBERS, WOOD OR METAL AND LABOR WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ANY TYPE OF PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL APPARATUS EMPLOYED IN THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACTOR'S WORK. SEAL ALL NEW FLOOR, CEILING, WALL, SLAB, ETC. PENETRATIONS TO MATCH OR EXCEED EXISTING/NEW ASSEMBLY FIRE RATINGS. PROVIDE SLEEVE SEALS FOR ALL SLEEVES; PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL PENETRATIONS. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. ALL. PENETRATIONS OF FIRE—RATED OR SMOKE—RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. SHALL BE SEALED IMMEDIATELY AFTER RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED. ALL NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK, DUCTWORK HANGERS, CEILING SUPPORTS, EXISTING CONDUIT SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL CONDUITS (AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES, WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ANY AND ALL NONCOMPLIANT WORK INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ENGINEER, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL SURFACE MOUNTED BALLASTED FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH AIR SPACES BETWEEN FIXTURE AND SURFACE PER LATEST EDITION OF NFPA/NEC. ALL RECESSED FIXTURES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH NECESSARY PLASTER FRAMES AND SURFACE TRIM. ALL RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE EQUIPPED AND SUITABLY CONSTRUCTED TO OPERATE WITH "P" RATED BALLASTS. ALL RECESS MOUNTED INCANDESCENT AND H.I.D. FIXTURES SHALL HAVE UL APPROVED THERMAL PROTECTION PER LATEST EDITION OF NFPA/NEC. ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND SERVICEABLE COMPONENTS (BALLASTS, THERMAL PROTECTION DEVICES, FUSES, ETC.) FOR RECESSED FIXTURES SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR SERVICE OR REPLACEMENT FROM BELOW THE CEILING, WITHOUT REMOVING ANY CEILING COMPONENTS (OTHER THAN TILES). WHERE PLASTER FRAMES ARE INFERRED FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES (EITHER BY NARRATIVE OR BY CATALOG NUMBER OR BY APPLICATION) THE ACTUAL FUNCTION SHALL BE TAKEN TO MEAN FOR MOUNTING WITHIN GYPSUM BOARD OR SIMILAR TYPE CEILING SYSTEM (I.E. NOT WITHIN WET PLASTER CEILING SYSTEM). ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES UTILIZED FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF SWITCHING. ALL BALLASTS OF THE SAME TYPE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBER. ALL LAMPS OF THE SAME TYPE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBER. PROVIDE LOW ENERGY SOLID STATE RAPID START ELECTRONIC FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS (LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 20% THD) SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR OPERATING LAMP TYPES INDICATED. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE MOTOROLA OR ADVANCE EQUAL. ALL FIXTURES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH MULTI—LEVEL SWITCHING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MULTIPLE BALLASTS TO ACCOMMODATE SAME. ALL OTHER FIXTURES MAY CONTAIN EITHER SINGLE BALLASTS OR MULTIPLE BALLASTS AS REQUIRED TO FULFILL REQUIRED FUNCTION AND AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE SYLVANIA OR PHILIPS, LONG LIFE TYPE (3000 HOURS). ALL INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE INSIDE FROSTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE SOCKET ADAPTERS/EXTENDERS IF REQUIRED FOR ACCOMMODATING THE SPECIFIED LAMP. FLUORESCENT LAMP COLOR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE 3500K (VERIFY). COMPACT FLUORESCENT TWIN TUBE/DUAL TWIN TUBE LAMPS SHALL BE OSRAM OR PHILIPS, 82 CRI, MINIMUM 10,000 HOURS RATED. LONG FLUORESCENT TWIN TUBE LAMPS SHALL BE OSRAM OR PHILIPS, 82 CRI, 3150 INITIAL LUMENS, MINIMUM 20,000 HOURS RATED. F32T8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE RAPID START, ENERGY SAVING TYPE, MINIMUM 75 CRI, MINIMUM 2850 INITIAL LUMENS AND MINIMUM 20,000 HOURS RATED. LAMPS SHALL BE SYLVANIA, OSRAM OR PHILIPS, EQUAL TO SYLVANIA #F032/RS. ALL SURFACE AND RECESSED CEILING FIXTURES INSTALLED ON GRID OR TILE CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO AGREE WITH MODULE OF CEILING EITHER DISPLACING A TILE, OR UNIT ON CENTER OF TILE, OR CENTERED ON GRID LINES. PROVIDE FIXTURES AND/OR FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES WITH HANGERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT FIXTURE WEIGHT. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES INSTALLED IN OR ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE ANCHORED DIRECTLY TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM ABOVE (ANCHORED PER NEC). SUCH ANCHORING SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND LEVEL. SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES GREATER THAN 2 FEET IN LENGTH AT A POINT IN ADDITION TO THE OUTLET BOX FIXTURE STUD. REPLACE DEFECTIVE LAMPS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FOLLOWING THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WHERE USED FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING PRIOR TO TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, REPLACE ALL INCANDESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE LAMPS, AS WELL AS ANY LAMPS WHICH ARE DEFECTIVE, DAMAGED OR BURNED OUT. FOR ALL EXISTING FIXTURES WHICH ARE SCHEDULED FOR REUSE, REMOVE FROM EXISTING CEILINGS DURING DEMOLITION; PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION; CLEAN, SERVICE (IF REQUIRED), RE—LAMP (WITH LAMPS TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD OR PER THIS SECTION AS NOTED) AND REINSTALL AT LOCATIONS INDICATED. FOR ALL EXISTING FIXTURES WHICH ARE SCHEDULED TO BE REMOVED AND TURNED OVER TO OWNER, THE FIXTURES SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, CAREFULLY REMOVED AND TURNED OVER TO OWNER. TRANSFER SUCH FIXTURES TO STORAGE AREA AS DIRECTED IN FIELD. PROVIDE ALL CONDUIT AND OUTLET BOXES AS REQUIRED FOR ALL CONTROL WIRING AND THERMOSTATS. FURNISH AND INSTALL POWER WIRING AND MAKE LINE CONNECTIONS TO ALL HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE APPROVED DRAWINGS OF ALL BRANCHES AND SHALL WIRE AND CONNECT ALL MOTORS, DISCONNECTS, CONTROL DEVICES AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ELECTRICITY FOR OPERATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE NECESSARY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND THE JUNCTION BOX NEAR EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT AND MATCHED CONNECTORS. NO FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE EXPOSED IN FINISHED ROOMS. EACH MOTOR SHALL HAVE DISCONNECT SWITCH OR MANUAL STARTER INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AHEAD OF MOTOR OR MOTOR MAGNETIC STARTER. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING AS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL OTHER CONTROL WIRING REQUIRED FOR OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE HEATING CONTRACTOR. DISCONNECTS. STARTERS & FUSES: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE EQUIPMENT OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING (FOR EACH TYPE AND RATING): SQUARE D CO. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUAL TO SQUARE D TYPE HD. ALL SAFETY SWITCHES/DISCONNECTS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, SAFETY TYPE, QUICK MAKE AND QUICK BREAK AND EXTERNALLY OPERATED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE IN FIELD, ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE IN FIELD, BRACE ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR 200,000 A.I.C. PROVIDE HEAVY—DUTY SWITCHES, WITH FUSES OF CLASSES AND CURRENT RATINGS INDICATED AND UL LISTED FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT UNDER UL STANDARD 98 OR 869. SEE SECTION "FUSES" FOR SPECIFICATIONS. WHERE CURRENT LIMITING FUSES ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE SWITCHES WITH NON—INTERCHANGEABLE FEATURE SUITABLE ONLY FOR CURRENT LIMITING TYPE FUSES. INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES WITHIN SIGHT OF CONTROLLER POSITION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS AND ANCILLARY COMPONENTS; OF TYPES, SIZES, RATINGS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED, WHICH COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIALS, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION, AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATIONS. ALL STARTERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH PILOT LIGHTS. ALL STARTERS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO LOAD BEING SERVED OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS, WHICHEVER REQUIREMENT IS LARGER. MANUAL AND MAGNETIC STARTERS THERMAL OVERLOAD ELEMENTS SHALL BE RATED BETWEEN 115% AND 125% FULL LOAD CURRENT OR AS CALLED FOR UNDER NEC. INSTALL AND CONNECT CAPACITORS FURNISHED BY HVAC CONTRACTORS AHEAD OF OVERLOADS WHERE APPLICABLE. PRODUCTS OF THE FOLLOWING (FOR EACH TYPE AND 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL PANELBOARDS SHALL BEAR UL LABELS FOR THEIR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR SERVICE VOLTAGE WITH NUMBER OF BRANCH CIRCUITS OF CAPACITY SCHEDULED. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PANELBOARDS AND SECTIONS THEREOF, IF ANY, SHALL HAVE MAIN LUGS ONLY OF CAPACITY EQUAL TO, OR GREATER THAN, THE RATING OR SETTING OF THE OVER THE CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE NEXT BACK ON THE LINE. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARD BUS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE OF THE DISTRIBUTED (SEQUENCE) BUSSING TYPE THROUGHOUT, SO THAT ANY 2 ADJACENT SINGLE POLE BREAKERS AND/OR SPACES SHALL BE REPLACEABLE BY A 2 POLE INTERNAL COMMON TRIP BREAKER, AND ANY 3 ADJACENT SINGLE POLE BREAKERS AND/OR SPACES SHALL BE REPLACEABLE BY A 3 POLE INTERNAL COMMON TRIP BREAKER, 15 AMP THROUGH 70 AMP INCLUSIVE, WITHOUT DISTURBING ANY OTHER BREAKER. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT WHERE BEING USED AS SUCH. DISTRIBUTION PANELS SHALL BE SQUARE D I—LINE. 480Y/277 VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE PANELS SHALL BE SQUARE D NF. 208Y/120V LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SQUARE D NQOD WITH BOLT—ON BRANCH BREAKERS. ALL BUSSING SHALL BE COPPER. CURRENT CARRYING CONTACT SURFACES SHALL BE SILVER OR TIN PLATED. MAIN BUSES AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE HARD DRAWN COPPER OF 98% CONDUCTIVITY, WITH CURRENT CARRYING CAPACITY TO MAINTAIN ESTABLISHED RISE TESTS AS DEFINED IN UL STANDARD UL 67. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE FULL AMBIENT COMPENSATED THERMAL MAGNETIC MOLDED CASE WITH QUICK—MAKE AND QUICK—BREAK ACTION AND POSITIVE HANDLE TRIP INDICATION, BOTH ON MANUAL AND ON AUTOMATIC OPERATION. BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE OVER—THE—CENTER TOGGLE OPERATING TYPE WITH THE HANDLE GOING TO A POSITION BETWEEN "ON" AND "OFF" TO INDICATE AUTOMATIC TRIPPING. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE FULL SIZE. "TANDEM" OR "SPLIT" BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ALL MULTI—POLE BREAKERS SHALL HAVE INTERNAL COMMON TRIP WITH ALL LOAD SIDE BOX LUGS OF ONE BREAKER IN THE SAME GUTTER. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL HAVE SEALED CASES TO PREVENT TAMPERING. ALL 15 AND 20 AMPERE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE UL LISTED AS SWD (SWITCHING DUTY). ALL 15-70 AMPERE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE HACR TYPE. ALL GFI CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE UL CLASS A WITH MAXIMUM THRESHOLD OF 5 MA. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING ALL BALLASTED (FLUORESCENT/HID) LIGHTING LOADS SHALL BE HID RATED. PROVIDE 20 (+/—) NON—PADLOCK TYPE BREAKER LOCK—ON DEVICES AND INSTALL ON BRANCH BREAKERS AS DIRECTED IN FIELD (NIGHT LIGHTS, COMPUTERS, SECURITY, ETC.). PROVIDE DETAILED TYPEWRITTEN SCHEDULES FOR ALL PANELBOARDS. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BASED ON FIELD DETERMINATIONS. PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION RELATED EQUIPMENT WITH APPROPRIATELY BRACED BUSSING AND PROPERLY RATED BREAKERS, FUSES, ETC. FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENTS. IN EXISTING BUILDINGS WHERE FAULT CURRENT VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, COORDINATE WITH EXISTING "UPSTREAM" DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AIC RATINGS TO MEET OR EXCEED SAME. FILL OUT PANELBOARD'S CIRCUIT DIRECTORY CARD UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION WORK. DIRECTORIES SHALL BE NEATLY TYPEWRITTEN. ALL PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES SHALL INCLUDE THE ACTUAL ROOM NAMES/NUMBERS THAT ARE SELECTED FOR INTERIOR SIGNAGE/DESIGNATION. TRANSFORMERS: POWER DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE SQUARE D DRY TYPE WITH COPPER WINDINGS. PROVIDE 4" HIGH CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD (WITH CHAMFERED EDGES) FOR ALL FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS. INSTALL UNITS ON VIBRATION MOUNTS; COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INDICATED INSTALLATION METHOD. DRY—TYPE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE OF THE ENCLOSED VENTILATED TYPE WITH KVA AND VOLTAGE RATING AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND WITH 150' CLASS H INSULATION AND MINIMUM OF SIX STANDARD FULL CAPACITY TAPS. SOUND LEVEL SHALL BE LOW AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE KORFUND OR EQUAL VIBRATION DAMPENING MOUNTS AND FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY. LOCATE TRANSFORMER AS NOT TO CAUSE SERVICING OR CLEARANCE DIFFICULTIES OF VIOLATIONS WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES (SMOKE DETECTORS, PULL STATIONS, BELLS, STROBES, ETC.) SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, AND COMPATIBLE WITH, THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE AUXILIARY CONTACTS IF REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS. ALL STROBE ALARMS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT, MINIMUM 75CD PER ADA. ALL NEW WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND IN CONDUIT (3/4" MINIMUM). FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A RACEWAY SYSTEM SEPARATE FROM SECURITY SUB—SYSTEM WIRING WHERE/IF APPLICABLE. THE INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM TEST OF THE EQUIPMENT BY THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLED. THIS TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE OWNER, ENGINEER, AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR A COMPLETE SET OF FLOOR PLAN DRAWINGS SHOWING CONDUIT SIZES AND NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS REQUIRED TO ALL COMPONENTS PLUS DETAILED WIRING CONNECTIONS REQUIRED AT EACH TYPE OF DEVICE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS TO THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL'S OFFICE (OR OTHER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION) FOR APPROVAL THIS ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN DURING THE SHOP DRAWING PROCEDURE. THE SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY THIS AUTHORITY. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORKING DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS (CARDS, POWER SUPPLIES, HARDWARE, FIRMWARE, SOFTWARE, ETC.) TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO RENDER THE ENTIRE EXTENSION FULLY OPERABLE. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED 20A/120VAC POWER AS REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE ALL NEW FIRE ALARM RELATED COMPONENTS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES WHETHER OR NOT SUCH POWER WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED TO FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT ONLY. SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE RATED COVERAGE OF THE DETECTOR AND, IN GENERAL, SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 15 FEET FROM A WALL OR 30 FEET APART. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 3 FEET FROM A SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. PROVIDE CONTACT BASES FOR ALL APPLICATIONS WHERE AUXILIARY CONTACTS ARE REQUIRED. THE AUDIO/VISUAL AND VISUAL—ONLY ALARM INDICATING DEVICES SHALL BE RED ADA—COMPLIANT UNITS (WITH MINIMUM 75 CANDELA ADA—COMPLIANT STROBES) WALL MOUNTED AT 6'8" AS SHOWN ON PLANS. STROBE UNITS SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED WHEREVER REQUIRED BY ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ADAAG. ADDITIONALLY, WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE STROBES MUST MEET ANSI S3.41 TEMPORAL CODE. THE WATERFLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES AND PRESSURE SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE AND PROVIDE THE RELATED MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ISOLATION MODULES AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE WIRE TO WIRE SHORTS ON A DATA LOOP TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF OTHER MODULES OR DETECTORS THAT ARE INCAPACITATED BY THE SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT AND/OR GROUNDS. ISOLATION MODULES SHALL BE PART OF THE SMOKE DETECTOR BASE. THE ISOLATION MODULES SHALL PERMIT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO OPERATE INDEPENDENTLY OF THE AREA DISCONNECTED BY THE ISOLATION MODULE DUE TO WIRING FAULTS. 8/15/2017 PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED TO INTERFACE "NON—INTELLIGENT" DEVICES INTO THE SYSTEM AS SHOWN OETEIVED DRAWINGS (I.E. SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES, ETC.). CITY Of TUKWILA PROVIDE CONTROL MODULES FOR ALL AUXILIARY DEVICES INCLUDING ALL SUPERVISED CONTROL FUNCTIONS SUCH AS AIR HANDLER SHUTDOWNS. EXTERIOR/ROOF MOUNTED DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE IN A NEMA4X ENCLOSURE. 21. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED 20A/120VAC POWER AS REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE ALL FIRE ALARM RELATED COMPONENTS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES WHETHER OR NOT SUCH POWER WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED TO FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT ONLY. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. AUG 2Li2i7 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE APPROVALPERMITAN REQUIRED CONSULTANTS THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0:214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: R.T. CHECKED BY: A.H. SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION SHEET NUMBER E4.0 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, LANDLORD OR TENANT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES ENCOUNTERED ON THE PLANS OR IN EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. BIDDERS ARE TO VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE WORK. THE BASE BID SHALL REFLECT MODIFICATIONS TO SYSTEMS AND DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY STATE, LOCAL AND FEDERAL CODES WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE SUBMISSIONS OF A BID WILL BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES/REQUIREMENTS HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT,. OR MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORSEEN HAD AN EXAMINATION AND CODE/REQUIREMENTS REVIEW BEEN MADE, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. HVAC & SPRINKLER KEYED NOTES ® 0 INSTALL NEW ROOF TOP UNIT AND ACCESSORIES AS SCHEDULED AND BALANCE PER AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE — SEE SHEET M2.0. O CONNECT CONDENSATE DRAIN TO EXISTING FULL SIZE CONDENSATE DRAIN SERVING PREVIOUS UNIT. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONDITION OF EXISTING CONNECTIONS. • EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, HANGERS, ASSOCIATED CONTROLS; ETC. NOT SCHEDULED TO BE RELOCATED OR RE—USED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED FROM JOB SITE. DO NOT JUST ABANDON. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. 0 HVAC CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PROGRAMMABLE HEATING AND COOLING THERMOSTAT HONEYWELL #TB7220 "COMMERCIAL PRO". MOUNT THERMOSTAT AT 4 FT. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATION SHOWN ON PLAN. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH TEMPUR SEALY'S PM PRIOR TO INSTALL. THERMOSTAT MUST BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH HVAC UNIT USED FOR PROJECT. REFER TO M3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O NEW RETURN AIR DUCT SMOKE DETECTION DEVICE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DETECTION DEVICE IS TO BE INTERLOCKED WITH AIR HANDLING UNIT TO SHUT THE UNIT DOWN UPON THE DETECTION OF SMOKE. IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTIVATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. • NEW LOW PRESSURE AIR DUCT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR INTERNAL AIR PATH DIMENSIONS. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. HOLD ALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND/OR PRACTICAL. REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SHEET M3.0. O7 FLEXIBLE DUCT, MAXIMUM LENGTH 5'-0". PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITIONS AND PROPER SUPPORTS PER S.M.A.C.N.A. (TYPICAL). USE FLEXIBLE DUCT FOR FINAL RUNOUT TO CEILING MOUNT DIFFUSER ONLY. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR FLEXIBLE DUCT SIZES. Og INSTALL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AT BRANCH DUCT TAKE—OFF (TYPICAL). O UNDERCUT DOOR FOR AIR TRANSFER. 10 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CEILING MOUNT TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER WIRED TO OPERATE WITH. LIGHTS. ROUTE 6"0 EXHAUST DUCT TO NEW EXHAUST DUCT THRU ROOF PENETRATION, PROVIDE CAP. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10FT DISTANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF ROOF PENETRATION. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ON ANY ROOF WORK REQUIRED. RR I i 1E2" 0 S.A. E RR ( f� 14"0 S.A.... — 1 LJ DD E M 2 A K300 10"0 S.A. EM2 poi • PP PP PP 11 B !\ t 450 ly'NL 00 100 Q3j EM 2 0 DD R F. DD (TYP) 10"0 S.A. va, yr PP DD AA BEV tMO! ADJACENT N.I.C. • (3A00) EE 16"0 S_A A. EE EE is IPP 10"0 S.A. 10"0 S.A. TPP 1]1\!k\ NL RTU -2 00 DD DD PP SP, A 300 EL EE A 300 1 HVAC SYMBOLS LEGEND 11 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER RETURN AIR GRILLE REF. DISCHARGE LINE REF. SUCTION LINE OUTDOOR AIR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR EXHAUST AIR DAMPER —D— M CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE MOTORIZED DAMPER SMOKE DETECTION DEVICE THERMOSTAT REMOTE THERMOSTAT SENSOR SMOKE DETECTOR AIR HANDLING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT HEAT PUMP CONDENSING UNIT ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP UNIT ROOFTOP UNIT TE R.A.G. DIFF. M.D. F.D. F.C. S.E. TOILET EXHAUST RETURN AIR GRILLE DIFFUSER MANUAL DAMPER FIRE DAMPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SMOKE EXHAUST 20"0 S.A. 7 R.D. R.S. O.A. R.A. S.A. E.A. S T 0 TS SD AHU CU HPCU RTHP RTU AIR DEVICE TYPE LLJ AIR VOLUME IN CUBIC FEET/MINUTE (CFM) EXISTING POINT OF CONNECTION (E) P.O.C. SPRINKLER HEAD GAS LINE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S NOTES: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, LANDLORD OR TENANT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES ENCOUNTERED ON THE PLANS OR IN EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. BIDDERS ARE TO VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF THE WORK. THE BASE BID SHALL REFLECT MODIFICATIONS TO SYSTEMS AND DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY STATE, LOCAL AND FEDERAL CODES WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE SUBMISSIONS OF A BID WILL BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES/REQUIREMENTS HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT,. OR MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORSEEN HAD AN EXAMINATION AND CODE/REQUIREMENTS REVIEW BEEN MADE, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. HVAC & SPRINKLER KEYED NOTES ® 0 INSTALL NEW ROOF TOP UNIT AND ACCESSORIES AS SCHEDULED AND BALANCE PER AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE — SEE SHEET M2.0. O CONNECT CONDENSATE DRAIN TO EXISTING FULL SIZE CONDENSATE DRAIN SERVING PREVIOUS UNIT. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONDITION OF EXISTING CONNECTIONS. • EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, HANGERS, ASSOCIATED CONTROLS; ETC. NOT SCHEDULED TO BE RELOCATED OR RE—USED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED FROM JOB SITE. DO NOT JUST ABANDON. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. 0 HVAC CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PROGRAMMABLE HEATING AND COOLING THERMOSTAT HONEYWELL #TB7220 "COMMERCIAL PRO". MOUNT THERMOSTAT AT 4 FT. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATION SHOWN ON PLAN. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH TEMPUR SEALY'S PM PRIOR TO INSTALL. THERMOSTAT MUST BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH HVAC UNIT USED FOR PROJECT. REFER TO M3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O NEW RETURN AIR DUCT SMOKE DETECTION DEVICE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DETECTION DEVICE IS TO BE INTERLOCKED WITH AIR HANDLING UNIT TO SHUT THE UNIT DOWN UPON THE DETECTION OF SMOKE. IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTIVATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. • NEW LOW PRESSURE AIR DUCT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR INTERNAL AIR PATH DIMENSIONS. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. HOLD ALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND/OR PRACTICAL. REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SHEET M3.0. O7 FLEXIBLE DUCT, MAXIMUM LENGTH 5'-0". PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITIONS AND PROPER SUPPORTS PER S.M.A.C.N.A. (TYPICAL). USE FLEXIBLE DUCT FOR FINAL RUNOUT TO CEILING MOUNT DIFFUSER ONLY. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR FLEXIBLE DUCT SIZES. Og INSTALL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AT BRANCH DUCT TAKE—OFF (TYPICAL). O UNDERCUT DOOR FOR AIR TRANSFER. 10 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW CEILING MOUNT TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER WIRED TO OPERATE WITH. LIGHTS. ROUTE 6"0 EXHAUST DUCT TO NEW EXHAUST DUCT THRU ROOF PENETRATION, PROVIDE CAP. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10FT DISTANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF ROOF PENETRATION. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ON ANY ROOF WORK REQUIRED. RR I i 1E2" 0 S.A. E RR ( f� 14"0 S.A.... — 1 LJ DD E M 2 A K300 10"0 S.A. EM2 poi • PP PP PP 11 B !\ t 450 ly'NL 00 100 Q3j EM 2 0 DD R F. DD (TYP) 10"0 S.A. va, yr PP DD AA BEV tMO! ADJACENT N.I.C. • (3A00) EE 16"0 S_A A. EE EE is IPP 10"0 S.A. 10"0 S.A. TPP 1]1\!k\ NL RTU -2 00 DD DD PP SP, A 300 EL EE A 300 1 L._ .....___...r. ---......_........_...._......v _.... - __--_-" -•E� f ED) F 200 El ce 0 CG W X w RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUS 2 2017 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT APPROVAL D REQUIRED 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL W W W.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL 8/15/2017 CONSULTANTS DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: T.G. CHECKED BY: A.H. SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER M1 .0 11 20"0 S.A. I LLJ L._ .....___...r. ---......_........_...._......v _.... - __--_-" -•E� f ED) F 200 El ce 0 CG W X w RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUS 2 2017 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT APPROVAL D REQUIRED 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL W W W.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL 8/15/2017 CONSULTANTS DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: T.G. CHECKED BY: A.H. SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER M1 .0 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. NOTE: FOR THE PURPOSE OF CLEARNESS AND LEGIBILITY, THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND ALTHOUGH SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT ARE DRAWN TO SCALE WHEREVER POSSIBLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE USE OF ALL DATA IN ALL OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND VERIFY THIS INFORMATION PRIOR TO ORDERING, FABRICATING OR INSTALLING ANY MATERIALS. 2. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE INFORMATION AND COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES AS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION AND COORDINATION OF THE COMPLETE PROJECT. 3. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADMINISTERING ALL WARRANTIES ON EQUIPMENT WHICH THEY FURNISH AND INSTALL. 4. PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY TO REPLACE ALL FAULTY MATERIALS AND/OR LABOR, AT NO COST TO TENANT, FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. PROVIDE 5 YEAR COMPRESSOR WARRANTY FOR AC UNITS. WARRANTIES SHALL BEGIN ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 5. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 6. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES ALL REQUIRED OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. ALL REQUIRED OPENINGS IN FOUNDATIONS, FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED INTO THE STRUCTURE WITH THE USE OF SLEEVES, CURBS, ETC. CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE HELD TO A MINIMUM. 7. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION AND FINISH OF ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DEVICES. AIR DEVICES LOCATED IN GUEST AREAS SHALL BE PAINTED PER THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FINISH SCHEDULE. ALL INTERIOR FACES OF DUCTWORK BEHIND RETURN AIR GRILLES SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BACK FOR LINE OF SIGHT. 8. THERMOSTATS AND REMOTE SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED AT 48" A.F.F. EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE FIELD COORDINATED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH WALL -MOUNTED WORK OR PROXIMITY TO HEAT PRODUCING EQUIPMENT. 9. ALL SUPPLY, RETURN, AND RESTROOM EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE UNDER THE ROOF STRUCTURE. 10. ALL RECTANGULAR, ROUND, AND FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE SIZED AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS; AND SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED SMACNA STANDARDS. ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND CONNECTIONS MUST BE SECURELY FASTENED & SEALED BY APPROVED METHODS. 11. ANY FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCEALED SPACES ONLY. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE 5'-0". ALL FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO BRANCH RUNS AND FITTINGS WITH A PANDUIT-TYPE BAND, AND SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE AIR DEVICE COLLAR. 12. ALL HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED AND PINNED WITH MINIMUM R-4.2, 1" INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATION SHALL HAVE MAXIMUM RATINGS OF 25 FLAME SPREAD, 50 SMOKE DEVELOPED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DUCT PAINT OR COLOR SPECIFICATION 13. ALL HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN CONCEALED DUCTWORK TO BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED AND SECURED WITH MINIMUM R-8.0 INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER PER THE 2016 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE. INSULATION SHALL HAVE MAXIMUM RATINGS OF 25 FLAME SPREAD, 50 SMOKE DEVELOPED. 14. ALL PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED WITH UL LISTED FIRE STOPPING MATERIAL. 15. SUPPLY, RETURN, AND RESTROOM EXHAUST DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. GAUGES, SWAY BRACING AND SUSPENSION SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA STANDARDS. SEAL ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS AIR AND WATERTIGHT. FLEXIBLE ALUMINUM DUCTWORK OR FIBERGLASS DUCTBOARD IS NOT ALLOWED (UNO). 16. ALL TYPE -1 GREASE EXHAUST DUCTS SHALL BE NFPA 96 APPROVED 16 GA. WELDED BLACK IRON, EXTERNALLY WELDED WITH LIQUID TIGHT JOINTS, SEAMS, AND SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS AND TRANSITIONS. 17. PITCH ALL HORIZONTAL GREASE AND CONDENSATE DUCTWORK UNIFORMLY BACK TOWARDS THE RESPECTIVE HOOD OR APPLIANCE AT A MINIMUM 1/4" PER FOOT (NOT TO EXCEED 50'-0"). 18. ALL TYPE -1 GREASE EXHAUST DUCTS SHALL BE DOUBLE WRAPPED WITH U.L. LISTED FIRE WRAP SIMILAR TO 3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 20A IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. EACH GREASE DUCT RISER SHALL BE WRAPPED TO THE FULL EXTENT POSSIBLE FROM THE HOOD COLLAR CONNECTION UP TO THE TERMINATION AT THE EXHAUST FAN INLET. ALL GREASE EXHAUST FAN ROOF CURBS SHALL BE VENTED PER NFPA 96. PROVIDE REQUIRED ACCESS FOR SERVICING AND CLEANING. 19. ROOF CURBS FOR EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED OF FULL WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH WOOD NAILER, AND FURNISHED WITH THE HOOD AND FAN PACKAGE. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ROOF CURBS WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FLASH ROOF CURBS AND SHIM DEAD LEVEL. COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ROOF OPENINGS WITH THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING. CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. 20. ROOF CURBS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED OF FULL WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH WOOD NAILER, AND FURNISHED WITH THE HVAC EQUIPMENT PACKAGE. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ROOF CURBS WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD ASSEMBLE THE ROOF CURBS, FLASH AND SHIM DEAD LEVEL. COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ROOF OPENINGS WITH THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING. CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. 21. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING THE AIR FILTERS AT THE ROOFTOP UNITS WITH 2" THICK PLEATED MERV 7 THROW AWAY TYPE AIR FILTERS AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE AND STORE TURNOVER. 22. A FULL CERTIFIED MEci-IANICAL AIR TEST AND BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED CONTRACTOR. A COPY OF THIS REPORT SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED TO THE LL PRIOR TO CLOSEOUT. 23. PER 2016 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE WHEN REQUIRED, EACH SINGLE SYSTEM PROVIDING HEATING OR COOLING AIR IN EXCESS OF 2000 CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF. AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY INTERRUPTING THE POWER SOURCE OF THE AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT DEVICES WHICH WILL DETECT PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION OTHER THAN HEAT, AND WHICH COMPLY WITH THE IBC, SHALL BE LABELED BY AN APPROVED AGENCY FOR AIR DUCT INSTALLATION AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SUCH DEVICES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE OPERATING VELOCITIES, PRESSURES, TEMPERATURES AND HUMIDITIES OF THE SYSTEM WHERE FIRE DETECTION OR ALARM SYSTEMS ARE PROVIDED FOR THE BUILDING, SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY SUCH SYSTEMS. 24. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ON SITE AND PRESENT AT THE DATE OF STORE TURNOVER. ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DUCTS AND PLENUMS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS, AIR -HANDLER BOXES AND SUPPORT PLATFORMS USED AS DUCTS OR PLENUMS, SHALL BE INSTALLED, SEALED AND INSULATED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2013 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE AND SMACNA 006-2006 HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. SUPPLY -AIR AND RETURN -AIR DUCTS CONVEYING HEATED OR COOLED AIR SHALL BE INSULATED TO A MINIMUM INSTALLED LEVEL OF R-8, UNLESS DUCTS ARE IN A CONDITIONED SPACE. DUCT SYSTEMS WITH BLOWER TYPE EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE PORTIONS OF A HEATING, COOLING, ABSORPTION, EVAPORATIVE COOLING OR OUTDOOR AIR VENTILATION SYSTEM SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE W/ CHAPTER 17 OF THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE. MECHANICAL VENTILATION BY ZONE CLASSIFICATION OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION CONDITION AREA (SQFT) CFM PER SQFT MIN CFM BY AREA OCCUPANT DENSITY (#/1000 SQFT) OCCUPANTS CFM PER OCCUPANT MIN CFM BY OCCUPANT TOTAL CFM EFFECTIVENESS CFM (Ez=0.8) EXHAUST RATE (CFM PER FIXTURE/SQFT) FIXTURES MIN EXHAUST CFM SALES 2000 0.12 240 15 30 7.5 225 465 581 0.0 0 0 STORAGE 400 0.12 48 0 0 0.0 0 48 60 0.0 0 0 OFFICE 80 0.06 5 5 1 5.0 5 10 12 0.0 0 0 CORRIDOR 120 0.06 7 0 0 0.0 0 7 9 0.0 0 0 RESTROOM - LIGHT USE 60 0.00 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 0 50.0 1 50 AIR DEVICE SCHEDULED PLAN MARK QTY. * TITUS MODEL NO. FACE SIZE NECK SIZE FLEX SIZE TYPE NOTES A 9 OMNI 24"x24" 10"0 10"0 DIFF 1,3,4 B 1 OMNI 24"x24" 12"0 12"0 DIFF 1,3,4 C 4 TMS 24"x24" 8"0 8"0 DIFF 1,2,3,4 D 1 TMS 24"x24" 6"0 6"0 DIFF 1,3,4 E 2 PAR 24"x24" SEE PLAN N/A RG 3 F 1 TMS 12"x8" 10"0 10"0 DIFF 1,2,3,4 * OR NOTES: APPROVED EQUAL DIFFUSERS TO HAVE 4 -WAY THROW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FIT LAY -IN CEILING MODULE TRIM RING FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING & INSTALL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 1. ALL SUPPLY 2. FRAME SHALL 3. PROVIDE TRM 4. PROVIDE AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE MARK S/A O/A E/A AHU-1 2400 250 - AHU-2 2400 450 - (EX) EF - - 75 TOTAL 4800 650 75 NET BUILDING PRESSURIZATION (O/A) - (E/A)= +575 CFM FAN SCHEDULE MARK SERVICE CFM E.S.P. "WG RPM MOTOR VOLTS/ PH MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE NOTES EF -1 RESTROOM 75 0.25 750 87 W 120/1 BROAN L100 CEILING CABINET FAN 1,2,3 NOTES: (NOT ALL MAY APPLY) WITH RESPECTIVE RESTROOM LIGHT SWITCH FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION. AVAILABLE GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER. CONTRACTOR. WITH BOH LIGHT SWITCH FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION. 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK 2. INSTALL COMPLETE WITH FACTORY 3. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE GENERAL MARK RTU -1 RTU -1 SERVING TENANT TENANT MANUFACTURER TRANE TRANE MODEL NO. WHC060 WHC060 TYPE HEAT PUMP HEAT PUMP OPERATING WEIGHT, LBS. 480 480 LENGTH, WIDTH, HEIGHT 89"x53"x47" 89"x53"x47" MINIMUM SEER 13 13 w w VOLTS/ PH/ HZ 208/3/60 208/3/60 MIN. CIRCUIT AMP. (MCA) 32 32 MAX. OVERCURRENT PROT. (MOCP) 45 45 SUPPLY FAN SUPPLY AIR CFM 2000 2000 OUTSIDE AIR CFM 250 450 EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE IN W.G. 0.6 0.6 FAN MOTOR BHP 1.0 1.0 COOLING NOMINAL SIZE TONS 5 5 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 61 61 SENSIBLE CAPACITY MBH 60 60 OUTSIDE AIR DB/WB, DEG. F. 95 95 ENTERING AIR DB/WB DEG. F. 80/67 80/67 HEATING TYPE OF HEAT HEAT PUMP HEAT PUMP INTEGRATED HEATING INPUT MBH 57 57 OUTSIDE AIR DB, DEG. F. 24 24 LEAVING AIR DB, DEG. F. 89.9 89.9 NOTES 1 THRU 9 1 THRU 9 NOTES:(NOT ALL MAY APPLY) SEISMIC ROOF SUCH THAT TO BE INSTALLED BY THE COIL HAIL FROSTAT. BE SENSOR OF AUTOMATIC DETECTOR(S), UPON SHALL FROM AND 1. PROVIDE A FACTORY AVAILABLE UN -INSULATED FLAT CURB THAT SHALL BE FIELD ASSEMBLED AND SHIMMED THE TOP OF THE CURB SETS LEVEL. ROOF CURBS BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND FIELD INSULATED MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE WITH LOW AMBIENT CONTROLS, CONDENSER GUARD, HINGED ACCESS PANELS, CRANK CASE HEATER, 3. SENSORS AND LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REMOTE TEMPERATURE AND PROGRAMMABLE 24/7 THERMOSTAT CAPABLE COOLING/ HEATING CHANGEOVER. 5. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED ENTHALPY CONTROLLED ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF OPTION. 6. PROVIDE FACTORY AVAILABLE RETURN AIR SMOKE CAPABLE OF SHUTTING DOWN THE ROOFTOP UNIT ACTIVATION. 7. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED NON-FUSED ELECTRICAL. DISCONNECT AND CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE. RECEPTACLE BE FIELD WIRED BY THE E.C. AND POWERED SEPARATELY THE UNIT. 8. UNIT SELECTIONS ARE BASED ON R -410A REFRIGERANT STANDARD EFFICIENCY OPERATION. 11 11 OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE RELIEF EXHAUST /-ROOF CURB ROOF DECK SUPPLY AIR DUCT POWER WIRING RETURN AIR DUCT -T'STAT WIRING NOTE: 1. DISCONNECT SWITCHES, BRACKETS, AND CONDUIT MUST BE CLEAR OF ALL UNIT PANELS AND AIR FLOW. BRACKETS MUST BE TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OF UNIT. CONDENSATE DRAIN TO TRAP, AIR GAP, AND TERMINATE ON ROOF. ROOFTOP UNIT INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE ROOF JOIST HANGER WIRE SHEET MTL. DUCT HANGER RECTANGULAR DUCT EXTERNAL INSULATION SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUS THRU HANGERS ROOF JOIST HANGER WIRE DUCT HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NONE SHEET MTL. DUCT HANGER SPIRAL DUCT EXTERNAL INSULATION SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUS THRU HANGERS 2" WIDE MIN. DUCT STRAP 48" O.C. MAX. RIGID ROUND METAL DUCT EXTERNALLY INSULATED RIGID ROUND DUCT ELBOW EXTERNALLY INSULATED INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT MAX. LENGTH 5'-0". FIRE DAMPER (LOCATION WHEN REQUIRED) VOLUME DAMPER (FOR FINAL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT) - SPIN -IN FITTING WITH BALANCING DAMPER WITH REMOTE REGULATOR, AND 45' EXTRACTOR (DAMPER USED FOR ROUGH BALANCING) METAL SUPPLY DUCT EXTERNALLY INSULATED DIFFUSER CEILING HVAC DUCTWORK DETAIL SCALE: NONE CONCEALED CEILING CUP AND COVER. STORM COLLAR ROOF RAIN CAP THIMBLE TOILET EXHAUST FAN GRILLE FACE FLEX BACKDRAFT DAMPER CAP CEILING NOTES: 1. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR DUCT DIMENSIONS. 2. ELECTRICIAN TO WIRE FANS IN PARALLEL WITH RESTROOM LIGHT FIX-RACEEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA TOILET FAN EXHAUST DETAIL An 2 a sm7 SCALE: NONE PERMIT CENTER Dc/ 0141-47 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL 8/15/2017 CONSULTANTS THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: T.G. CHECKED BY: T.H. SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER M2.0 GENERAL A. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS, ALONG WITH ALL APPLICABLE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SHALL FORM A PART OF THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. B. REFERENCE IS MADE TO REQUISITES FOR BIDDERS AND CONTRACTORS UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, WHICH SHALL BE CONSIDERED BINDING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNDER THIS SECTION. SCOPE EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, BOTH ON TENANT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND LANDLORD'S AS REFERRED TO, BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID AS NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE BECAUSE OF CONTRACTOR'S UNFAMILIARITY WITH THESE DETAILS. ALL PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE PACE OF THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. INSPECTION OF SITE ALL PROPOSALS SHALL PRECLUDE THAT CONTRACTOR IS FAMILIAR WITH JOBSITE CONDITIONS AND UTILITY LOCATIONS AND THE LACK OF SPECIFIC INFORMATION ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY RESPONSIBILITY. PERMITS ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE SUBCONTRACTOR INVOLVED. CODE REQUIREMENTS ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND/OR REGULATIONS OF THE GOVERNING BODIES, WHETHER SO SHOWN OR NOT, AND ALL MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY SUCH AUTHORITIES SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURERS, AND UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SHALL BE NEW, AND FREE FROM ANY AND ALL DEFECTS. LIKE MATERIALS USED SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURE AND QUALITY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. B. ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY COMPETENT WORKMEN AND EXECUTED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. WORK SHALL BE PROPERLY PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND COMPLETION, INSTALLATION SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF ALL DEBRIS PRESENT AS A RESULT OF THIS CONTRACT AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES, DO NOT ABANDON. CODES AND REGULATIONS EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES AND REGULATIONS BEARING ON THE CONDUCT OF THE WORK AS DRAWN AND SPECIFIED. IF A SUBCONTRACTOR OBSERVES THAT THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE AT A VARIANCE, HE SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE TENANT IN WRITING. IF ANY SUBCONTRACTOR PERFORMS ANY WORK KNOWING IT TO BE CONTRARY TO LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES AND REGULATIONS AND WITHOUT GIVING SUCH NOTICE, THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS ARISING THEREFROM. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAIN ADEQUATE PROTECTION OF ALL HIS WORK FROM DAMAGE AND SHALL PROTECT THE OWNER'S PROPERTY FROM INJURY OR LOSS ARISING FROM HIS WORK. ANY SUCH DAMAGE, INJURY, OR LOSS, EXCEPT SUCH AS MAY BE DIRECTLY DUE TO CAUSES BEYOND HIS CONTROL AND NOT TO HIS FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE, SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SUBCONTRACTOR. HE SHALL ADEQUATELY PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTY AS WELL. B. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS FOR THE SAFETY OF THEIR EMPLOYEES ON THE WORK AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND SAFETY LAWS TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS OR INJURY TO PERSONS ON OR ADJACENT TO THE PREMISES WHERE THE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL INSURANCE REQUIRED TO PROTECT HIMSELF, THE OWNER AND TENANT FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK AGAINST PROPERTY DAMAGE AND PUBLIC LIABILITY. CHANGES IN THE WORK THE TENANT, WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE CONTRACT, MAY ORDER EXTRA WORK OR MAKE CHANGES BY ALTERING, ADDING TO, OR DEDUCTING FROM THE WORK, WITH CONTRACT SUM BEING ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY. COOPERATION ALL WORK UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES OF THIS PROJECT IN A MANNER WHICH WILL ALLOW EACH CONTRACTOR AND TRADE SUFFICIENT TIME AT THE PROPER STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION TO FULFILL HIS CONTRACTS. CONTRACTORS SHALL CONTACT OWNER FOR INSTRUCTIONS SHOULD ANY QUESTIONS ARISE BETWEEN TRADES AS TO THE INSTALLATION OF LINES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, FIXTURES, OR EQUIPMENT, OR SHOULD IT APPEAR DESIRABLE TO ANY GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WHICH WOULD AFFECT THE APPEARANCE OR STRENGTH OF THE STRUCTURE. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED ON PLANS TO ESTABLISH A STANDARD. THE PRODUCTS OF OTHER MANUFACTURERS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE, IF IN THE OPINION OF THE TENANT, THE SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL IS OF QUALITY EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN THE MATERIAL SPECIFIED, AND WILL SERVE WITH EQUAL EFFICIENCY AND DEPENDABILITY, FOR THE PURPOSE OF WHICH THE ITEMS SPECIFIED WERE INTENDED. SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP DRAWINGS AND CATALOG DATA ON ALL MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, AND OTHER SUCH ILLUSTRATIVE MATERIAL THAT MAY BE CONSIDERED NECESSARY BY THE TENANT, SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN ADEQUATE TIME TO PREVENT DELAY AND/OR CONSTRUCTION MODIFICATIONS. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. THE DRAWINGS DIAGRAMMATICALLY INDICATE THE LOCATIONS OF THE VARIOUS LINES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT AND THE METHOD OF CONNECTING AND CONTROLLING THEM. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EVERY CONNECTION IN DETAIL AND ALL FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. B. SHOULD ANY CHANGES BE DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE CONTRACTOR, TO ANY ITEMS SHOWN ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SHOP DRAWINGS, DESCRIPTIONS, AND THE REASON FOR THE PROPOSED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL. RESPONSIBILITY A. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SATISFACTORY AND COMPLETE EXECUTION OF ALL WORK INCLUDED IN HIS CONTRACT. HE SHALL PRODUCE COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE ALL INCIDENTAL ITEMS REQUIRED AS PART OF HIS WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH ITEM IS PARTICULARLY SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. FOR EXAMPLE, ON SINK INSTALLATIONS, ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR COUNTERTOP PENETRATIONS, ALTHOUGH THEY WERE NOT SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY TO LANDLORD AND TENANT A CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. THIS SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR BOTH REMODELED AND NEW STORES. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING GENERAL A. THE WORK COVERED BY THIS SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESPECTIVE DRAWINGS, INFORMATION OR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, ADDENDA, OR DIRECTIVES WHICH MAY BE ISSUED BY THE OWNER, SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH IN EVERY ASPECT. B. THE LISTING HEREIN OF AN ARTICLE OR MATERIAL, OPERATION OR METHOD, REQUIRES THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL EACH ITEM LISTED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO THE CONTRARY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM EACH OPERATION PRESCRIBED OR LISTED ACCORDING TO THE CONDITIONS STATED. EXAMINATION OF SITE ALL CONTRACTORS SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL FIRST EXAMINE THE SITE AND ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AFFECTING HIS WORK. SCOPE FURNISH ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED BY DRAWINGS AND/OR BY TENANT'S DIRECTIONS. EQUIPMENT A. 1. ROOFTOP UNITS: FURNISH HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING AS SCHEDULED. UNIT TO BE COMBINED PACKAGED SYSTEM, ALL SEASON EQUIPMENT, CONSISTING OF GAS HEATING SECTION, BLOWER, DX COIL, COMPRESSOR'(S), AND AIR COOLED CONDENSING SECTION. UNIT SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR DOWN FLOW ARRANGEMENT WITH ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS WITHIN FACTORY ROOF CURB. 2. FEATURES: UNITS TO BE WOUND FOR VOLTAGE AND PHASE AS SCHEDULED. HEAVY GAUGE ALUMINIZED STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL OR COATED HEAT EXCHANGER WILL BE ACCEPTABLE. UNIT MUST BE A.G.A. APPROVED FOR OUTDOOR APPLICATION. DIRECT EXPANSION COIL WITH FACTORY INSTALLED EXPANSION VALVE - BLOWER SHALL BE OF THE CENTRIFUGAL BELT DRIVEN OR MULTI -SPEED DIRECT DRIVE TYPE WITH FORWARD CURBED BLADES - BLOWER AND MOTOR ISOLATED FOR QUIET OPERATION - BUILT IN MOTOR STARTER WITH OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION. HERMETICALLY SEALED COMPRESSOR WITH INHERENT OVERLOAD PROTECTION THERMOSTAT - NON -PRORATED 5 -YEAR WARRANTY ON COMPRESSOR AND 10 -YEAR WARRANTY ON HEAT EXCHANGER - CONDENSER COIL CONSTRUCTED OF COPPER TUBING WITH ALUMINUM FINS - CRANKCASE HEATERS - BUILT IN MOTOR STARTERS ELECTRIC IGNITION - HIGH, LOW PRESSURE CUTOUT ON COMPRESSOR - SHUTOFF VALVES ON LIQUID AND SUCTION LINES - SHORT CYCLE TIMER PROTECTION - FILTER - DRYER - VIBRATION ISOLATION. UNIT FACTORY CHARGED. 3. ACCESSORIES: REFER TO RTU SCHEDULE ON SHEET M100. B. FILTERS - FILTERS SHALL BE OF THE THROW AWAY TYPE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. IF FILTERS ARE BY NECESSITY THE PERMANENT TYPE, THEY MUST BE OF THE CLEANABLE, HIGH VELOCITY TYPE AND SHALL BE AMERICAN AIR FILTERS, AIR MAYS, EVANS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. FILTERS SHALL BE OF THE OPTIMUM THICKNESS AND DESIGN FACE VELOCITY SHALL NOT EXCEED 550 FPM. INSTALLATION OF THE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SHALL NOT IMPEDE OR CONFLICT WITH ACCESS TO FILTERS. IF THE FILTERS ARE IN FRAME HOLDERS, HOLDERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LIFT HANDLE. C. THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY ALL ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND RELATED ACCESSORIES WITH 2" HIGH PAINTED STENCILED LETTERS OF THE STORE NAME ON ALL SIDES OF EQUIPMENT. D. ALL ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH COMMERCIAL GRADE PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSORS. HEATING AND COOLING THERMOSTAT CAPABLE OF BEING ADJUSTED TO 55°F HEATING AND 85°F COOLING. DESIGN AND STANDARD CONDITIONS FOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: COOLING: 75°F MAXIMUM OCCUPIED COOLING TEMPERATURE 85°F COOLING NIGHT SETBACK HEATING: 70°F MAXIMUM OCCUPIED HEATING TEMPERATURE 60°F HEATING NIGHT SETBACK FAN: CONTINUOUS IN OCCUPIED AND RECOVERY MODE AND WITH HEATING OR COOLING EQUIPMENT IN UNOCCUPIED MODE. DEADBAND: CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING A 5°F DEADBAND. CLOCK: 7 DAY CAPABLE OF 7 DIFFERENT DAY SCHEDULES. OVERNIGHT: HAVE A 2 HOUR OVERRIDE ACCESSIBLE TO MANAGER. BACKUP: CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING PROGRAMMED SETTING FOR AT LEAST 10 HOURS WITHOUT POWER. E. EXHAUST FANS TOILET EXHAUST - REFER TO M100 SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DUCTWORK A. SQUARE/RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEW GALVANIZED PRIME GRADE SHEET STEEL ALL 90 DEGREE ELBOWS FOR ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE FIVE (5) PIECE. ALL LONGITUDINAL SEAMS SHALL BE FORMED BY PITTSBURGH LOCKS. JOINTS SHALL BE SWAGGED WITH ONE-HALF INCH (1/2") OVERLAP. B. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEW GALVANIZED PRIME GRADE SHEET STEEL. C. ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTS, RETURN AIR DUCTS AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 2.5" THICK (MINIMUM R-6) EXTERNAL ACOUSTICAL AND THERMAL INSULATION. D. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT FOR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN S.M. DUCT AND DIFFUSER SHALL BE AIR DUCT LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UNDER UL STANDARD 181 AS A CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT AND COMPLYING WITH NFPA STANDARDS 90A AND 90B. DUCT SHALL BE FACTORY MADE AND COMPOSED OF A CPE LINER DUCT PERMANENTLY BOUNDED TO A COATED SPRING STEEL WIRE HELIX AND SUPPORTING A FIBER GLASS INSULATING BLANKET. R.-6.0 LOW PERMEABILITY OUTER VAPOR BARRIER OF FIBER GLASS REINFORCED FILM LAMINATE SHALL COMPLETE THE COMPOSITE. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL INSECT SCREENS ON ALL DUCT OPENINGS WHICH TERMINATE OUTDOORS. INSECT SCREENS SHALL BE 10 GAUGE, ONE-HALF INCH (1/2") MESH IN REMOVABLE GALVANIZED STEEL FRAMES. F. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS GUIDE (ASHRAE), FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE METHODS RECOMMENDED IN THE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SMACNA) HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE 1 ALL JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE SEAMS, AND CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK MUST BE SECURELY SEALED USING WELDMENTS; MECHANICAL FASTENERS WITH SEALS, GASKETS, OR MASTICS; MESH AND MASTIC SEALING SYSTEMS; OR TAPES. TAPES AND MASTICS MUST BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A OR UL 181B. ALL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS OF SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS OPERATING AT STATIC PRESSURES LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2" W.G. SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED AND SEALED WITH WELDS GASKETS, MASTICS (ADHESIVES), MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS OR TAPES INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. MECHANICAL FASTENERS AND SEALS, MASTICS, OR GASKETS MUST BE USED WHEN CONNECTING DUCTS TO FANS AND OTHER AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. ALL HORIZONTAL DUCTS HAVING A DIMENSION OF 40 INCHES AND LESS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY MEANS OF BAND IRON HANGERS OF NO. 18 U.S. GAUGE ATTACHED TO DUCT BY MEANS OF RIVETS, SCREWS OR CLAMPS, AND FASTENED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY TOGGLE BOLTS OR OTHER MEANS. EACH SECTION OF DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE PAIR OF SUPPORTS. VERTICAL DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/4" ANGLES AT FLOOR PENETRATIONS. B. ALL HORIZONTAL DUCTS HAVING A DIMENSION OF 40 INCHES AND MORE SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY MEANS OF ANGLE IRON TRAPEZE HANGERS. EACH SECTION OF DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE PAIR OF SUPPORTS. FLASHING A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WATER TIGHT 24 GA. SHEET METAL FLASHINGS AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS AND ROOF PENETRATIONS. B. ALL CUTTING OF ROOF OPENINGS, SUPPORTS FOR ROOF OPENINGS, PITCH PANS, ROOF CURBS, FLASHINGS, COUNTER FLASHINGS, REPAIR TO ROOF, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR. HE SHALL EMPLOY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFERS FOR THIS WORK TO MAINTAIN THE ROOF WARRANTY. DAMPERS A. SPLITTER DAMPERS SHALL BE FABRICATED OF SHEET STEEL NOT LESS THAN NO. 16 U.S. GAUGE WITH THE LEADING EDGE HEMMED. EACH DAMPER TO BE SIZED ADEQUATELY TO COVER THE SMALLER OF THE TWO OPENINGS IT CONTROLS. DAMPERS SHALL BE CONTROLLED AS FOLLOWS: EXPOSED OR ACCESSIBLE DUCTWORK - LOCKING QUADRANTS EQUAL TO YOUNG REGULATOR NO. 1 WITH DAMPER ROD END BEARINGS ON OPPOSITE END. CONCEALED DUCTWORK - LOCKING QUADRANT EQUAL TO YOUNG REGULATOR NO. 315 (CHROMIUM PLATED WITH DAMPER ROD END BEARINGS ON BOTH ENDS). B. VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE OF THE OPPOSED INTERLOCKING TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN FOUNDRY AND FURNACES CO. (AFFCO) OR EQUAL. BLADES SHALL BE OF NO. 16 GAUGE SHEET METAL AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 48" IN LENGTH OR 12" IN WIDTH. BLADES SHALL BE ON ONE-HALF INCH (1/2") DIAMETER RUSTPROOF AXLE. BEARINGS TO BE OF THE SELF-LUBRICATING FERRULE TYPE. C. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR AT DUCT PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS AND ROOF AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND ALL CODES AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. FIELD FABRICATED TURNING VANES SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE IN SQUARE ELBOWS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL BARBER-COLMAN AIRTURNS OR EQUAL. TURNING VANES SHALL BE OF THE SAME GAUGE METAL AS THE DUCT IN WHICH THEY ARE INSTALLED. RADIUS ELBOWS SHALL HAVE A CENTER LINE RADIUS OF ONE AND ONE-HALF (1-1/2) TIMES THE DUCT WIDTH. DUCTWORK - EXCEPTIONS DUCTWORK FOR EXHAUST OR OUTSIDE SUPPLY AIR SHALL BE ALL METAL AND CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO RECOMMENDED PRACTICES OF THE LATEST ISSUE OF ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT OF DUCT SYSTEM HANGER DESIGN SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED IN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE "SMACNA" MANUAL. REINFORCEMENT MEMBERS MAY BE USED TO SUPPORT DUCT SYSTEM PROVIDED DETAILS OUTLINED IN THE "SMACNA" MANUAL ARE ADHERED TO. DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT ALL TURNS AND TRANSITIONS AND NOT MORE THAN 8'-0" O.C. STRAIGHT DUCTS UP TO 59" MAX. DIMENSIONS SHALL BE SUPPORTED 6'-0" O.C. DUCTS OVER 60" MAX. DIMENSIONS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT 4'-0" O.C. REINFORCEMENT ALL DUCTS SHALL BE REINFORCED ACCORDING TO THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA MANUAL. MATERIALS FOR REINFORCEMENT MEMBERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. ALL SCREWS AND WASHERS SHALL BE PLATED OR GALVANIZED. GAS PIPING: A. GAS PIPING ABOVE GROUND: ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL WITH SCREWED JOINTS. WHEN GAS PIPING IS RUN IN THE INTERIOR OF A BUILDING JOINTS ARE TO BE WELDED. FITTINGS SHALL BE BLACK STEEL. B. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES AS NECESSARY TO REDUCE PRESSURE TO EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE CAPACITIES PRIOR TO CONNECTION. C. GAS PIPING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING CODES, MECHANICAL CODES, THE INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE, AND LOCAL PLUMBING AUTHORITIES. D. ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AND INSPECTED FOR LEAKS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE SECTION 406. TESTING AND ADJUSTING CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY AN INDEPENDENT, CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR TO DEMONSTRATE OPERATION OF SYSTEM TO FULL SATISFACTION OF TENANT, SHALL BALANCE AIR FLOW IN ACCORDANCE WITH AIR QUANTITIES ON DRAWINGS AND SHALL RECORD VOLUME READINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE AND PROVIDE SAME TO TENANT. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER THAT INCLUDES AT LEAST THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A. EQUIPMENT CAPACITY (INPUT AND OUTPUT) AND REQUIRED MAINTENANCE ACTIONS. B. EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. C. HVAC SYSTEM CONTROL MAINTENANCE AND CALIBRATION INFORMATION, INCLUDING WIRING DIAGRAMS, SCHEMATICS, AND CONTROL SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONS; DESIRED OR FIELD -DETERMINED SET POINTS MUST BE PERMANENTLY RECORDED ON CONTROL DRAWINGS, AT CONTROL DEVICES, OR, FOR DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS, IN PROGRAMMING COMMENTS. D. COMPLETE NARRATIVE OF HOW EACH SYSTEM IS INTENDED TO OPERATE. ALL PIPING SHALL WITHSTAND AIR PRESSURE TESTING PER GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE. GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THE COMPLETED SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AND ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT SHALL BE A CONDITION OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL WORK FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY THIS SUBCONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. ACCESSORY ITEMS ALL MANUAL DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, TURNING VANES, REGISTER CONNECTIONS, ACCESS DOORS OR OTHER ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE LATEST EDITION OF "SMACNA" MANUAL. SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. SHOP DRAWINGS -THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE TENANT'S LANDLORD AND TO THE APPROPRIATE AUTHORITIES AND INSURANCE UNDERWRITER FOR THEIR APPROVAL. A COPY OF THE APPROVAL LETTER FROM THESE AUTHORITIES SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE TENANT, LANDLORD AND DESIGN ARCHITECT. B. SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SALES AND STORE FRONT: CONCEALED, COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING 2. STOCK, HALLWAY, AND TOILET ROOM: SEMI RECESSED IF REUSING EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS, ANY NEW SPRINKLER HEADS ADDED SHALL MATCH EXISTING TYPE. FIELD VERIFY. NOTE FOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE USE OF APPLICABLE NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS LISTED ON THIS SHEET AS THEY MAY PERTAIN TO THE SPECIFIC JOB. 17 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 217 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATz APPROVAND REQUIRE© 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM ARCHITECTURAL SEAL 8/15/2017 CONSULTANTS DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE DATE SUBMISSION 08/11/17 CD SET PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: T.G. CHECKED BY: T.H. SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER M3.0 NOTE: PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR DRAINS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR CODE. COLD WATER LINE 1/2" CW CONNECT TO TOP OF COLD WATER MAIN. - HANGER ROD BALL VALVE TRAP PRIMER CEILING PIPE INSULATION PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS HANDICAP SPECIFICATIONS: ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS ACT 42/USC. 4151-4157 GENERAL THE WORK COVERED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO PROVIDING ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THIS FACILITY. /2" PRIMING LINE INSULATION SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUS THRU HANGERS FLOOR DRAIN INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD. USE 16 GAUGE SHEET STEEL, 2 PIPE DIAMETERS LONG, 120 DEGREES SUPPORT, OR GRINNEL FIGURE 167. TRAP PRIMER DETAIL SCALE: NONE PIPE HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NONE CHROME WALLCOVER AND SCREW MAY EXTEND AS WASTE OR VENT MOP HANGER REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A400 FOR ADA REQUIREMENTS AND CLEARANCES OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. PLUMBING FIXTURES A. WATER CLOSET (STANDARD) - AS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS - 1/2" C.W. SUPPLY AND 4" VENTED WASTE. FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE FLUSH VALVE LEVER TO BE 5 LBS. MAXIMUM (4.16.5) B. LAVATORY - AS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS WITH FAUCET, 1/2" C.W. AND H.W. SUPPLY AND 1-1/2" VENTED WASTE. EXPOSED WATER AND DRAIN PIPING BELOW LAVATORY SHALL BE INSULATED WITH "PLUMBEREX" (OR EQUAL) PIPE COVERS. FAUCET CONTROLS SHALL BE OF THE TYPE NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF WRIST AND AN OPERATING FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 5 LBS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES SHALL BE OF THE TYPE REMAINING OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. C. CLEAN -OUTS - SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY JOSAM, ZURN, OR EQUAL, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL BENDS, ANGLES, AND ENDS OF ALL WASTE AND SEWER LINES, AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. ALL CLEAN -OUTS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR TO GRADE, AND IN ALL CASES, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR RODDING. D. FLOOR DRAIN - AS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS. CAST IRON DRAIN WITH NICKEL -BRONZE STRAINER; INSIDE CAULK OUTLET AND COMBINATION INVERTIBLE MEMBRANE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR. PROVIDE WITH TRAP PRIMER TAP AND TRAP PRIMER WHERE INDICATED. E. WATER HEATER - MANUFACTURER AS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWING TO DETERMINE IF NEW WATER HEATER IS A TANK TYPE OR IS OF THE INSTANTANEOUS VARIETY. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S NOTES PLUMBING KEYED NOTES® NEW ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE AND RISER DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ROUTE DRAINAGE LINES TO MOP SINK WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE. REPLACE EXISTING WATER CLOSET WITH NEW HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REPLACE EXISTING LAVATORY WITH NEW HANDICAPPED LAVATORY SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING OF ADEQUATE SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT NEW 3/4" COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING COLD WATER MAIN OF ADEQUATE SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONDITION OF EXISTING WATER METER. COORDINATE ANY REPAIRS OF EXISTING MAIN AND METER WITH LANDLORD. ® PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE NEW 2" VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT THRU ROOF OF ADEQUATE SIZE. VERIFY EXISTING VTR IS LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10 FT DISTANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ON EXACT LOCATION. ALL OF THE PLUMBING/PIPING WORK IS NOT NECESSARILY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS RELATED TO THE WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING. THOSE ITEMS NOT SHOWN OR NOTED BUT WHICH ARE DEEMED NECESSARY FOR REMOVAL OR RELOCATION BY OWNER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE PART OF HIS CONTRACT. THE SUBMISSION OF THE PROPOSALS SHALL BE CONSIDERED EVIDENCE THAT THE CONTRACTORS HAVE VISITED THE SITE. NO EXTRA PAYMENTS WILL BE ALLOWED THESE CONTRACTORS ON ACCOUNT OF EXTRA WORK MADE NECESSARY BY HIS FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTER DEVICE IF REQUIRED PER CODE AND/OR LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH TEMPUR SEALY'S ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO LOCATING BACKFLOW PREVENTER DEVICE. NEW 3" FLOOR DRAIN PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM NEW TRAP PRIMER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO DETAIL AND SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O NEW MOP SINK SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL A MANUAL MIXING VALVE (WATTS #LFUSG-B) AT LAVATORY AND SET MAX DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE NOT TO EXCEED 110°F FROM REACHING PLUMBING FIXTURES PER CODE. 11 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES NOT BEING REUSED ARE TO BE REMOVED. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES. CAP WATER, SANITARY, AND VENT LINES BACK TO POINT OF REUSE. PATCH FLOOR/WALL BACK TO "LIKE NEW' CONDITION. F. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR - EQUAL TO PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCT SC SERIES, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTE: NOTE: OWNER'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES INCLUDING SUPPORT BLOCKING INSIDE WALL. MATERIALS A. SANITARY SEWER - ALL SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. VENTS TWO INCHES (2") IN SIZE AND SMALLER MAY BE EITHER SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL OR COPPER PIPING. PVC CAN BE USED IF ALLOWED BY LANDLORD AND CODE. PLUGGED TEE w/ CLEANOUT SERVICE FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER FLOOR LINE ARCHITECTURAL SEAL DOMESTIC WATER AND HOT WATER PIPING ABOVE GROUND TO BE COPPER TUBING TYPE "L" AND BELOW GROUND SHALL BE COPPER TUBING TYPE "K." ALL COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH ARMAFLEX OR EQUIVALENT INSULATING TO A THICKNESS OF 1". PIPING A. PIPING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE OF THE WEIGHTS AND TYPES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SIZES SHOWN ON ON DRAWINGS ARE NOMINAL PIPE SIZES. 1/8 BEND 30"HOSE ------1.- 1/8 BEND IF CLEANOUT OCCURS AT END OF LINE HOSE BRACKET WASTE LINE LENGTH TO SUIT WASTE LINE STONE BASE APPLY SILICONE SEALANT BETWEEN MOP SINK AND ADJACENT SURFACES WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NONE MOP SINK DETAIL SCALE: NONE 5LB. LEAD FLASHING SHALL BE FORMED TO CHIPPED CONCRETE WITH A POSITIVE SLOPE TO CLAMP DEVICE. PROVIDE NONSHRINK GROUT UNDER LEAD FLASHING AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE POSITIVE SLOPE (ANY FLASHING MATERIALS OTHER THAN LEAD IS UNACCEPTABLE. MINIMUM WIDTH OF FLASHING SHALL BE 24"). 1/2" C TO TRA PRIMER ADJUSTABLE STRAINER FINISH FLOOR SLOPE TO DRAIN WATER HEATER 2" WIDE, 20 GA. SHEET METAL BAND, t SECURE TO WALL IN THE FOR CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN CORE DRILL 1O1 AND 413 HOLES THREADED OR C OUTLET NOTE: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE PIECE WATER PROOF MEMBRANE FLOOR AND BASE IN THE TOILET ROOM(S). 3/4" DRAIN LINE FROM SAFE �� ry ry PAN. ROUTE TO MOP SINK PER CODE. FLOOR DRAIN W/TRAP PRIMER SCALE: NONESCALE: NONE SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. BRACING SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE UPPER ONE-THIRD OF THE UNIT AND THE LOWER ONE-THIRD OF THE UNIT. THE LOWER BRACING MUST BE A MIN. 4" ABOVE WATER HEATER CONTROL UNIT AS APPLICABLE. '— 2 -GAL. THERMAL EXPANSION TANK 24"x24"x9" GALV. SHEET METAL /1/I (16 GA) DRAIN PAN WATER HEATER DETAIL MOUNTING SHELF, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A400. HI -LOW FOUNTAIN DETAIL SCALE: NONE C. ALL PIPING SHALL BE UPENDED AND POUNDED TO REMOVE ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL PRESENT AND SHALL BE SWABBED IF NECESSARY. PREPARING PIPE A. SCREWED PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH PIPE COMPOUND APPLIED TO THE MALE THREAD WITH NOT MORE THAN TWO THREADS LEFT EXPOSED. PIPE SHALL BE REAMED AFTER THREADING. 8/15/2017 B. COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE MADE UP WITH 95-5 SOLDER. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 10'-0" WITH SWIVEL SPLIT PIPE HANGERS EQUAL TO CRANE #199F OR GRINNELL #104. VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY MEANS OF WROUGHT IRON CLAMPS SUSPENDED FROM THE UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE WITH HANGER RODS. VALVES ALL VALVES SHALL BE BRASS AND MANUFACTURED BY CRANE, NIBCO, STOCKHAM, LUNKENHEIMER, NORDSTROM, GRINNELL OR EQUAL. CONSULTANTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMONSTRATE OPERATION OF PIPING SYSTEM TO FULL SATISFACTION OF TENANT. ALL PIPING SHALL WITHSTAND AIR PRESSURE TESTING PER GOVERNING CODES. GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THE COMPLETED PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AND ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT SHALL BE A CONDITION OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL WORK FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY THIS SUBCONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLUMBING SYMBOLS CONNECTION DATA REMARKS T.P.R.V. TEMPERATURE PRESSURE SAN. SANITARY SEWER LINE SOIL SIZE VENT SIZE TRAP RELIEF VALVE ST STORM SEWER LINE 5 LAVATORY P.O.C. POINT OF CONNECTION V VENT LINE 2 2 D.F. ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN WATER CLOSET (WC) COLD WATER SUPPLY LINE *AMERICAN STANDARD 2467.100 M.V. MIXING VALVE 4" HOT WATER SUPPLY LINE --- 1.1 GPF, 16-1/2" HIGH, ELONGATED BOWL, PROVIDE WITH ELONGATED OPEN FRONT TOILET SEAT (#5325.024) M.S. MOP SINK i>a SHUT-OFF VALVE 1 1/ 2 1 1/ 4 LAV. LAVATORY N BACKFLOW PREVENTER V.T.R. VENT THRU ROOF W.C. WATER CLOSET T.P. TRAP PRIMER A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR F.C.O. FLOOR CLEAN OUT B.F.F. BELOW FINISHED FLOOR W.C.O. WALL CLEAN OUT M WATER METER F.D. FLOOR DRAIN ® REMOTE READER FOR WATER W.H. WATER HEATER *PPP METER C. CLEAN -OUTS - SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY JOSAM, ZURN, OR EQUAL, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL BENDS, ANGLES, AND ENDS OF ALL WASTE AND SEWER LINES, AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. ALL CLEAN -OUTS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR TO GRADE, AND IN ALL CASES, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR RODDING. D. FLOOR DRAIN - AS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS. CAST IRON DRAIN WITH NICKEL -BRONZE STRAINER; INSIDE CAULK OUTLET AND COMBINATION INVERTIBLE MEMBRANE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR. PROVIDE WITH TRAP PRIMER TAP AND TRAP PRIMER WHERE INDICATED. E. WATER HEATER - MANUFACTURER AS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWING TO DETERMINE IF NEW WATER HEATER IS A TANK TYPE OR IS OF THE INSTANTANEOUS VARIETY. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S NOTES PLUMBING KEYED NOTES® NEW ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE AND RISER DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ROUTE DRAINAGE LINES TO MOP SINK WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE. REPLACE EXISTING WATER CLOSET WITH NEW HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REPLACE EXISTING LAVATORY WITH NEW HANDICAPPED LAVATORY SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING OF ADEQUATE SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT NEW 3/4" COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING COLD WATER MAIN OF ADEQUATE SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONDITION OF EXISTING WATER METER. COORDINATE ANY REPAIRS OF EXISTING MAIN AND METER WITH LANDLORD. ® PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE NEW 2" VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT THRU ROOF OF ADEQUATE SIZE. VERIFY EXISTING VTR IS LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10 FT DISTANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ON EXACT LOCATION. ALL OF THE PLUMBING/PIPING WORK IS NOT NECESSARILY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS RELATED TO THE WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING. THOSE ITEMS NOT SHOWN OR NOTED BUT WHICH ARE DEEMED NECESSARY FOR REMOVAL OR RELOCATION BY OWNER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE PART OF HIS CONTRACT. THE SUBMISSION OF THE PROPOSALS SHALL BE CONSIDERED EVIDENCE THAT THE CONTRACTORS HAVE VISITED THE SITE. NO EXTRA PAYMENTS WILL BE ALLOWED THESE CONTRACTORS ON ACCOUNT OF EXTRA WORK MADE NECESSARY BY HIS FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTER DEVICE IF REQUIRED PER CODE AND/OR LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH TEMPUR SEALY'S ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO LOCATING BACKFLOW PREVENTER DEVICE. NEW 3" FLOOR DRAIN PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SEE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 448 S. HILL ST. LOS ANGELES, CA 90013 SUITE 808 310.437.8203 TEL WWW.SARGARCH.COM NEW TRAP PRIMER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO DETAIL AND SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O NEW MOP SINK SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL A MANUAL MIXING VALVE (WATTS #LFUSG-B) AT LAVATORY AND SET MAX DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE NOT TO EXCEED 110°F FROM REACHING PLUMBING FIXTURES PER CODE. 11 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES NOT BEING REUSED ARE TO BE REMOVED. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES. CAP WATER, SANITARY, AND VENT LINES BACK TO POINT OF REUSE. PATCH FLOOR/WALL BACK TO "LIKE NEW' CONDITION. F. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR - EQUAL TO PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCT SC SERIES, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTE: NOTE: OWNER'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES INCLUDING SUPPORT BLOCKING INSIDE WALL. MATERIALS A. SANITARY SEWER - ALL SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. VENTS TWO INCHES (2") IN SIZE AND SMALLER MAY BE EITHER SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL OR COPPER PIPING. PVC CAN BE USED IF ALLOWED BY LANDLORD AND CODE. PLUGGED TEE w/ CLEANOUT SERVICE FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER FLOOR LINE ARCHITECTURAL SEAL DOMESTIC WATER AND HOT WATER PIPING ABOVE GROUND TO BE COPPER TUBING TYPE "L" AND BELOW GROUND SHALL BE COPPER TUBING TYPE "K." ALL COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH ARMAFLEX OR EQUIVALENT INSULATING TO A THICKNESS OF 1". PIPING A. PIPING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE OF THE WEIGHTS AND TYPES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SIZES SHOWN ON ON DRAWINGS ARE NOMINAL PIPE SIZES. 1/8 BEND 30"HOSE ------1.- 1/8 BEND IF CLEANOUT OCCURS AT END OF LINE HOSE BRACKET WASTE LINE LENGTH TO SUIT WASTE LINE STONE BASE APPLY SILICONE SEALANT BETWEEN MOP SINK AND ADJACENT SURFACES WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NONE MOP SINK DETAIL SCALE: NONE 5LB. LEAD FLASHING SHALL BE FORMED TO CHIPPED CONCRETE WITH A POSITIVE SLOPE TO CLAMP DEVICE. PROVIDE NONSHRINK GROUT UNDER LEAD FLASHING AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE POSITIVE SLOPE (ANY FLASHING MATERIALS OTHER THAN LEAD IS UNACCEPTABLE. MINIMUM WIDTH OF FLASHING SHALL BE 24"). 1/2" C TO TRA PRIMER ADJUSTABLE STRAINER FINISH FLOOR SLOPE TO DRAIN WATER HEATER 2" WIDE, 20 GA. SHEET METAL BAND, t SECURE TO WALL IN THE FOR CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN CORE DRILL 1O1 AND 413 HOLES THREADED OR C OUTLET NOTE: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE PIECE WATER PROOF MEMBRANE FLOOR AND BASE IN THE TOILET ROOM(S). 3/4" DRAIN LINE FROM SAFE �� ry ry PAN. ROUTE TO MOP SINK PER CODE. FLOOR DRAIN W/TRAP PRIMER SCALE: NONESCALE: NONE SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. BRACING SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE UPPER ONE-THIRD OF THE UNIT AND THE LOWER ONE-THIRD OF THE UNIT. THE LOWER BRACING MUST BE A MIN. 4" ABOVE WATER HEATER CONTROL UNIT AS APPLICABLE. '— 2 -GAL. THERMAL EXPANSION TANK 24"x24"x9" GALV. SHEET METAL /1/I (16 GA) DRAIN PAN WATER HEATER DETAIL MOUNTING SHELF, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A400. HI -LOW FOUNTAIN DETAIL SCALE: NONE C. ALL PIPING SHALL BE UPENDED AND POUNDED TO REMOVE ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL PRESENT AND SHALL BE SWABBED IF NECESSARY. PREPARING PIPE A. SCREWED PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH PIPE COMPOUND APPLIED TO THE MALE THREAD WITH NOT MORE THAN TWO THREADS LEFT EXPOSED. PIPE SHALL BE REAMED AFTER THREADING. 8/15/2017 B. COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE MADE UP WITH 95-5 SOLDER. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 10'-0" WITH SWIVEL SPLIT PIPE HANGERS EQUAL TO CRANE #199F OR GRINNELL #104. VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY MEANS OF WROUGHT IRON CLAMPS SUSPENDED FROM THE UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE WITH HANGER RODS. VALVES ALL VALVES SHALL BE BRASS AND MANUFACTURED BY CRANE, NIBCO, STOCKHAM, LUNKENHEIMER, NORDSTROM, GRINNELL OR EQUAL. CONSULTANTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMONSTRATE OPERATION OF PIPING SYSTEM TO FULL SATISFACTION OF TENANT. ALL PIPING SHALL WITHSTAND AIR PRESSURE TESTING PER GOVERNING CODES. GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THE COMPLETED PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AND ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT SHALL BE A CONDITION OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL WORK FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY THIS SUBCONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. THE DIMENSION GROUP 10755 SANDHILL ROAD DALLAS, TEXAS 75238 0: 214-343-9400 dimensiongrp.com DATE ISSUE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTURE DATA CONNECTION DATA REMARKS FIXTURE QTY. MFG. CATALOG NO. SOIL SIZE VENT SIZE TRAP WATER COLD HOT 5 LAVATORY 1 1 1 1-1/2" 2 2 EMERGENCY FLOOR DRAIN 1 WATER CLOSET (WC) 1 *AMERICAN STANDARD 2467.100 4" 2" 4" 1/2" --- 1.1 GPF, 16-1/2" HIGH, ELONGATED BOWL, PROVIDE WITH ELONGATED OPEN FRONT TOILET SEAT (#5325.024) LAVATORY (LAV) 1 *AMERICAN STANDARD 0124.024 1 1/ 2 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 2 1/ „ 2 1/ 2 20"x18" VITREOUS CHINA, 4" CENTERSET, WITH WALL HANGER. FAUCET: AMERICAN STANDARD RELIANT 3 MODEL# 7385.000 W/POP -UP DRAIN, METAL LEVER HANDLE, PROVIDE 0.5 GPM AERATOR SPRAY. PROVIDE WITH THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PER CODE UNDER LAVATORY. ADJUST TO A MAXIMUM SETTING OF 110°F AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. MOP SINK (MS) 1 FIAT MSB 2424 3" 2" 3" 1/" 2 1/„ 2 24"x24"x10"H MOLDED STONE MOP SINK WITH VINYL BUMPER GUARDS AND FIAT #QDC-3 FOR 3" DRAIN CONNECTION. FAUCET: AMERICAN STANDARD 8354.112 WITH VACUUM BREAKER AND INTEGRAL SUPPLY STOPS. FLOOR DRAIN (FD) 1 ZURN Z415 3" 2" 3" --- __ 3" WITH NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. EQUALS BY J.R. SMITH OR WADE. TRAP PRIMER (TP) 1 *PPP P1-500 '-- --- ""- 1 2 --- WALL CLEAN OUT (WCO) 2 *ZURN Z1441 SEE RISER ___ _ _ ___ ___ EQUALS BY J.R. SMITH OR WADE. WATER--- HEATER (WH) 1 *A.O. SMITH DEL -10 -_ - __ 3 /4 3/4 10 GALLON ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, 3000W, 120V, 1 PHASE, 8 GPH RECOVERY RATE AT 90°F RISE. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVE, T & P RELIEF VALVE, DRAIN PAN, AND 2 GALLON EXPANSION TANK, AMTROL, MODEL #ST -5. HI-LO1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN *SUNROC ADAACB 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 3/ a --- BARRIER FREE BI -LEVEL W/FRONT PUSH BAR, PROVIDE WITH APRON. * OR APPROVED EQUAL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE CALCULATIONS PLUMBING FIXTURE SANITARY FIXTURE QUANTITY SANITARY FIXTURE UNIT EA. SANITARY FIXT. UNIT TOTAL VENT SIZE EACH C.W. F.U. EACH C.W. F.U. TOTAL WATER CLOSET 1 4 4 2" 5 5 LAVATORY 1 1 1 1-1/2" 2 2 EMERGENCY FLOOR DRAIN 1 0 0 2" — — TRAP PRIMER 1 — — — 0.5 0.5 MOP SINK 1 2 2 2" 3 3 HI—LO DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 0.5 0.5 1-1/2" 0.25 0.25 TOTALS SERVICE CONNECTION SIZE 7.5 — 10.75 SAN. VENT C.W. 4" 4" 1" HI -LO D.F. SUBMISSION HI -LO D.F. 08/11/17 CD SET SANITARY PLAN SCALE: 1/4' 1''0' WATER PLAN SCALE: 1/4' -1'-0' PROJECT NAME / LOCATION 1-1/2"V ROUTE NEW 2" VENT TO EXISTING MIN 3" VTR. ENSURE VTR IS 10'-0" AWAY FROM ANY OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT NEW COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING COLD WATER MAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. NOTE: ALL NEW HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SHALL BE INSULATED 17195 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 EXISTING SHUT-OFF VALVE. NEW4" WCO NEW 10 -GALLON ELEC. WATER HEATER T.P.R.V. 3/4"HW OUT 3/4"CW IN 1/2"CW EXISTING WATER METER. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONDITION PROJECT INFORMATION SAFE PAN - MIN. 6" CLEARANCE ALL AROUND WATER HEATER. SEE DETAIL. 1/2"CW 1/2"CW FROM TRAP PRIMER. 1/2'HW 1/2 'CW PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. DRAIN LINE FROM SAFE PAN UNDER NEW WATER HEATER. ROUTE TO MOP SINK PER CODE. ENSURE 1" AIR GAP. 1/2"CW FROM TRAP PRIMER. PROJECT NO. 1899-17 JLL PROJECT ID. B_Tukwila, WA_002 AREA: 0,000 S.F. DRAWN BY: T.G. CHECKED BY: T.H. ALL NEW VENT PIPING PASSING THROUGH CEILING PLENUM AREA SHALL BE CAST IRON. 1/2"HW 1/2"(RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIILA AUS 242017 PERMIT CENTER SHEET TITLE PLUMBING PLANS AND RISERS SHEET NUMBER P1.0